HB1 en

HAND
BOOK
Tightening components
1
and positioners
www.bettsistemi.com
Parts
PDF
Adobe
Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS (CLAMPS) - CROSS-TYPE
Single-hole Single hole with 2
screws
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
Ø12 Ø12
Patent
Part 3166 p. 82 Part 4855 p. 84 Part 3238 p. 86 Part 4857 p. 88
Cross-type Cross-type Cross-type

EEL
ALUMINIUM STAINLESS ST PLASTIC
Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Ø14 Ø12
Cross-type Cross-type
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
Ø15 Ø25
Ø16 Ø27
Ø18 Do you want to be always up-to-date?
Ø20 See what’s new on HB1 NEWS
Follow us on www.bettsistemi.com
Part 1450 p. 98 Part 1398 p. 100
Cross-type Cross-type reinforced cross

ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
Ø25 FROM Ø50
Ø30 Ø20 Ø60
TO Ø60
Part 2984 p. 102 Part 1456 p. 104 Part 1999 p. 106
Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com 1 5

C Legend
Dimensioning Go
a Generic angle Go ...
Ø Round hole
Go to page ...
Pg.257
Square hole
Documentation available Go to handbook ...

Parts PDF
3D drawings Adobe Pdf
Product specifications
Different
ss
materials
Other inle
Sta teel for the same
s
model:
New Product
Update
ust Technical details
Rob
in comparison
20 Static load “WET VERSION”
Kg
WET
C Technical/sales
information Product obtained by
mechanical machining and
deemed useful
e
Anti -seizur
washer Focus inox Additional reinforcing
ACCURACY
WARNING
Abbinamenti Highlighted information
ü Product in stock
 Product not in stock 1420
Product under completion at the
time of printing. 1420 Part numbers continued on
another page
Safety solution 1420 End
2 1 www.bettsistemi.com Tel.+39.0522.635111
Trova
il prodotto che ti serve
come preferisci!
Tutti gli Original Components
del book presentati in una raccolta
fotografica con l’indicazione del
numero di pagina del prodotto.
da p.5 a
Guida alla scelta

Bett Sistemi presenta una gamma di
soluzioni realizzabili con gli Original
Components orientandoti nella scelta
della composizione più adatta e dei
relativi prodotti con numero pagine di
presenza.
da p.38 a
Indice per particolare

Tutti gli Original Components del
book sono elencati in un unico
indice analitico da p.544 a
Scopri tutte le soluzioni
realizzate con i nostri componenti
Discover all the solutions
realized with our components
www.bettsistemi.com
Trova
il prodotto che ti serve
come preferisci!
Tutti gli Original Components
del book presentati in una raccolta
fotografica con l’indicazione del
numero di pagina del prodotto.
da p.5 a
Guida alla scelta

Bett Sistemi presenta una gamma di
soluzioni realizzabili con gli Original
Components orientandoti nella scelta
della composizione più adatta e dei
relativi prodotti con numero pagine di
presenza.
da p.38 a
Indice per particolare

Tutti gli Original Components del
book sono elencati in un unico
indice analitico da p.544 a
Scopri tutte le soluzioni
realizzate con i nostri componenti
Discover all the solutions
realized with our components
www.bettsistemi.com
Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS (CLAMPS) - CROSS-TYPE
Single-hole Single hole with 2
screws
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
Ø12 Ø12
Patent
Cross-type Cross-type Cross-type

EEL
Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Ø14 Ø12
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
Ø15 Ø25
Ø16 Ø27
Ø18 Do you want to be always up-to-date?
Ø20 See what’s new on HB1 NEWS
Follow us on www.bettsistemi.com
Part 1450 p. 98 Part 1398 p. 100
Cross-type Cross-type reinforced cross

ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
Ø25 FROM Ø50
Ø30 Ø20 Ø60
TO Ø60

Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS (CLAMPS) WITH FLANGE
With flange With flange With flange
EEL
Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Ø14 Ø12
Part 1679 p. 107 Part 4860 p. 109 Part 1679 p. 107 Part 855 p. 110 Patent
With flange With flange for silk- Single hole with 2 With flange
screened profiles screws
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM UMIN
ALUM
AL IUM
INIU M ALUMINIUM
Ø12 Ø12 Ø12 Ø12

Ø14
Part 1843 p. 111 Part 4791 p. 112 Part 4858 p. 90 Part 3241 p. 91 Part 1707 p. 114
With flange With round flange for With orthogonal flange with Ø12 pin
double connection
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
Ø12 Ø12 Ø12
With orthogonal flange with Ø18 pin With inserted flange

ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
Ø18 FROM
Ø15
TO Ø30
Part 3854 p. 120 Part 2355 p. 119
6 1 Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com

Visual index
'TIGHTENING COMPONENTS
With flange With vertical flange Flange mount With square flange
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
FROM Ø35 FROM Ø30

Ø20 Ø20 Ø20 Ø40
TO Ø60 TO Ø60 Ø50
With inserted flange Shaft support With round flange Shaft support
FROM Ø30 Ø30 Ø30

Ø20 Ø35 Ø40 Ø35
TO Ø60 Ø40 Ø50 Ø40
Shaft support With flange, two With round pedestal With square pedestal
halves
FROM FROM FROM FROM

Ø30 Ø20 Ø20 Ø10
TO Ø60 TO Ø60 TO Ø60 TO Ø60
For Y-shaped articulated For Z-shaped articulated For X-shaped articulated

joints joints joints
FROM FROM FROM

Ø20 Ø20 Ø20
TO Ø50 TO Ø50 TO Ø50

Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS
Square Square flanged cross Square Cross clamp
cross-type connector connector cross-type connector
140 140 140 140

145 145 145
Bracket Flange connector Flange connector Flange connector

connector enlarged version with double, enlarged
flange
145 145 145 145


Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS (CLAMPS) - PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND AVAILABILITY
Photocell holder Photocell holder Photocell holder Reflector
EEL
Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Ø14 Ø12
Sensor or Sensor or
reflector holder reflector holder
ALUMINIUM PLASTIC
Ø12 Ø10
Ø14 Ø12
Sensor or Sensor holder turnable Sensor or reflector mounting kit

reflector holder flange
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
Ø12
Ø14
Ø12
Photocell mounting kit Photocell mounting kit
ALUMINIUM
Ø12
ALUMINIUM PLASTIC also Hybrid
le
millimetre ru
Ø12 Ø10
Patented
also Hybrid
millimetre rule
Ø12
Patented
Part 4339 p. 139


Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS (CLAMPS) - PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND AVAILABILITY
Photocell mounting kit Photocell mounting kit M6 ratchet levers Connection tube
EEL
STAINLESS ST
PLASTIC ALUMINIUM
Ø10
Ø10 Ø12 Ø12
Ø12
Photocell mounting kit
ALUMINIUM
Ø12
part. 5099

Visual index
MILLIMETRE RULES
Patent
Round millimetre rules
TEEL
STAINLESS S FROM 84.5 mm
TO 304.5 mm
Ø12
Part 3266 p. 499
Square millimetre rules Square millimetre rules

with M8 end
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
FROM 160 mm FROM 100 mm
TO 3000 mm TO 300 mm
110
110
Part 1789 p. 148 Part 3246 p. 502
Square millimetre rules Square millimetre rules
ALUMINIUM
FROM 160 mm
TO 300 mm
112 116
Part 1789 p. 148 Part 2339 p. 505

Visual index
MILLIMETRE RULES
Square rules Square rod 16x16
ALUMINIUM
3000 mm 260mm
116 116 280 mm
Part 2336 p. 503 Part 2340 p. 504
Hybrid Hybrid L
WITH CENTRA
millimetre rule millimetre rule
ZERO
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
FROM 160 mm Ø12 FROM 160 mm
Ø12 TO 1210 mm TO 1210 mm
Patent Part 4829 p. 150 Patent Part 4830 p. 154
Hybrid millimetre rules with M8 end
Ø12
FROM 90 mm
TO 310 mm
Patent
Part 4831 p. 158
ON THE LEFT
WITH ZERO
L ZERO
WITH CENTRA
HT
ON THE RIG
WITH ZERO

Visual index
MILLIMETRE RULES
Millimetre rules
adhesive 1000 mm
2000 mm MILLIMETRE RULE
ALUMINIUM
ADHESIVE
12x0.7 mm
Part 4235 p. 509 MILLED COLUMN
Millimetre rules MILLIMETRE RIVET

with rivet fastening RULE
ALUMINIUM
350mm
600 mm
10x0.7 mm
6x0.7 mm Part 4777 p. 508 MILLED COLUMN
Label with millimetre Arrow label

marking
310mm
510 mm
Part 2049 p. 507 Part 2167 p. 506

Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS (CLAMPS) ACCESSORIES
Connection tubes Steel connection rods
EEL
STAINLESS ST
LA TE D STEEL HARDENED
CK EL -P
NI TED, GROUND
ALUMINIUM CHROME-PLA
IRON GROUND
FROM FROM
IRON
Ø10 Ø10
TO Ø50 TO Ø25
Tube cap Caps for tubes Hole caps Protection

covers
PLASTIC PLASTIC PLASTIC
FROM
Ø6
TO Ø25
Part 949 p. 490

Part 2013 p. 486 Part ILT p. 487 Part 1167 p. 488 Part 882 p. 489 Part 3783 p. 491
Stop ring Stop ring Universal stop ring
ZAMAK STEEL ZAMAK
FROM FROM FROM

Ø15 Ø10 Ø18
TO Ø50 TO Ø50 TO Ø25

Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS (CLAMPS) - PRODUCT HANDLING
Guide clamp Guide clamp Guide clamp
FIXED ADJUSTABLE
Guide clamp for format changeover Adjustable head guide clamp
ADJUSTABLE
Part 4798 p. 168 Part 4804 p. 172
Fastening pins for Fastening pins for Fastening pins for Pack rotation clamp
guides with end cap guides with plate hexagon head guides
EEL EEL
STAINLESS ST STAINLESS ST STAINLESS ST
EEL
Ø12 Ø12 Ø12
Plastic guide clamp Support pin for plastic Support clamp for steel Support pin for steel
guides guides guides
EEL
STAINLESS ST
Ø12 Ø12 Ø12
Ø12

Visual index
ACCESSORIES
Product containment End runner Safety Safety
guide end piece end piece
ALUMINIUM
PLASTIC PLASTIC
Product containment End runner Product containment End runner

guide guide
ALUMINIUM PLASTIC ALUMINIUM PLASTIC

Visual index
TIGHTENING COMPONENTS FOR CONTROL PANEL MOUNTING
Swivel kit Swivel kit
AXES AXES
WITH THREE WITH TWO
Part 1689 p. 228 Part 1702 p. 230
Swivel kit Swivel kit
IS W ITH ON E
WITH ONE AX
AXIS
WITH LEVER
Part 1703 p. 231 Part 2540 p. 232
Fixed kit Fixed kit Swivel kit Swivel kit
AXES AXES
WITH THREE WITH THREE
IS
WITH ONE AX
ES
WITH TWO AX

Visual index
With swivel pedestal Angle With swivel flange
Ø49.6 Ø50.3 Ø50.5 Ø49.6
part. 5111
1 2
3 4

Visual index
COLUMN POSITIONERS WITH PEDESTAL
with pedestal with pedestal
SCREW JUSTMENT
ONE DOUBLE AD
ADJUSTMENT WITH SCREW
CLAMP
AND ONE
ADJUSTMENT
Ø60/50
Ø60/50
Part 3229 p. 266 Part 3228 p. 264
with reinforced pedestal with pedestal
DOUBLE RACK
JUSTMENT
DOUBLE AD ADJUSTMENT
WITH SCREW
Ø60/50
Ø60/50
REINFORCED
Part 4869 p. 272 Part 3222 p. 268

Visual index
COLUMN POSITIONERS WITH PEDESTAL
Cross-type
with pedestal
JUSTMENT
DOUBLE AD
P
WITH CLAM
Ø60/50
CUISTOM
Part 3223 p. 270
VERSIONS
Pedestal Pedestal
STANDARD WITH FEET
KNOB
WITH
ADJUSTMENT
Part 3219 p. 341 Part 3233 p. 341
Pedestal Pedestal
WITH WHEELS WITH WHEELS
AND FEET
ADJUSTMENT
WITH KNOB
Part 3234 p. 341 Part 3232 p. 341

Visual index
COLUMN POSITIONERS
Cross-type
with pedestal
JUSTMENT
DOUBLE AD
W ITH SC RE W
Ø60/60
Part 1651 p. 277
reinforced cross reinforced cross reinforced cross

JUSTMENT DOUBLE DOUBLE RACK
DOUBLE AD
ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
WITH SCREW P
WITH CLAM
Ø60/50 Ø60/50 Ø60/50

Visual index
COLUMN POSITIONERS
Cross-type with Cross-type
pedestal NT
LE ADJUSTME JUSTMENT
DOUB DOUBLE AD
WITH SCREW WITH SCREW
Ø50/50 Ø50/50
Part 1416 p. 283 Part 4765 p. 284
Cross-type Cross-type Cross-type Cross-type

JUSTMENT JUSTMENT
DOUBLE AD DOUBLE AD
WITH SCREW WITH SCREW
Ø30/20 Ø30/18
Part 4176 p. 288 Part 4177 p. 289
JUSTMENT
DOUBLE AD
Cross-type RE WCross-type
WITH SC
Ø40/40
Ø30/30
Ø20/20 Ø18/18

Visual index
COLUMN POSITIONERS
With 1 carriage with With 1 carriage With 1 carriage Column only
pedestal
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø60 Ø60 Ø60 Ø60
With 1 carriage with With 1 carriage With 1 carriage

pedestal
ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
SCREW SCREW SCREW
WITH WORM WITH WORM WITH WORM
Ø50 Ø50 Ø50

Visual index
COLUMN POSITIONERS
Cross-type with Column only With 1 carriage With 1 carriage
pedestal
ADJUSTMENT SCREW SCREW SCREW
SCREW WITH WORM WITH WORM WITH WORM
WITH WORM
Ø50 Ø50 Ø40 Ø35
With 1 carriage Column only With 1 carriage Column only

ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW
WITH WORM WITH WORM WITH WORM WITH WORM
Ø30 Ø30 Ø20 Ø20

Visual index
COLUMN POSITIONERS
With 1 carriage With 1 carriage Column only
SCREW SCREW SCREW
WITH WORM WITH WORM WITH WORM
do you want to be
always up-to-date?
download our free
handbook
Ø20 Ø18 Ø18
With 1 carriage With 1 carriage

ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT
SCREW SCREW
WITH WORM WITH WORM
HOLE Ø16 HOLE Ø20
Ø30 Ø30
Part 4291 p. 313 Part 4717 p. 314

Visual index
TUBE FORMAT CHANGEOVER LINEAR TABLES
Only round column with 2 screws
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø 60 Part 2991 p. 344 Ø30 Part 2988 p. 355

Ø50 Part 2990 p. 348 Ø20 Part 3849 p. 359 Ø18 Part 3842 p. 367
with round column with 2 opposed flange carriages

ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø 60 Part 2994 p. 345 Ø30 Part 2944 p. 356

With round column with 2 cross-type opposed carriages
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø 60 Part 4302 p. 346 Ø30 Part 4306 p. 357

With round column with 2 opposed pedestal carriages

ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø 60 Part 4303 p. 347 Ø30 Part 4307 p. 358


Visual index
TUBE FORMAT CHANGEOVER
Only round column with 4 screws
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø20 Part 3843 p. 364

Ø18 Part 3852 p. 371
With round column with 4 opposed carriages

ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø20 Part 3851 p. 365

Ø18 Part 3853 p. 372
With round column with 4 cross-type opposed carriages
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
WITH WORM
Ø20 Part 4255 p. 366

Ø18 Part 4311 p. 373
Do you want to be always up-to-date? See what's new on HB1 NEWS and
follow us at
www.bettsistemi.com

Visual index
ACCESSORIES FOR COLUMN POSITIONERS
Handwheels Handwheel for format Handle Bossed knob
changeover
Handling knob Revolution counter Revolution counter kit Revolution counter kit
with brake
Ø50/60 Ø30/20/18
Ø30/20/18
Revolution counter kit Drive kit Gearmotor coupling
C
with round angular
MINIMOTOR BONFIGLIOLI
idler
Millimetre marking
Ø30/20/18
Part 4161 p. 330 Part 1764 p. 331 Part 3295 p. 332 p. 317
Couplings for gearmotors MVF30 gearmotor Mount for

coupling control panel door
FIAMA BONFIGLIOLI

Visual index
ACCESSORIES FOR COLUMN POSITIONERS
Coupling for bracket Coupling for bracket Terminal flange Coupling for bracket
fitting fitting fitting
ROTATABLE
Adaptation plate Orientable bracket Orientable bracket Reduction bushing

fitting coupling fitting coupling

Visual index
ACCESSORIES FOR TUBE FORMAT CHANGE
3-way angular idler 3-way angular idler with revolution counter and
handle
FOR Ø40/Ø50 FOR Ø40/Ø50
Part 4090 p. 374 Part 4091 p. 375
4-way angular idler with revolution counter and 4-way angular idler
handwheel
FOR Ø40/Ø50 FOR Ø40/Ø50

Part 4570 p. 376 Part 4166 p. 378
3-way angular idler Transmission shaft
FOR Ø30
Coupling kit for Coupling kit for Transmission shafts

gearmotor gearmotor

Visual index
ACCESSORIES FOR TUBE FORMAT CHANGE
3-way angular idler with revolution counter and 3-way angular idler with revolution counter and
handle handle
Part 4206 p. 396

Part 4212 p. 397 Part 4207 p. <?>
IAGES
WITH 2 CARR
CH OTHER
OPPOSITE EA
p. 364 IAGES
p. 397
WITH 4 CARR
CH OTHER
OPPOSITE EA
p. 396
p. 325 p. 328 p. 192 p. 193 p. <?> p. 176 p. 98 p. 364

Visual index
LINEAR TABLES WITH RECTANGULAR PROFILE ACCESSORIES
45x90 section profile, manual, with 1 carriage Revolution counter Handwheels
45x90 section profile, manual, with 2 carriages Angular idler Handle

45X90 profile
20 Nm
45x90 profile, manual type, with 1 fixed carriage Angular idler

and 1 movable carriage 45X90 profile
10 Nm
FIXED
Part 2008 p. 416 Part 4725 p. 430
45x90 profile, with 4 opposed carriages Transmission shaft Transmission shaft

Visual index
CROSS LINEAR TABLES
Cross-type
Part 1270 p. 434
Cross-type
Part 2155 p. 436

Visual index
LINEAR TABLES WITH OCTAGONAL PROFILE ACCESSORIES
Octagonal with 1 carriage, 45x90 closed Fastening plates Revolution counter
B=130
Octagonal with 2 one-way opposed carriages Handwheels and crank Bracket for octagonal
B=130
handles profile
B=70
Part 1897 p. 322

Octagonal with 4 opposed, 2-way carriages, Clamp with locking Transmission shafts
with fixed distance between centres jaws
B=1 30
B=70
Part 4632
Angular idler Angular idler
with octagonal profile
Part 4720
PAINTED
SHOT PEENED
Part 2283 p. 464 Part 4718 p. 466

Visual index
ACCESSORIES FOR FORMAT CHANGE
Fixed fitting bracket Bracket kit with blade
holder pin
Part 2179 p. 472 Part 2195 p. 473
Bracket flange Angle with reference Fastening plates Fitting bracket

notches
Angular idler Motor driven activa- Revolution counter

45X90 profile tion kit

Visual index
C C C C
Guide for the Customised kits are Guide for the Guide for the
selection of tightening available on request selection of selection of format
components and of the customer product handling changeover products
product identification and tightening with aluminium
and presence components clamps
indicators
p. 157 p. 160 p. 167 p. 222
C WET C WET C C
Guide for the Guide for the Guide for the Technical information
selection of selection of Mens feet selection of tightening Robo Joint
Mens tightening components for
components control panel mounts
p. 196 p. 214 p. 245 p. 247
C C C C
Customised cross- Millimetre scale Guide for the Application diagram
type positioners are marking selection of manual of the 3-way
available on request format changeover synchronisation kit
of the customer parts with positioners
p. 274 p. 317 p. 400 p. 402
C C
Linear tables with Linear tables with
rectangular profile, octagonal profile,
positioners and Machining for beam
angular idler, 45x90 fastening with screws
profile
p. 435 p. 476

Visual index
C C C C
Index by part Resistance to General conditions Sales information
chemical agents of sale
p. 494 p. 518 p. 506 p. 70
C
How we supply the
components
p. 74
CONSULTA LE
INFO TECNICHE

GUIDE TO COMPONENT SELECTION
C p.216
p.217
p.198
p.224
p.210
p.104
p.493
p.100
p.488 p.492
p.490
p.215
p.216
p.212
p.217
p.216
Support ba se
nge
with double fla
Profile 45x45 part. 2693 p.225
part. 8045
Support ba se
nge
with double fla
part. 2694 p.224
Bracket
clamp
part. 4269 p.225
Support base
nge
with double fla
part. 2692 p.224
with adjustable
p.165 p.164 p.164 Part.860 p.165 support)
p.165 p.150 p.168 p.174 Part.2946 p.176 Part.M040R
p.186 p.186 Part.4172 Part.4171 Part.2685 Part.M045RL Part.901
Fax.+39.0522.635222 bsistemi@bettsistemi.com 1 39
WITH 2
RRIAGES
OPPOSED CA
p.364
WITH 4
RRIAGES
OPPOSED CA
p.<?>
p.325 p.328 p.192 p.193 p.176 p.98 p.364
Part.1735
Part.8418TC
p.104
p.488
p.352
p.198
Part.2148 Part.4732
p.186
p.504
p.209
connection of/ connection of
orthogonal parallel
tube Ø12
part.988 p.493
part.2012 p.488
Cod.682068
whith Ratchet
levers
Part.4831
Part.346 p.158
p.194 Part.2010 Part.1397
p.192 p.92
Part.2018
p.194
Part.4831
Hybrid milli- p.158
metre rule
part.4829 p.150
part.4830 p.154
Part.4829
p.150
Part.2011 Part.3864
p.193 p.180
Square rules B10

part.1789 p.508
C for product handling
p.172 p. 154 p.168 p.176 Part.M040 R Part.901
Part.2685
Part.M045 RL
p.186
p.188
Reading direction for
millimetre scale
C Tightening components for product handling
p.133
p.148
p.130
p.133 p.97
p.130
p.129
p.130
p.107
p.130
p.92
p.107 p.107
p.126 p.107
p.126 p.110
tic
Plas
Customised kits are available on
request of the customer C
Part.2985 Part.ILT
p.122 p.495
Part.2012
p.488
Part.1456
p.104
Part.1419
p.212
Part.2355
p.119
Part. 5127 Part.984 p.97
Product selection guide
C
p.123 p.122 p.495 p.488 p.216
cod: 663306 cod: 629227 Ø20 cod: 01ILT20A Ø20 cod: 641337 Ø20 cod: 671977
Ø25 cod: 01ILT25A Ø25 cod: 690637 Ø25 cod: 671987
A
C
A
p.216 p.198 p.104

Ø20 cod: 562660 Ø20 cod: 671977 Ø20 cod: 602056 Ø20 cod: 689395
Format changeover with aluminium clamps
p.218
p.220
p.221
C Example of fastening
from the top of the
containment guide
bridge
Tightening componentsfor control panel
supportsad ango
Application example Part.4084
Part.5111
Part.1712 p.242
Part.4266 p.244
Combinazioni
1 2 3
Part. 1689 - Part. 4267

p.228 p.236
G G
G
Part. 3873 p.231 Part. p.232

p.235 1703 2540
G
G G G G
G F F
Part. 1702
p.230
F F
G
G
G
F
Customised cross-type positioners are
available on request of the customer
Part.1897 p.322
Part.1303 p.327
Part.1897 p.322
Part.1651 p.277
Part.1651 p.277
custom
custom
Part.4632 p.384
Part.4632 p.384 Part.4710 p.386
Part.4710 p.386
Part.4584 p.<?>
Part.4584
Part.2434
Part.2434 p.<?> Part. 4806 p.<?>
Part. 4806 p.<?>
Part.4632 p.384 Part.4632 p.384

Part.4710 p.386 Part.4710 p.386
Part.1303 p.416
Part.1303 p.416
Part.1897 p.417
Part.1897 p.417
p.457
p.464
p.327
p.322
p.408
p.495
p.361
p.98
p.329
p.488
p.326
p.119
For application on positioners with the same height

Part.4166 LH
p.374 a
Part.4090
p.374 a Part.4166
RH
p.374 a
Part.1461
p.299 a Posizionatori
con vite dx
Part.3824
Part.4090
p.381 a
p.374 a
Part.1419
p.212 a
For application on positioners with different heights

regolabile
fino a ± 90°
Part.4091
p.375 a
C For application on positioners with the same height

Part.4166
p.374 a RH
Part.4090
Part.4166 LH
p.374 a
p.374 a
Part.1461
p.299 a
RH
Part.4570 Part.1948
p.376 a p.430 a
Part.4166
LH
Part.1419 p.374 a
p.212 a Part.4166 RH
p.374 a
C Synchronisation kits for positioner columns

Ø40 - Ø50
p.203
p.299
p.322
a
p.374
p.374 p.430
C Transmission shaft guide

Legend
I= distance between centres of the two column
L positioners to be connected
Mod.1 L= Transmission shaft
Mod.4
L = I3-88
I3
I3
Mod.2 Mod.5
L = I3-88 L = I3-168
I3
I3
Mod.3 Mod.6
L = I3-248
L = I3-168
I3
I3
Synchronisation for positioner columns Ø30
Complete synchronisation kits are available on request with a fixed distance between
positioner centres With positioner columns in stainless steel: minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days.
With positioner columns in nickel-plated steel: minimum order: 4 pieces, delivery in 20 days.
Positioners
items
VERTICAL
Upper
containment
guide
adjustment
d
nt-size
Differe ns
ca
50
0
ma
x.
rec 100
om 0
me
nde
d
ma
x.
rec 100
om 0
me
nde
d
50
0
a
p.324 p.382 p.384
p.198 p.313 p.98
C Depending on the idler used (octagonal Part 2283-4223 or

round Part 4090-4091), select the shaft that allows you to
obtain the desired distance between centres (I1 or I2);
if the exact length is not available, order a longer shaft
and cut it
78
α 45°
p.464
p.418 L= I1-78
I1
L = outside joint width

I1 = distance between centres of the two 45x90
octagonal positioners to be connected
I2 = distance between centres of the two column
positioners to be connected
Note: the values indicated are for positioners
with maximum misalignment (α=45°).
85 α 45°
p.374
L= I2-85
p.375
I2
Maximum torque applicable to the

C cardan joints * values with misalignment α =10°.
For different angles, multiply the torque value given
Giri/min 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 in the table by the correction factor indicated below
Coppia* Nm 85 82 80 78 73 70 67
Angolo di lavoro 5° 10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 35° 40° 45° Example: at 30 rpm
with an angle of 30°, the
Fattore di correzione 1,25 1,00 0,80 0,65 0,55 0,45 0,38 0,30 0,25 maximum torque will be
80 x 0.45 = 36 Nm.
Manual format change with positioners Ø30

drive
ners
positio arriages
side opposite to
with 3 ose c
d synchronisation
opp
with 2
p.355
p.323
Part.4694
p.328
p. 502
p.107
p.130 p.176
Part.8418
a
p.102
p.126 p.488 p.198 p.104
Octagonal angular idler

Part. 2283 p.464
Part. 2125 p.440 Part. 1948 p.462

Part. 2247 p.444
Part. 2156 p.448
Part. 2029
max torque 20Nm
Part. 2036 p.475
Round angular idler

Part. 4091 p.375
Part. 4090 p.374
max torque 20Nm Part. 1948 p.462
Part. 1461 p.299

Part. 2657 p.304
Application diagram of the 3-track synchronisation kit
DX-RH
s
Drive positioner Idler positioner
(with 2 pins) (with 1 pin)
SX-LH SX-LH
drive
(can be fitted indifferently
to one of the 3 positioners
on the left-hand thread screw)
clockwise rotation
(carriage closing)
anticlockwise rotation
(carriage opening)
Application example
Part.4565
p.374 Part.4581
p.350
p.215
p.376
p.392
p.394 p.395 p.215
Square-section mini-angular idler
with fastening plate for 45x90 positioner
The mini-idler can be fitted as shown in Fig. 1 and 2.
1 2
Examples of revolution counter fitting positions
3 4
Handwheel + revolution counter fitting Gearmotor coupling kit fitting

only on the side with long shaft only on the side with short shaft
Part.2434 Part.4720
a
Part.4695
Part.4584
LONG shaft SHORT shaft
Part.8090
Part.8045
Part.0805
p.<?> p.<?> p.<?>
Part.951L p.<?>
p.<?> p.<?>
Part.4564 Part.4565
C With positioners and angular idler, 45x90 profile
p.475
p.462 p.418
p.<?>
p.475
p.323
p.418
Square-section mini-angular idler
with octagonal fastening plate
1 2
3 4
Gearmotor coupling kit fitting
Handwheel + revolution counter fitting only on the side with short shaft
only on the side with long shaft
Part.4720
a
Part.4695
Part.4584
Sales information
Production
Research and Development
Marketing
Distribution
Una giovane azienda con 30 anni di esperienza

Bett Sistemi nasce nel 1994. Il socio fondatore, da oltre 30 anni, è imprenditore
nell’industria della Componentistica standard innovativa.
Bett Sistemi, certificata ISO 9001 e ISO 14001, è oggi, con il B Group, leader
nella progettazione e produzione di componenti e sistemi innovativi dedicati
all’automazione flessibile e alla sicurezza delle macchine.
Sales information
Sales information
Bett Sistemi: your only

one partner
From the manufacturer Always ready to Creators
directly to the
“consumer”
help you of standards
Low prices thanks An Out of your

to the efficient sales requests, we
“direct channel” team ready to create new
policy support you standards
Contact us for any informa-
We manufacture most of the If you can’t find what you
components in our range tion and advice you may
need among the 10000
need from Monday to Friday
standard components
from 08:00 AM to 06:00 PM
in our catalogues, just
or leave a message on the
send us your requests
answer phone and we will
or drawings and our
call you back by 10:00 the
Factory next day.
engineers will study new
Correggio, (RE) Italy standards suited to your
Tel: +39 0522 635111 requirements.
7000 m2 covered space
An expert technical team To get the updates on new
Certifications ready to support you
products and applications,
CERTIFIED QUALITY SYSTEM go to our site or register
UNI EN ISO 9001/2008
TÜV Italia S.r.l. to receive our monthly
UNI EN ISO 9001:2008
CERT. Nr. 50 100 14135
newsletter:
www.bettsistemi.com
CERTIFIED QUALITY SYSTEM
ISO 14001:2004
TÜV Italia S.r.l.
UNI EN ISO 14001:2004
CERT. Nr. 50 100 13890
An after-sales
team available to help you
Tel: +39 0522 635247
Sales information
to satisfy your every need

Placing orders Express User-friendly
is easy and fast delivery payments
You can choose For orders received Choose the

from over 10000 by 02:00 PM, payment method
items, that you delivery in 1 or 3 you prefer
can view at: days
www.bettsistemi.com • Credit card
For orders received before
(immediate payment
For phone orders call: 02:00 PM, the items on
stock (ü) will be collected collection)
+39 0522 635111 • PayPal
by the courier on the same
By fax day* and will be delivered (immediate payment
+39 0522 635222 to you in 3 days* in all the collection)
main cities if you choose • Bank wire transfer*
Minimum charge: standard service, or in 1 (payment collection
€40.00 (VAT excluded) day* if you choose express within 72 hours, see
All the prices are carriage service (10% extra charge
Point 5 of our General
forward. on the value of the goods).
*Only for payments with Conditions of Sale)
Credit Card or PayPal
delivery in 3
3 DAYS
days Note: the above refers
to Italy, for all shipments * Banca Popolare dell’
Express to foreign countries,
1 day Emilia Romagna
1 DAY
delivery please contact our Sales
Ag. Correggio
Department.
Goods withdrawal: IBAN: IT42R053876632
via della Costituzione, 55 0000000661859
42015 Correggio, Italy SWIFT: BPM0IT22
Services - How we supply the components
C How we supply the
components
1 In loose parts
2 In standard packs
3 In Consignment stock
4 In KanBan
1 In loose parts
You can order the loose components in the quantities necessary for
the job order to avoid storing unused material.
2 In standard packs
The number shown under “Pack” for each component indicates the
number of pieces contained in the standard pack.
Purchasing these quantities will allow you to obtain the components
at the best price.
How we supply the components - Services
C
3 In Consignment stock
The supplier transfers the goods - that are the supplier's property - to
the customer, who can use the stock at any time based on their own
requirements.
Only after the client has actually withdrawn the goods:
• ownership of the goods is transferred from the supplier to the
customer
• The supplier shall issue the invoice and restore only the stock of
products actually used.
Reduced wastage as a result of:

• Reduced stock
• Reduced management costs
Advantages • Restocking managed by the supplier
• Payment of actual consumptions
• Disposal of obsolete items
C
4 In KanBan
KanBan (from the Japanese “tag”) is a Just in Time stock replenishment
system created to minimise stock in the warehouse.
This method requires that the components be allocated in reusable
containers and positioned on shelves (at the supermarket flow racks)
with a KanBan tag applied; the tag shows the number of pieces in
stock for that certain part, activating an order when stock starts
running out.
C
Advantages Reduced wastage as a result of:
• Reduced stock
• Reducing packaging costs by using reusable containers
• Recovering energy Fast response to changes in demand
• Simplified planning
• Reducing management costs
Tools • KanBan labels and tags

available for • Stackable containers
our customers • Trolleys
• Flow racks
Customer-supplier agreements p.506 a
Consult them a
C
How we supply the structures
About Bett Service
The Bett Service System Partners
are a network of authorised
centres coordinated by the Bett
Sistemi Research & Development
Department that provide a complete
and wide ranging service in Italy and
abroad.
How they work

The specialised technical staff of Tel: +39 0522 635111
the Bett Service System Partners will Please do not hesitate to ask the Bett
use 3D design software specially Service System Partners for further
developed for the product line and assistance whenever you require more
than just components or preassembled
will prepare the required structure
kits for DIY construction and if you
design with the related cost estimate. need turnkey solutions, even at your
The Bett Service System Partners headquarters
thus accompany the customer Where to find them:
from design through to “turnkey” Correggio
delivery”.
Do not hesitate to ask for their Faenza
support when you are looking for Bologna
tailor-made solutions; advice can be Milan Italy
provided also at your headquarters. Zurich
Within a few hours from the call, a
Switzerland
sales technician will be available. Barcelona
Madrid Spain
Holland Utrecht
Stuttgart Germany
Australia Melbourne
Toronto Canada
C
The same quality delivered at your facilities
Worldwide
”Bett Service” delivers components and
structures to wherever you are, be it 10 or 10,000
km from our service centres. You get the same
quality and the same 5-day delivery time.
1 Delivery by road: 5 days

1 Delivery by air: 5 days
2 Delivery by sea: 30 days
1 2
80
Tightening
components
Technical information and application
diagrams
................................................................. 1 p. 247 C
Single-hole
................................................................. 1 p. 82
Ø12 and o10
Cross-type
................................................................. 1 p. 92
from Ø10 to Ø60 and fromo8 to o16
With flange
................................................................. 1 p. 107
Combinations and accessories

...................................................
1 p. 479
WARNINGS
The information provided is only intended and provided for component description purposes. It shall not
be understood as a statement made by us regarding a specific characteristic of the same component or its
suitability for a specific use. The data provided by us shall not relieve the customers from their responsibility
to evaluate, check and consequently use any and all components. All information is based on the skills
available at the time of publishing and is not binding. We are not responsible for any incomplete or
incorrect information or possible damage resulting therefrom. The products may be subject to modification
at any time. It is therefore advisable to check for updates on our website www.bettsistemi.com.
81
Tightening components Single-hole
3166 Single-hole with torque limiters

Use: assembly of round or square drawn bars with the same fastening
screw.
State of supply aluminium connector; UNI 5931 socket head screw;
Polyamide anti-rupture torque limiter.
Standard pack: 50 pieces.
Tightening torque 10 Nm (M6).
Warnings: if combined with commercial 12ø round tubes, check that
the tolerance corresponds to that of our Part 2012; if combined with
o10 square rods available on the market, check that the tolerance cor-
responds to that of our Part 1789.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144
Torque
limiter
D1
20
10
10.1
12 10.7
S
Tolerance
==
25
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
B10.2 ±0.05
33.7
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts - -5% -10% -17% contact us
Order D1 D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø or g piece
663246 12.1 10.2 M6x25 shot peening 31.5 ü 10,37
Customisations of other finishes on request Cp. 250 
3165 Single-hole with torque limiters

with centring in 8mm groove
Use: assembly of round or square drawn bars in fixed orthogonal posi-
tion with the same fastening screw.
State of supply aluminium connector; UNI 5931 socket head screw
and square nut with spring, Part 1786 in galvanised steel; Polyamide
anti-rupture torque limiter.
Advantages reduced dimensions and fast assembly.
tion
ti-rota
Combinations a An
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144
Torque
D1
limiter
18.4
Tolerance
8.4
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
1.6
LF
B10.2 ±0.05
S 12 10.7 8.2
Selection guide for matching
the containment guide
==
25
part.
663206 2010
33.7
519361
part.
2182
a
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+
Stock
S LF Finish
code Ø or g piece
663206 12.1 10.2 M6x25 11.7 Wshot peening 31 ü 12,32
519361 12.1 10.2 M6x20 6.7 Wshot peening 30 ü 12,32
4855 Single octagonal hole

Use: connection of round or square drawn bars with new hybrid sec-
tion, with the same fastening screw. Patent
State of supply aluminium connector; UNI 5931 socket head screw
and square nut with spring, Part 1786 in galvanised steel; Polyamide
anti-rupture torque limiter.
Advantages reduced dimensions and fast assembly.
10x10 square rods available on the market, check that the tolerance
tion
corresponds to that of our Part 1789.
ti-rota
Combinations a Improved characteristics p. 260 a An
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144
Torque
Tolerance
limiter D1
18.4
D1
8.4
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
B10.2 ±0.05
LF
Selection guide for matching

the containment guide 8.2
S 12 10.7
part.
507910 2010
==
25
part.
519371 2182 33.7
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
S LF Finish
code Ø or g piece
507910 12.1 10.2 M6x25 11.7 shot peening 31 § 12,88
519371 12.1 10.2 M6x25 6.7 shot peening 30 § 12,88
Products not in stock minimum order 50 pieces, delivery in 15 days.
4854 Single octagonal hole

tion, with the same fastening screw. Patent
Polyamide anti-rupture torque limiter.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144 Improved characteristics p. 260 a
Torque
limiter
D1
20
10
10.1
12 10.7
S
==
Tolerance
25
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
B10.2 ±0.05 33.7

Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+
Stock
S Finish
code Ø or g piece
507900 12.1 10.2 M6x25 shot peening 31.5 § 10,92
3238 Single hole with two screws and torque

limiters
Use: assembly of round or square drawn bars in fixed orthogonal posi-
tion with one screw independent of the fastening screw.
Independent
tightening
square nut with spring Part 1786 in galvanised steel, UNI 5931 counter-
sunk hexagon head screws, UNI5588 hexagon nut; M6x16.5 ratchet lever
in grey plastic with threaded brass pin Part 3135; Polyamide anti-rup-
ture torque limiter.
on
tati
i-ro
Ant
Combinations a
Torque
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144
Version with lever limiter
Version with screw
Min. distance between centres

46 mm
Tolerance
D1
a
LH RH
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
Qty 50+ 100+
B10.2 ±0.05
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts -17% contact us
Stock
S T Version Finish
code Ø or g piece
687286 12.1 10.2 M6x12 M6x20 RH shot peening 39 § 11,76
620987 12.1 10.2 M6x12 M6x20 LH shot peening 39 § 11,76
692257 12.1 10.2 lever M6x20 RH shot peening 51 § 21,95
692267 12.1 10.2 lever M6x20 LH shot peening 51 § 21,95
Products not in stock minimum order 50 pieces, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out).
3281 Single hole with two screws and torque

limiters
Use: assembly of round or square drawn bars with one screw indepen-
dent of the fastening screw.
htening
State of supply aluminium connector; UNI 5931 socket head screws,
UNI5588 hexagon nut in galvanised steel; M6x16.5 ratchet lever in grey Independent tig
plastic with threaded brass pin Part 3135; Polyamide anti-rupture tor-
que limiter.
C For further hole sizes p. 252 .
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144
Version with lever Torque

limiter
Tolerance
D1
D1 Ø12.1 +0.15
0
20
Version with screw B10.2 ±0.05

10
8
12 10.7
23 16
S T Code 688676
Screw M8x20
Code 692247 DIN 7984
Square nut
==
25
with spring
12
46 8.5 For profiles with 8mm groove

Qty 50+ 100+
Stock
S T Finish
code Ø or g piece
688666 12.1 10.2 M6x14 - shot peening 37 § 10,78
688676 12.1 10.2 M6x14 M8x20 + nut shot peening 51 § 11,65
692237 12.1 10.2 lever - shot peening 49 § 19,14
692247 12.1 10.2 lever M8x20 + nut shot peening 63 § 19,85
4857 Single hole with two screws with octagon hole

tion, one screw independent of the fastening screw. Patent
square nut with spring Part 1786 in galvanised steel, UNI 5931 socket
head screw, UNI5588 hexagon nut; M6x16.5 ratchet lever in grey pla-
htening
stic with threaded brass pin Part 3135; Polyamide anti-rupture torque
limiter.
Independent tig
on
tati
i-ro
Ant
Combinations a Improved characteristics p. 260 a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154

Version with lever
Torque
limiter
Version with screw
Min. distance between centres

46 mm
Tolerance
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0 a
Qty 50+ 100+
B10.2 ±0.05
QUANTITY DISCOUNT LH Discounts RH
-17% contact us
Stock
S T Version Finish
code Ø or g piece
507960 12.1 10.2 M6x12 M6x20 RH shot peening 39 § 12,31
507990 12.1 10.2 M6x12 M6x20 LH shot peening 39 § 12,31
507970 12.1 10.2 lever M6x20 RH shot peening 51 § 22,50
507980 12.1 10.2 lever M6x20 LH shot peening 51 § 22,50
htening
Independent tig
tion, one screw independent of the fastening screw.
State of supply aluminium connector; UNI 5931 socket head screws,
UNI5588 hexagon nut in galvanised steel; M6x16.5 ratchet lever in grey
plastic with threaded brass pin Part 3135; Polyamide anti-rupture tor-
que limiter.
Combinations a Patent
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144

Version with lever
Torque
limiter
D1 Tolerance
D1
20
Version with screw Ø12,1 +0,15

10
0
8
B10,2 ±0,05
12 10.7
23 16
S T Code 688676
Screw M8x20
Code 692247 DIN 7984
Square nut
==
25
with spring
12
46 8.5 For profiles with 8mm groove
Qty 50+ 100+

Stock
S T Finish
code Ø or g piece
507950 12.1 10.2 M6x14 - shot peening 37 § 11,33
507930 12.1 10.2 M6x14 M8x20 + nut shot peening 51 § 12,20
507940 12.1 10.2 lever - shot peening 49 § 19,69
507920 12.1 10.2 lever M8x20 + nut shot peening 63 § 20,40
Tightening components with flange

Use: connection of round or square drawn bars with new hybrid section.
State of supply connector in al uminium alloy UNI 5076; Patent
UNI 5931 socket head screw, UNI 5587 hexagon nut and anti-rupture
torque limiter in galvanised steel.
Combinations a Improved characteristics p. 260 a
tion
ti-rota
An
p. 480 p. 485 p. 144 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154
23 Torque
limiter S
D1
40.4
30
8
3
18
11.8 20
10.5 8.2
22.9
6.7
Min. distance between

for screw centres 23,6 mm
TCEI M6
33
26
6.5 UNI 5931

a
43.8
sx dx
Tolerance
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
B10.2 ±0.05
Qty 50+ 100+
Stock
S Version Finish
code Ø or g piece
508000 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RH shot peening 70 § 15,44
508010 12.1 10.2 M6x16 LH shot peening 70 § 15,44
3241 Single hole with two screws

Use: orthogonal assembly in groove of round drawn bars.
State of supply connector in al
uminium alloy UNI 5076; UNI 5931 socket head screw, UNI 5587 hexagon
nut and anti-rupture torque limiter in galvanised steel.
Combinations
corresponds aof our Part 1789.
to that
tion
ti-rota
p. 480 p. 485 p. 144
An
23 Torque
limiter S
D1
40.4
30
8
3
18
11.8 20
10.5 8.2
22.9 Min. distance between
6.7
for screw centres 23.6 mm

TCEI M6
33
26
6.5 UNI 5931

a
43.8
LH RH
Tolerance
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
B10.2 ±0.05
Qty 50+ 100+
Stock
S Version Finish
code Ø or g piece
687586 12.1 - M6x16 RH shot peening 70 ü 13,48
687756 12.1 - M6x16 LH shot peening 70 ü 13,48
652909 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RH shot peening 70 § 14,89
652969 12.1 10.2 M6x16 LH shot peening 70 § 14,89
Tightening components cross-type
1397 Cross-type
from12Ø to Ø15 o10 mm
Use: Orthogonal connection between two round or square drawn bars.
ium
min
Suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 2 UNI 5931 Alu
socket head screws, 2 UNI 5588 hexagon nuts and 2 anti-rupture torque Ø
limiters in galvanised steel.
Warnings: if combined with commercial 12ø round tubes, check that Ø
ust
Combinations a Rob
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 144
• On request with stainless steel

nuts and bolts.
• minimum order 48 pieces. D2 10,5
5
20
16
Torque 53
limiter
D1 S
Tolerance
D1 D2
20
Ø12.1
Ø14.1 +0.15
0
Ø15.1
39 B10.2 ±0.05
1397 Cross-type
from12Ø to Ø15 o10 mm
Qty 1+ 5+ 9+ 48+ 96+

Order D1 D1 D2 D2 Weight €
Stock
S Finish Finish
code Ø B Ø B g piece
621634 12,1 - 12,1 - M6x14 shot peening galvanised steel 48 ü 8,18
634084 12,1 - 12,1 - M6x14 RAL7010 grey galvanised steel 48 ü 9,33
617603 12,1 - 12,1 - M6x14 nichelatura chimica 20 µm s.steel 48 § 13,95
621624 12,1 10,2 12,1 10,2 M6x14 shot peening. galvanised steel 47 ü 9,77
634114 12,1 10,2 12,1 10,2 M6x14 RAL7010 grey galvanised steel 47 § 10,93
685372 12,1 10,2 12,1 10,2 M6x14 RAL9006 grey galvanised steel 47 ü 10,93
634094 12,1 - 14,1 - M6x14 RAL7010 grey galvanised steel 46 § 9,33
612342 12,1 - 14,1 - M6x14 RAL9006 grey galvanised steel 46 § 9,33
690887 12,1 10,2 15,1 - M6x14 shot peening galvanised steel 45 ü 9,77
690897 12,1 10,2 15,1 - M6x14 RAL7010 grey galvanised steel 45 § 10,93
690907 12,1 10,2 15,1 - M6x14 RAL9006 grey galvanised steel 45 § 10,93
Products not in stock minimum order 48 piece, delivery in 5 days.
4859 Cross-type with octagon hole

from12Ø and o10 mm
Use: Orthogonal connection between two round or square drawn bars.
ium
Suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
min
State of supply connector aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 2 UNI 5931 so- Alu
cket head screws, 2 UNI 5588 hexagon nuts and 2 anti-rupture torque
Warnings: if combined with commercial 12ø round tubes, check that Patent
ust
Combinations a Rob
p. 480 p. 485 p. 144 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154
D2
• On request with stainless steel
nuts and bolts. 10,5
• minimum order 48 pieces.
5
20
16
Torque 53
limiter
D1 S Tollerance
D1 D2
Ø12,1 +0,15
0
20
B10,2 ±0,05
39
4859 Cross-type with octagon hole

from12Ø and o10 mm
Qty 1+ 5+ 9+ 48+ 96+

Order D1 D1 D2 D2 Finish €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø  Ø  g piece
508020 12,1 10,2 12,1 10,2 M6x14 shot peening. 47 ü 10,87

508030 12,1 10,2 12,1 10,2 M6x14 RAL7010 grey 47 § 12,04
508040 12,1 10,2 12,1 10,2 M6x14 RAL9006 grey 47 ü 12,04
508050 12,1 10,2 15,1 - M6x14 shot peening. 45 ü 10,87
508060 12,1 10,2 15,1 - M6x14 RAL7010 grey 45 § 12,04
508070 12,1 10,2 15,1 - M6x14 RAL9006 grey 45 § 12,04
1397 Cross-type stainless steel

Ø12 mm
State of supply AISI 316 stainless steel connector; 2 UNI 5931 socket ss
inle
Sta teel
head screws, 2 UNI 5588 hexagon nuts in AISI 304 stainless steel (without
torque limiter).
Characteristics: see 1397 in aluminium.
s
Standard pack: 48 pieces. Ø
Ø
D2 10,5
5
20
15,5
53
Food
&
D1 S
Beverage
20
39
Tolerance
D1 D2
Ø12.1 +0.20
-0.05
Qty 1+ 5+ 9+ 48+ 96+

Stock
S Finish
code Ø Ø g piece
656834 12.1 12.1 M6x14 electropolished 107 ü 11,00
984 Cross-type, in plastic

from Ø10 and o8 to Ø12 and o10 mm
Use: connection of round or square bars. Tube tightening not constant
tic Ø
Plas
over time.
State of supply reinforced polyamide connector; 2 UNI 5931 socket
head screws and 2 nuts in galvanised steel.
Tightening torque 4.9 Nm (M5).
the tolerance corresponds to that of our Part 2012; if combined with Ø
C Mechanical properties p. 256 .
t
Combinations a -cos
Low
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 144
21
16
D2
53
D1
S
21
39
Qty 1+ 9+ 50+ 100+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts - -10% -17% contact us
Stock
S Finish
code Ø or Ø or g piece
656521 10.1 8.2 10.1 8.2 M5x12 RAL9005 black 26 ü 2,73
650201 10.1 8.2 10.1 8.2 M5x12 grey RAL7016 26 § 2,73
656531 12.1 10.2 12.1 10.2 M5x12 RAL9005 black 26 ü 2,73
650211 12.1 10.2 12.1 10.2 M5x12 grey RAL7016 26 § 2,73
1450 Cross-type with torque limiters

from Ø15 and Ø20 mm - o12 and o16 mm
Use: orthogonal connection between two round drawn bars.
ium
min
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy uni 5076; 2 DIN 7984
socket head screws, 2 UNI 5589 hexagon nuts and 2 anti-rupture torque
Alu
Ø
Combinations a Ø
p. 480 p. 484 p. 485 p. 148 p. 505 p. 122 p. 123
D2 13,5
4
30
25 Torque
80 limiter
D1 S Tolerance
D1 D2
Ø15.1
Ø16.1 +0.15
30
0
Ø18.1
Ø20.2 +0.05
0
S 60 12.2 ±0.05
+0.10
Application example 16.0 0
• on request, starting from

Part no. 2339 part no. 1450 other versions
Part no. 2340 Part no. 2985
Part no. 3172 can be obtained with square
holes made by broaching
Part 2355 on round holes. Example:
with Ø15 you can obtain 12
• minimum order 24 pieces,

delivery in 5 days.
Part no. 1450 • On request with stainless
steel nuts and bolts.
1450 Cross-type with torque limiters

from Ø15 and Ø20 mm - o12 and o16 mm
Qty 1+ 5+ 9+ 24+ 48+
Stock
S Finish
code Ø or Ø or g piece
621554 15.1 - 15.1 - M8x25 shot peening 163 ü 9,37
634014 15.1 - 15.1 - M8x25 RAL7010 grey 163 § 10,55
625302 15.1 - 15.1 - M8x25 RAL9006 grey 163 § 10,55
621564 15.1 - 16.1 - M8x25 shot peening 160 ü 9,37
634024 15.1 - 16.1 - M8x25 RAL7010 grey 160 § 10,55
625312 15.1 - 16.1 - M8x25 RAL9006 grey 160 § 10,55
621574 15.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 shot peening 155 ü 9,37
634034 15.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 RAL7010 grey 155 § 10,55
625322 15.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 RAL9006 grey 155 § 10,55
621584 16.1 - 16.1 - M8x25 shot peening 145 ü 10,40
634044 16.1 - 16.1 - M8x25 RAL7010 grey 156 § 11,58
625332 16.1 - 16.1 - M8x25 RAL9006 grey 145 ü 11,58
621594 16.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 shot peening 142 ü 10,40
634054 16.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 RAL7010 grey 152 § 11,58
625342 16.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 RAL9006 grey 142 § 11,58
621604 18.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 shot peening 140 ü 10,40
634064 18.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 RAL7010 grey 150 ü 11,58
625352 18.1 - 18.1 - M8x25 RAL9006 grey 140 ü 11,58
621614 20.2 - 20.2 - M8x25 shot peening 135 ü 10,40
634074 20.2 - 20.2 - M8x25 RAL7010 grey 140 § 11,58
665122 20.2 - 20.2 - M8x25 RAL9006 grey 135 ü 11,58
644757 20.2 - 15.1 12.2 M8x25 shot peening 140 § 12,50
641647 20.2 16.0 20.2 16.0 M8x25 shot peening 134 ü 12,50
641657 20.2 16.0 20.2 16.0 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 134 § 13,67
641667 20.2 16.0 20.2 16.0 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 134 § 13,67
Products not in stock for painted versions the minimum order is 1 piece, delivery 5 days; for versions with square holes
made on request: minimum order 24 pieces, delivery in 5 days.
1398 Cross-type with torque limiters

Ø25 and Ø30 mm
Use: orthogonal connection between two round drawn bars.
ium
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 4 DIN 7984
min
socket head screws with countersunk head, 4 hexagon nuts and 4 anti- Alu
rupture torque limiters in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
ng g
Strohtenin
p. 480 p. 482 p. 492 p. 484 p. 485 p. 122 p. 123
Tig
Torque
limiter
Tolerance
D1 D2
Ø25.2
Ø27.2 +0.2
0
Ø30.2 Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Stock
S Finish
code Ø Ø g piece
621504 25.2 25.2 M8x35 shot peening 295 ü 13,76
621984 25.2 25.2 M8x35 RAL7010 grey 295 § 15,39
617852 25.2 25.2 M8x35 RAL9006 grey 295 § 15,39
621524 25.2 30.2 M8x35 shot peening 272 ü 13,76
634004 25.2 30.2 M8x35 RAL7010 grey 272 § 15,39
665302 25.2 30.2 M8x35 RAL9006 grey 272 § 15,39
621514 27.2 27.2 M8x35 shot peening 274 ü 13,76
621994 27.2 27.2 M8x35 RAL7010 grey 274 § 15,39
612282 27.2 27.2 M8x35 RAL9006 grey 274 § 15,39

C Guida alla scelta dei componenti
Part.1735
Part.8418TC
p.104
p.<?>
p.<?>
p.<?>
Part.2148 Part.4732
p.<?>
p.<?>

2984 Cross-type with torque limiters

D2 from Ø16 and Ø18 and D1 from 25 to 30 mm Ø
Use: orthogonal connection between two round bars of different dia-
meter.
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076 ; 2 UNI 5931
socket head screws, 2 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nuts in galvanised
steel, anti-rupture torque limiters in galvanised steel.
Tightening torque 25 Nm (M8) - 10 Nm (M6).
screw S: p. 122 A Part 2985 code 602956;
screw S: p. 123 A Part 3172 code 663306/663336;
T screw : p. 144 A Part 3135 Code 661606.
≠ D2
C For further hole sizes p.252 .
Combinations a
D1
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 484 p. 485 p. 122 p. 144
Torque
36
36
limiter
T
40
D1
62.5
S
27
Tolerance
26
40
D1 D2
Ø16.1
Ø18.1 +0.20 Torque
limiter
D2
Ø25.2 0
Ø30.2 81.5

2984 Cross-type with torque limiters

D2 from Ø16 and Ø18 and D1 from 25 to 30 mm Ø
Part. 988
Part.1456
Part.1456
Part. 4063
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 D2 Weight Stock €
S T Finish
code Ø Ø g piece
663276 25.2 16.1 M8x25 M6x20 shot peening 149 ü 10,14
663506 25.2 16.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL7010 grey 149 § 11,76
664996 25.2 16.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL9006 grey 149 § 11,76
664936 25.2 18.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL7010 grey 144 § 19,65
665086 25.2 18.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL9006 grey 144 § 19,65
664976 30.2 16.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL7010 grey 130 ü 19,65
665126 30.2 16.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL9006 grey 130 § 19,65
664986 30.2 18.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL7010 grey 125 ü 22,38
665136 30.2 18.1 M8x25 M6x20 RAL9006 grey 125 ü 22,38

1456 Cross-type
from Ø20 to Ø60 mm
Use: orthogonal connection between two round bars.
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 2 UNI 5931
socket head screws, 2 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nuts in galvanised
steel and 2 torque limiter spacers.
Standard pack: see table.
Warnings: the connectors may be fitted to different types of drawn/
ground rods or electro-welded tubesThe tubes, due to their ovalization
characteristics, may not be easily fitted. In this event, you will have to
bore the hole to calibrate the tube/connector coupling,
Combinations a
D1
= D2
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 484 p. 485 p. 122 p. 123
Tolerance
D1 D2
Ø20.1 +0.15
0
Spacer Ø25.2
torque Ø30.2
+0.20
0
limiter
P
Ø40.2
Ø50.2 +0.10
0
Ø60.2
H
D1
S
R
C Spacer
D2
torque limiter
P
E
L
H

1456 Cross-type
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 C E H L P R Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code D2 mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
689395 20.1 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 shot peening 253 ü 11,28
689365 20.1 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 253 ü 13,07
689335 20.1 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 219 ü 13,07
Standard pack: 8 pieces
Tightening torque 25 Nm (M8)
689405 25.2 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 shot peening 219 ü 11,28
689375 25.2 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 219 ü 13,07
689345 25.2 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 219 ü 13,07
689415 30.2 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 shot peening 172 ü 11,28
689385 30.2 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 172 ü 13,07
689355 30.2 33 40 40 97 36 76 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 172 ü 13,07
Tightening torque 25 Nm (M8)
601846 30.2 45 56 56 127 46 101 M10x35 shot peening 608 ü 17,55
601856 30.2 45 56 56 127 46 101 M10x35 RAL7010 grey 608 § 20,62
601866 30.2 45 56 56 127 46 101 M10x35 RAL9006 grey 608 ü 20,62
601876 40.2 45 56 56 127 46 101 M10x35 shot peening 451 ü 17,55
601886 40.2 45 56 56 127 46 101 M10x35 RAL7010 grey 451 ü 20,62
601896 40.2 45 56 56 127 46 101 M10x35 RAL9006 grey 451 ü 20,62
Tightening torque 50Nm (M10)
601786 40.2 53 65 65 145 59 119 M10x50 shot peening 841 ü 18,20
601796 40.2 53 65 65 145 59 119 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 841 § 21,40
601806 40.2 53 65 65 145 59 119 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 841 ü 21,40
601816 50.2 53 65 65 145 59 119 M10x50 shot peening 610 ü 18,20
601826 50.2 53 65 65 145 59 119 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 610 ü 21,40
601836 50.2 53 65 65 145 59 119 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 610 ü 21,40
601756 60.2 65 80 80 169 59 143 M10x50 shot peening 987 ü 25,74
601766 60.2 65 80 80 169 59 143 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 987 ü 29,34
601776 60.2 65 80 80 169 59 143 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 987 ü 29,34
§ Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 5 days.


1999 Reinforced cross-type with torque limiters

D1 = 50Ø and 60Ø - D2 = 60mm Ø
Use: orthogonal connection between two round bars.
State of supply connector in aluminium Al Si 7 Mg; 4 UNI 5931 socket
head screws in galvanised steel.
Standard pack: 1 piece.
Tightening torque On hole D1 (78 wide hub) = 35 Nm; on hole D2
(82 wide hub) = 50 Nm.
screw S: p. 122 A Part 2985 code 602976;
screw S: p. 123 A Part 3172 code 663326/663356.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 482 p. 492 p. 122 p. 123
170 170
135 82
13
S D2
53
170
69
74
D1
48
S
78 Torque limit ers
Tolerance
e w it h ho le Ø 60.3)
D1 D2 (on
Ø50.3 +0.05
0
0 Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+
Ø60.3 -0.05
Stock
S Finish
code Ø Ø g piece
659383 50.3 60.3 M10x45 RAL9006 grey 3950 § 209,88
614569 60.3 60.3 M10x45 RAL9006 grey 3935 § 209,88
Products not in stock minimum order 1 piece, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out).

1679 With flange and torque limiters

Ø12 and Ø14 - o10 mm
Use: connection of round or square drawn bars parallel to the faste-
ning plane; Suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
socket head screw, 1 hexagon nut, 1 grub screw and 1 anti-rupture
Warnings: if combined with commercial 12/14ø round tubes, check
that the tolerance corresponds to that of our Part 2012; if combined
with 10x10 square rods available on the market, check that the toleran-
ce corresponds to that of our Part 1789.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 144

21
S
Torque limiter
Tolerance
D
Ø10.5
D1 Ø12.1 +0.15
40.4
0
Ø14.1
3
30
8
18
B10.2 ±0.05
Ø6.5
40
33
26
for M6 UNI 5931

socket head screws
64 Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
S Finish
code Ø or g piece
621694 12.1 - M6x16 shot peening 95 ü 8,06
634144 12.1 - M6x16 RAL7010 grey 95 ü 9,23
676172 12.1 - M6x16 RAL9006 grey 95 ü 9,23
621704 12.1 10.2 M6x16 shot peening 93 ü 9,69
634154 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RAL7010 grey 93 ü 10,84
692642 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RAL9006 grey 93 ü 10,84
614619 14.1 - M6x16 shot peening 91 § 8,06
Products not in stock 14.1Ø version minimum order: 50 pieces, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out).
Painted versions minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out).

1679 With stainless steel flange

Ø12 mm
Use: Connection of round drawn bars parallel to the fastening plane;
ss
suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
inle
State of supply AISI 316 stainless steel connector; 1 UNI 5931 socket Sta teel
head screw, 1 UNI 5587 hexagon nut in AISI 304 stainless steel. s
the tolerance corresponds to that of our Part 2012.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 144
Food
&
Be rage
ve
Tolerance
D1 D2
Ø12.1 +0.20
-0.05
clearance elimination
only M6 grub screw
UNI 5931 (on version only)
socket head
screws
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
656844 12.1 M6x14 electropolished 252 ü 16,10

4860 With flange with octagonal hole

12Ø and  10 mm
Use:connection of round or square drawn bars with new hybrid sec-
ium
tion parallel to the fastening plane;Suitable for applications exposed min
to accidental impact. Alu
socket head screw, 1 hexagon nut, 1 grub screw and 1 anti-rupture
Ø
ce corresponds to that of our Part 1789. ust
C For further hole sizes p. 252 . Rob
Combinations a
Improved characteristics p. 260 a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 500 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144
Torque limiter Tolerance

D
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
B10.2 ±0.05
only M6 UNI clearance elimination

5931 socket grub screw
head screws (on version only)
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
S Finish
code Ø  g piece
508130 12.1 10.2 M6x16 shot peening 93 ü 10,24
508140 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RAL7010 grey 93 ü 11,39
508150 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RAL9006 grey 93 ü 11,39
Products not in stock Painted versions minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out).

855 With plastic flange

from Ø10 - or8 to Ø12 - or10 mm
Use: connection of round or square bars parallel to the fastening plane;
tic
Plas
Tube tightening not constant over time.
State of supply reinforced polyamide connector; 1 UNI 5931 socket
head screw, 1 hexagon nut, 2 DIN 7984 socket head screws, 2 square
nuts in galvanised steel, part no. 802. Ø
corresponds to that of our Part 1789. t
C Mechanical properties p. 256 . -cos
Combinations a Low
T= M8x20 DIN 7984
p. 148 p. 485 p. 480 screw
21
10
S
D1
38.5
10
31
T
20
14.5
T= seat for
6
40 M6 UNI 5931
Ø10.5 screws
T
10
Cod. 602613
Cod. 602643
30
Ø6.5
5.5
56
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 50+ 100+
Stock
S Screws Finish
code Ø or g piece
618101 10.1 8.2 M5x12 M8x20 RAL9005 black 57 ü 3,30
650181 10.1 8.2 M5x12 M8x20 grey RAL7016 57 § 3,30
618111 12.1 10.2 M5x12 M8x20 RAL9005 black 57 ü3,30
650191 12.1 10.2 M5x12 M8x20 grey RAL7016 57 §3,30
T = seat for UNI 5931 M6 socket head fastening screw
602613 10.1 8.2 M5x12 no RAL9005 black 47 ü 2,12
602643 12.1 10.2 M5x12 no RAL9005 black 47 ü 2,12

1843 With positionable flange with torque limiters

Ø12 mm
Use: with the guide,code 608261, they allow horizontal adjustment of
round drawn bars, even without a support surface.

socket head screw, 1 hexagon nut, 2 M8 grub screws and 1 anti-rupture

Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 144 23

S
Torque
D1 limiter
42.4
10
32
Tolerance
20
D1
Part 958
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
40 9
C-shaped guidea
End cap a
26
33
64
no.2 locking grub screws M 8
Qty 50+ 100+ 200+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts - -7% contact us
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
621674 12.1 M6x16 shot peening 113 § 9,37
634124 12.1 M6x16 RAL7010 grey 113 § 10,55
602833 12.1 M6x16 RAL9006 grey 113 § 10,55
C-shaped guide L (mm)
608241 3000 anodised 2400 ü 87,81
End cap
608261 33 § 9,35

4791With flange for silk-screened profiles

12Ø and 14Ø - o10 mm
Use: designed as containment guide clamp for product format change.
ium
min
Characteristics: the wear-prevention slot makes it suitable for use on
silk-screened profiles without damaging their millimeter scale Alu Ø
Allows connection of round or square drawn bars parallel to the faste-
ning plane; Suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
socket head screws, 1 hexagon nut, 1 steel fastening screw, 1 grub screw
and 1 anti-rupture torque limiter in galvanised steel.
ust
Rob
ce corresponds to that of our Part 1789.
Millimetre
scale for
Combinations a
profiles a
5.5
p. 480 p. 485 p. 148 p. 144
23
S Wear-prevention slot
Torque for screen-printed surfaces
D1 limiter
40,4
30
3
8
clearance elimination
18
grub screw
(on version only) Tolerance
only M6
UNI 5931 0,3 D
40
13
socket head
screws
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
Ø14.1
8,2
33
26
B10.2 ±0.05
64
2 Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+
Stock
S Finish
code Ø or g piece
682429 12.1 - M6x16 shot peening 95 ü 13,57
682569 12.1 - M6x16 RAL7010 grey 95 § 15,33
682449 12.1 - M6x16 RAL9006 grey 95 § 15,33
682539 12.1 10.2 M6x16 shot peening 93 ü 15,10
682479 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RAL7010 grey 93 § 16,26
682559 12.1 10.2 M6x16 RAL9006 grey 93 § 16,26
682439 14.1 - M6x16 shot peening 91 § 14,63

4791 With flange for silk-screened profiles

Ø12 and Ø14 - o10 mm
Application examples

1707 With 12Ø mm pin

orthogonal flange
Use: connection of round drawn bars at 90° with respect to the faste-
ning plane; suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
Version suitable for DIY construction of pins.
socket head screw and 1 hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
Characteristics: compared to part 3864, it provides a larger resting
surface and increased length for rod insertion.
Combinations a
23
p. 480 p. 485 p. 144 S
Ø10.5
42.2
Ø
10
6.
3
32
31
5t
Tolleranza
hr
ou
D1
gh
Ø12,1 +0,15 Ø6.5
Ø14,1
0 machining
40 on pin
26
33
for M6 UNI 5931

socket head screws
D1
64
rsion
Complete pin ve
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
621684 12.1 M6x20 shot peening 91 ü 8,06
634134 12.1 M6x20 RAL7010 grey 91 § 9,23
676552 12.1 M6x20 RAL9006 grey 91 § 9,23
597590 14.1 M6x20 shot peening 85 § 8,06

3865 With flange for parallel

mounting Ø12
Use: connection of round bars parallel to the fastening plane; suitable
ium
min
for applications exposed to accidental impact.
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 1 UNI 7380 Alu
M6x16 pan head screw and 1 M6 galvanised steel washer.
Combinations a
p. 485 Ø
ust
Rob
23
screw M6x16
ØD1
18
Ø6.3
UNI 7380
only screw
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Order D1 Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø g piece
652248 12.1 shot peening 105 ü 9,23
652258 12.1 RAL7010 grey 105 § 10,39
652268 12.1 RAL9006 grey 105 ü 10,39

3864 With round flange

D1= Ø12.1- or10.2 and D2= Ø12.1
Use: connection of parallel/orthogonal bars to the fastening plane (pa-
rallel connection only for 12Ø tubes and rods, orthogonal connection
for 12Ø tubes and rods or 10x10 square tubes).
Suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact. Ø
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, 2 UNI5931 so-
cket head screws in stainless steel, 2 hole end caps in black polyethylene.
Characteristics:
- One connector only with double use, for parallel or orthogonal con-
nections (alternative to part numbers 1679, 1707)
- The round flangeimproves product aesthetics.
- Thanks to the double tightening screw, the connector exercises greater Ø ble n
closing force on the bar. B dounectio
Standard pack: 4 pieces. con
Combinations a S P 33,5
D2
p. 150 p. 154 p. 480 p. 485 p. 148
L
45
E
T
T seat for
UNI 5931
D1 Ø B socket head
screw
Tolerance
D1 D2
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
G
B10.2 ±0.05
H
F
Qty 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 D1 D2 E F G H L P T S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø or Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm screw g piece
shot
652198 12.1 10.2 12.1 8 38 35 27 25 16 M5 M5x10
peening
33 ü 11,93
shot
682068 12.1 10.2 12.1 8 38 35 27 25 16 M5 lever
peening
50 ü 14,22
Customisations of other finishes on request Cp. 250 , other hole diameters on request.

Part.1735
Part.8418TC
p.104
p.<?>
p.352
p.198
Part.2148 Part.4732
p.186
p.<?>
p.209
2355 With flange with torque limiters

Use: Connection of round drawn bars parallel to the fastening plane. Versions D1 = 15.1-16.1-18.1-20.2
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 1 DIN 7984
socket head screw, 1 UNI 5587 hexagon nut and 1 anti-rupture torque
limiter in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
Versions D1 = 25.2-30.2
y
m odit
p. 480 p. 122 p. 123 Com
• on request, starting from
Torque it y part 2355 other versions
limiter P
Com
mod can be obtained with
square holes o
S made by broaching on
round holes. Example:
on Ø15 you obtain o12
D D1 on Ø16 you obtain o14
Ø13.5
Ø on Ø20 you can obtain o16
K
L
• minimum order 24 pieces,

10
5.5
delivery in 5 days.
C
• On request with stainless

Ø8.5
H
Tolerance
D1
Ø15.1
Ø16.1 +0.15
G
E
0
for M8 UNI 5931 Ø18.1
socket head screws Ø20.2 +0.05
0
F Ø25.2 +0.20
Ø30.2 0
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+ +0.10
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts - -2% -5% -10% contact us o16.0 0
Order D1 D1 C D E F G H L P K Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø o mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
690917 15.1 - 27.5 - 30 70 35 45 55 30 45 M8x25 155 shot peening § 20,98
690927 16.1 - 27.5 - 30 70 35 45 55 30 45 M8x25 153 shot peening § 20,98
663084 18.1 - 27.5 - 30 70 35 45 55 30 45 M8x25 150 RAL9006 grey ü 20,98
690937 20.2 - 27.5 - 30 70 35 45 55 30 45 M8x25 142 shot peening § 20,98
691077 20.2 16.2 27.5 - 30 70 35 45 55 30 45 M8x25 140 shot peening ü 24,09
690947 25.2 - 28 40 40 70 40 52 60 36 49.5 M8x25 170 shot peening 22,30 §
690957 30.2 - 28 40 40 70 40 52 60 36 49.5 M8x25 165 shot peening 22,30 §

3854 With orthogonal flange

with Ø18 mm pin
Use: for side support of the guide clamps when the product is wider
than the conveyor belt.
As an alternative to Part 4242 for aesthetic requirements.
Tube Ø18
State of supply aluminium flange connector; 1 connection pin (tube)
in stainless steel, glued, 1 end cap in polyethylene. The pin is glued with
acrylic glue and caulked.
Combinations a
p. 98 p. 119
3
for UNI5931 DIN 912
M6 screws
1.5
33
D1
L
40
64 Ø10.5
3
24
10
Ø6.5
Cut the tube by exactly the same
length (L) as the mount you wish to
obtain, in order to avoid any and dan-
gerous or unnecessary protrusions.
Qty 4+ 8+ 16+ 80+
Order D L Finish Finish Colour Weight €
Stock
code Ø mm connector pin cap g piece

630207 18 100 shot peening AISI 303 stainless steel black polyethylene 127 § 25,47
630217 18 200 shot peening AISI 303 stainless steel black polyethylene 182 § 26,71
Supports may be customised with increased length (L) pins §

4242 With orthogonal flange

with Ø12 mm pin
Use: for side support of the guide clamps when the product is wider
12Ø round-
than the conveyor belt.
State of supply flange connector in shot peened aluminium; 1
stainless steel connection pin (round) screwed on, 1 vinyl end cap, 1
UNI 5931 screw and a galvanised steel hexagon nut for pin fastening.
section
Combinations a
p. 92 p. 107 p. 114
M8
16
for UNI5931 DIN 912
M6 screws
12,7
D1
26
33
40
64 Ø10.5
42,5
3
10
Ø6.5
Qty 4+ 8+ 16+ 80+

Order D L Finish Finish Colour Weight €
Stock
code Ø mm connector pin cap g piece

630257 12 100 shot peening AISI 303 stainless steel yellow 177 § 25,47
630267 12 180 shot peening AISI 303 stainless steel yellow 246 § 28,53
Supports may be customised with increased length (L) pins §

Tightening components accessories
2985 Ratchet levers

in plastic
Use: replaces the screw when frequent clamp adjustments are neces-
tic
Plas
sary.
State of supply lever in reinforced polyamide and reinforced polyami-
de screw cap, threaded pin and washer in galvanised steel or AISI303
stainless steel (see table).
H1
A
M10
M8-
H
h1
h2
h3
d
d1
Warning
D
B I equal to or higher than P

Colour chart RAL7016 grey RAL9005 black
Qty 1+ 3+ 6+ 10+ 20+
Order A B D S H H1 h1 h3 d1 h2 I Colour Finish Weight €
Stock
d
code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm lever pin g piece
AISI 303
629227 65 75 19.5 11.5 42.5 3.5 38 9.5 15 8.5 M8 25 black stainless 37 ü 5,14
steel
602956 65 75 20 13.5 41 3.5 34 19 15 7.5 M8 35 black galvanised 41 ü 2,86
636878 65 75 19.5 13.5 41 3.5 34 19 15 7.5 M8 40 black galvanised 44 ü 3,27
636898 65 75 19.5 13.5 41 3.5 34 19 15 7.5 M8 40 grey galvanised 44 § 3,55
636888 65 75 19.5 13.5 41 3.5 34 19 15 7.5 M8 50 black galvanised 45 ü 3,62
636908 65 75 19.5 13.5 41 3.5 34 19 15 7.5 M8 50 grey galvanised 45 ü 3,66
620997 80 92 20 13.5 41 3.5 34 19 15 7.5 M8 30 black galvanised 38 3,48 ü
602966 80 92 24 16.5 53 4.5 44 26 20 12 M10 45 black galvanised 88 3,76 ü
602976 80 92 24 16.5 53 4.5 44 26 20 12 M10 60 black galvanised 94 4,01 ü
Products not in stock minimum order: 100 pieces, delivery in 25 days (unless stock runs out).

Tightening components accessories
3172 Ratchet levers

in Zamak
ak
Zam
sary and when the working conditions are such that those with plastic
grip are unadvisable.
State of supply tumbled or painted Zamak lever, RAL1006 yellow rein-
forced polyamide screw cap, threaded pin and galvanised steel washer.
Combinations a
p. 100 p. 119 p. 206 p. 212 p. 228 p. 237

ust
Rob
H1
A
H
h1
h2
h3
d
d1
Warning
D
B I equal to or higher than P

Qty 1+ 3+ 6+ 10+ 20+
Order A B D S H H1 h1 h3 d1 h2 I Weight €
Stock
d Finish
code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
663306 61 70 17.8 10.5 29 33 20.5 12.5 13.5 10 M8 35 RAL9005 black 78 ü 6,00
663336 61 70 17.8 10.5 29 33 20.5 12.5 13.5 10 M8 35 tumbled 81 § 5,94
663316 76 87 21 12.5 34.5 38.5 24 17 16 12 M10 45 RAL9005 black 125 § 7,72
663346 76 87 21 12.5 34.5 38.5 24 17 16 12 M10 45 tumbled 135 ü 7,66
663326 76 87 21 12.5 34.5 38.5 24 17 16 12 M10 60 RAL9005 black 131 § 9,69
663356 76 87 21 12.5 34.5 38.5 24 17 16 12 M10 60 tumbled 144 § 9,62

124
Tightening
components
for product identification and
handling
Photocell and reflector holder

connectors.
...............................................1 p. 126
Cross connectors
1 p. 92
...............................................
Flange connectors
...............................................1 p. 107
Support kits
...............................................1 p. 136
m
niu
lumi
A

..............................................
1 p. 182 1 p. 144
WARNINGS
The information contained in this catalogue is exclusively meant for component description purposes and shall not be
understood as a statement made by Bett Sistemi regarding a specific characteristic of the component or its suitability
for a specific use. The data provided shall not relieve the customers from their responsibilities in selecting
and using any and all components. All information is based on the data available at the time of publishing and
is not binding. Bett Sistemi shall not be held liable for any incomplete or wrong information, and for any damage
which may arise in connection with such information. The products may be modified at any time without prior
notice, we therefore recommend that you always check the product updates at the website www.
bettsistemi.com.
125
Photocell and reflector holder connectors
1690 Photocell holder

Use: fastening of 18ø photocells or proximity sensors;suitable for appli-
cations exposed to accidental impact.
ium
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, 1 UNI 5931
min
socket head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut, 1 torque limiter in Alu
galvanised steel.
Ø
Combinations a
ust
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 144 Rob
Torque
limiter
Tolerance
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
Ø14.1
B10.2 ±0.05
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Order D1 D1 S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø  screw g piece
621734 12.1 - M6x14 shot peening 43 ü 6,41
634184 12.1 - M6x14 RAL7010 grey 43 § 7,57
676182 12.1 - M6x14 RAL9006 grey 43 ü 7,57
621744 12.1 10.2 M6x14 shot peening 43 ü 8,01
634194 12.1 10.2 M6x14 RAL7010 grey 43 § 9,18
650863 12.1 10.2 M6x14 RAL9006 grey 43 ü 9,18
616619 14.1 - M6x14 shot peening 41 § 6,41

4862 Photocell holder with octagonal hole

cations exposed to accidental impact.
ium
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, 1 UNI 5931 min
socket head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut, 1 torque limiter in Alu
galvanised steel.
Ø
Combinations a
ust
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 144 Rob
Torque
limiter
Tolerance
D1
Ø12.1 +0.15
0
B10.2 ±0.05
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
Finish
508180 12.1 10.2 M6x14 shot peening 43 ü 8,56
508190 12.1 10.2 M6x14 RAL7010 grey 43 § 9,73
508200 12.1 10.2 M6x14 RAL9006 grey 43 § 9,73
Products not in stock Painted versions minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out)..

1690 Photocell holder in stainless steel

ss
cations exposed to accidental impact. inle
State of supply AISI 316 stainless steel connector, 1 UNI 5931 socket Sta teel
head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut in AISI 304 stainless steel. s
Ø
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 146 p. 144
23 Food
&
D1
Be rage
ve
20
8
15
16.4 26.6 12
Ø
19
25
Tolerance
D1
S
Ø12.1 +0.20
66 -0.05
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Order D1 S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø screw g piece
656854 12.1 M6x14 electropolished 108 ü 10,31

985 Plastic photocell holder

Use: fastening of 18ø photocells or proximity sensors; tube tightening
tic
Plas
not constant over time.
State of supply reinforced polyamide connector, 1 UNI 5931 socket
head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
Tightening torque 10 Nm (M6). Ø
Combinations a
-c ost
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 145 p. 144
Low
25 18.5
D1
Part.854 Pg.164 a
21
8
14 11
Ø1
9
30
58.5 S
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
Finish
657131 10.1 8.2 M5x12 RAL9005 black 23 ü 2,54
650121 10.1 8.2 M5x12 grey RAL7016 23 ü 3,04
657141 12.1 10.2 M5x12 RAL9005 black 23 ü 2,54
650221 12.1 10.2 M5x12 grey RAL7016 23 § 3,04

1680 Sensor or reflector holder

Use: fastening of sensors or reflectors with clip pin, suitable for applica-
tions exposed to accidental impact.
ium
min
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, 1 UNI 5931
socket head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut, 1 torque limiter in
galvanised steel.
Alu
Ø
Combinations a
Torque
limiter ust
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 145 Rob
Ø6 23
Tolerance Reflector
Ø4.5 D1
D1 Part. 3697
Ø12.1 +0.15
20
8
Ø6
0
Ø14.1
15 13.5
B10.2 ±0.05 16.4 26.6 12
Ø
17
Widen hole
25
S
66 Ø8-10-12-14
sensor
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+
Stock
Reflector Finish
621714 12.1 - M6X14 no shot peening 47 ü 6,41
634164 12.1 - M6X14 no RAL7010 grey 47 ü 7,57
676192 12.1 - M6X14 no RAL9006 grey 47 § 7,57
621724 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no shot peening 47 ü 8,01
634174 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no RAL7010 grey 47 § 9,18
650853 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no grey RAL 9006 47 § 9,18
615039 14.1 - M6X14 no shot peening 45 § 6,41
692347 12.1 - M6X14 Yes shot peening 50.5 27,37 ü
692357 12.1 - M6X14 Yes RAL7010 grey 50.5 28,53 §
692367 12.1 - M6X14 Yes RAL9006 grey 50.5 28,53 §
692377 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes shot peening 50.5 28,98 ü
692387 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL7010 grey 50.5 30,15 §
692397 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL9006 grey 50.5 30,15 ü
615049 14.1 - M6X14 Yes shot peening 48.5 27,37 §


with octagonal hole
State of supply Connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, 1 UNI 5931 ium
socket head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut, 1 torque limiter in min
galvanised steel. Alu
, 1 UNI 5931 socket head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut, 1 torque
limiter in galvanised steel.
Standard pack: 50 pieces. Ø
Combinations a
ust
Rob
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154 p. 145
Tolerance Torque
D1 limiter
Ø12.1 +0.15
0 Ø6 23
Reflector
B10.2 ±0.05 Ø4.5 D1 Part. 3697
20
8
Ø6
15 13.5
16.4 26.6 12
Ø
17
Widen hole
25
S
66 Ø8-10-12-14
sensor
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
Reflector Finish
508300 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no RAL7010 grey 47 § 9,73
508320 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no grey RAL 9006 47 § 9,73
508280 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes shot peening 50.5 29,53 §
508310 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL7010 grey 50.5 30,70 §
508290 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL9006 grey 50.5 30,70 §
Products not in stock Painted versions minimum order 50 piece, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out).

1204 Plastic reflector holder

Use: reflector with clip pin, the tightening torque is not constant over
tic
Plas
time.
State of supply reinforced polyamide connector, 1 UNI 5931 socket
head screw and 1 UNI 5588 hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
Tightening torque 4.9 Nm (M5). Ø
Combinations a
t
-cos
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 145
Low
Ø8
18.5 reflector
Ø6 Part 3697
D1
8 7
Ø6
21
13.5
14
0.5
15 25 11
Widen
hole
30
Ø8-10-12-14
58.5 S sensor
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
Reflector Finish
657171 10.1 8.2 M5x12 no RAL9005 black 23 ü 2,54
657151 10.1 8.2 M5x12 no grey RAL7016 23 § 3,04
657181 12.1 10.2 M5x12 no RAL9005 black 23 ü 2,54
657161 12.1 10.2 M5x12 no grey RAL7016 23 § 3,04
692307 10.1 8.2 M5x12 Yes RAL9005 black 26.5 23,50 ü
692317 10.1 8.2 M5x12 Yes grey RAL7016 26.5 24,01 §
692327 12.1 10.2 M5x12 Yes RAL9005 black 26.5 23,50 ü
692337 12.1 10.2 M5x12 Yes grey RAL7016 26.5 24,01 §


Use: fastening of sensors (with possibility of adjustment) or reflectors
ium
with clip pin, suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
min
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, 1 UNI 5931 Alu
galvanised steel.
Combinations a
ust
Rob
Torque
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 135 p. 144
Ø6 D 11 23 limiter Reflector
1 Part. 3697
p. 145
20
Ø6
8
16.5 26.6 12 13.5
Tolerance sensor
D1 20 11
37
25
25
3
4
Ø12.1 +0.15 2-M3

0
Ø14.1 S
25.4
31
6 20.2
B10.2 ±0.05 66
2.8
+15°-15° ±360° see

Part.3170
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
Reflector Finish
646386 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no RAL7010 grey 47 ü 7,89
646398 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no RAL9006 grey 47 ü 7,89
615069 14.1 - M6X14 no shot peening 45 § 6,71
692277 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes shot peening 50.5 ü
27,67
692287 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL7010 grey 50.5 §
28,86
692297 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL9006 grey 50.5 ü
28,86
615079 14.1 - M6X14 Yes shot peening 48.5 §
27,67


with octagonal hole
Use: fastening of sensors (with possibility of adjustment) or reflectors
ium
with clip pin, suitable for applications exposed to accidental impact.
min
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, 1 UNI 5931 Alu
galvanised steel.
Combinations a
ust
Rob
p. 480 p. 146 p. 148 p. 150 p. 154
Torque
p. 145 p. 135 p. 144
Ø6 D 11 23 limiter Reflector
1 Part. 3697
20
Ø6
8
16.5 26.6 12 13.5
sensor
Tolerance 20 11
37
25
25
3
D1
4
2-M3
Ø12,1 +0,15
0
S
25.4
31
6 20.2
B10,2 ±0,05
66
2.8
+15°-15° ±360° see

Part.3170
Qty 1+ 5+ 11+ 50+ 100+

Stock
Reflector Finish
508350 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no RAL7010 grey 47 ü 8,45
508370 12.1 10.2 M6X14 no RAL9006 grey 47 ü 8,45
508340 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes shot peening 50.5 ü
28,22
508360 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL7010 grey 50.5 ü
29,41
508380 12.1 10.2 M6X14 Yes RAL9006 grey 50.5 ü
29,41
Products not in stock Painted versions minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out).

3170 Turnable flange

Use: combined with Part 3074 allows sensor orientation, with 360° ro-
tation. Version A
State of supply aluminium flange, UNI 5931 socket head screw and 1
galvanised steel washer.
Version B
sensor
Ø50
sensor
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 50+ 100+

Order S Weight €
Stock
Version Finish
code screw g piece
543230 M6x14 A (round flange) shot peening 25 ü 13,94
663266 M6x14 B (square flange) shot peening 20 § 13,94
§ Products not in stock minimum order: 100 pieces, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out).

Support kits
1924 Support kits

for photocell
Use: fastening of 18ø photocells or proximity sensors, suitable for ap-
ium
min
plications exposed to accidental impact.
State of supply 1 flange connector, 1 photocell holder connector and Alu
1cross connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 1 M6x16 socket head
screw, 3 M6x14 socket head screws, 4 M6 hexagon nuts, 4 torque limi-
ters in galvanised steel; 2 stainless steel connection tubes; 4 reinforced
polyamide caps.
Standard pack: 8 pieces. also hybrid
le
millimetre ru
Patented
ust
Rob
Version 1
2
L1 Ø1
T T
T
Version 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 B10
2
Ø1
Part. 1397
4859 Part. 1690 Patented
4859
L2
6
5
Part. 1679
For M6 socket
4
4860
3
head screws
2
1
0
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order Scala D1 Weight €
Stock
Version L1 L2 T Finish
code millimetrata Ø g piece
621754 1 (tube) No 12 150 150 4,5 shot peening. 292 ü 24,63
634204 1 (tube) No 12 150 150 4,5 RAL7010 grey 292 ü 28,12
634443 1 (tube) No 12 150 150 4,5 RAL9006 grey 292 ü 28,12
547251 2 (Hybrid) Yes 12 160 160 5 shot peening 277 ü
547561 2 (Hybrid) Yes 12 160 160 5 RAL7010 grey 277 §
547601 2 (Hybrid) Yes 12 160 160 5 RAL9006 grey 277 §
Customisations Connection tube length on request of the customer (min. 16 pieces), other finishes on request C 
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out).

Support kits
854 Plastic support kit

for photocell
Use: fastening of 18ø photocells or proximity sensors, tube tightening
tic
Plas
not constant over time.
State of supply 1 flange connector, 1 photocell holder connector and
1 reinforced polyamide cross connector; 2 M8x20 socket head screws, 2
M8 square nuts, 4 M5x12 socket head screws and 4 M5 hexagon nuts in
galvanised steel; 2 stainless steel connection tubes; 4 reinforced polya-
mide caps.
C Mechanical propertiesp. 256 .
t
-cos
Low
Square nut
M8
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 h S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm screw g piece
60474 10 3.5 M8x20 RAL9005 black 136 ü 15,27
665661 10 3.5 M8x20 grey RAL7016 136 § 15,27
621247 12 4.5 M8x20 RAL9005 black 191 ü 15,41
Customised lengths of connection tube are available on request of the customer (min. 16 pieces for black colour and min.
200 pieces for grey colour), other finishes on request C p. 250 

Support kits
1925 Support kits

for sensor or reflector
State of supply 1 flange connector, 1 photocell holder connector and
1 aluminium alloy UNI 5076 cross connector; 1 M6x16 socket head screw,
3 M6x14 socket head screws, 4 M6 hexagon nuts, 4 steel torque limiters;
2 stainless steel connection tubes; 4 reinforced polyamide caps.
Combinations a
L1 Version 1
2
p. 145 Ø1
T T
T
Version 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 B10
2
Ø1
Part. 1397
4859 Part. 1680
reflector Patented
4863
L2
6
Sedi per il
5
Part. 1679
For M6 socket posizionamento
4
4860
3
head screws a 45°

2
1
0
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order millimetre D1 Weight €
Stock
Version Reflector L1 L2 T Finish

code rule. Ø g piece
code 1 (tube) No no 12 150 150 4,5 shot peening 292 ü 23,22
602946 1 (tube) No no 12 150 150 4,5 RAL7010 grey 292 § 28,12
634453 1 (tube) No no 12 150 150 4,5 RAL9006 grey 292 § 28,12
692437 1 (tube) No yes 12 150 150 4,5 shot peening 300 ü 45,59
692447 1 (tube) No yes 12 150 150 4,5 RAL7010 grey 300 § 49,09
692457 1 (tube) No yes 12 150 150 4,5 RAL9006 grey 300 § 49,09
547931 2 (Hybrid) Yes no 12 160 160 5 shot peening ü
547941 2 (Hybrid) Yes no 12 160 160 5 RAL7010 grey §
547951 2 (Hybrid) Yes no 12 160 160 5 RAL9006 grey §
547961 2 (Hybrid) Yes yes 12 160 160 5 shot peening ü
547971 2 (Hybrid) Yes yes 12 160 160 5 RAL7010 grey §
547981 2 (Hybrid) Yes yes 12 160 160 5 RAL9006 grey §
Customisations Connection tube length on request of the customer (min. 16 pieces), other finishes on request C

Support kits
4339 Support kits

for reflector (or 15° rotating sensor)
Use: fastening of reflectors with clip pin (Part 3697) or bolts, or to sup-
port sensors (+/-15° adjustment). Suitable for applications exposed to
accidental impact.
State of supply 1 flange connector, 1 sensor holder connector WI-
THOUT rotating flange, 1 aluminium alloy UNI 5076 cross connector r; 1
M6x16 socket head screw, 3 M6x14 socket head screws, 4 M6 hexagon
nuts, 4 torque limiters in galvanised steel; 2 stainless steel connection
tubes and 4 reinforced polyamide end caps.
Version 1
2
54,5 Ø1
8 T L1 T
26
T
Reflective
Part. 3697 Version 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
B10
2
Ø1
Ø6
Part. 1397 D1
13.5 Part. 4859 Part. 3074 Patented
+15°
Part. 4864
L2
sensor
3
20 11 20
for M6 socket
6
2-M3 Sedi per il

Ø
head screws
5
6,
posizionamento
25.4
4
5
31
a 45°
33
C p. <?> 
,5
2.8
10
0
360° Ø
-15°
Part.3170 3 Part. 1679 40
Part. 4860
T
10 64
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
Version Scala millim. L1 L2 T Finish

code Ø g piece
637739 1 (tube) No 12 150 150 4,5 shot peening 260 ü 24,63
547991 2 (Hybrid) Yes 12 160 160 5 shot peening ü 37,75
Customisations Connection tube length on request of the customer (min. 16 pieces), other finishes on request C

Tightening components - product identification and availability
5099 Flat mounting kit

for reflector (or 15° rotating sensor)
Use: fastening of reflectors with clip pin (Part 3697) or bolts, or to sup-
ium
port sensors (+/-15° adjustment). Suitable for applications exposed to min
accidental impact. Alu
State of supply: 1 orthogonal flange connector, 1 sensor holder con-
nector WITHOUT rotating flange, 1 UNI 5076 aluminium cross connec-
tor; 1 M6x16 socket head screw, 3 M6x14 socket head screws, 4 M6
hexagon nuts, 4 torque limiters in galvanised steel; 1 AISI304 stainless
steel connection rod and 1 AISI304 stainless steel connection tube with 2
reinforced polyamide caps.
ust
53
24,25
Rob
8 4,5 L1 4,5
reflector
Part. 3697
Ø6
D1
D1
Part. 1397 13.5
For socket Part. 3074 +15°

sensor
head screws 20 11
L2
3
Ø
2-M3
For socket
6,
5
head screws
25.4
31
Ø
6,
10
42,4
,5 Part. 1707
2.8
10 360°
Ø -15°
Part.3170
Ø6,5 40
Ø10 63,7
+15°
-15°
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Code D1 L1 L2 Weight €
Stock
Finishing
order Ø mm mm g piece
520301 12 150 270 shot peened 465 ü 25,69
Customisations Connection tube length on request of the customer (min. 16 pieces), other finishes on request C p. <?> 

Vuoi essere sempre aggiornato?
Vai sul nostro sito e scarica gratuitamente i nostri Handbook!
www.bettsistemi.com
Support kits
894 Plastic support kit

for reflector
Use: fastening of reflectors with clip pin, tube tightening not constant
tic
Plas
over time.
State of supply 1 flange connector, 1 reflector holder connector and
1 reinforced polyamide cross connector; 2 M8x20 socket head screws, 2
M8 square nuts, 4 M5x12 socket head screws and 4 M5 hexagon nuts in
galvanised steel; 2 stainless steel connection tubes; 4 reinforced polya-
mide caps.
C Mechanical propertiesp. 256 .
Combinations a
-c ost
p. 145 54.5 Low
8 32 150 reflector
Part 3697
Ø5.8
Ø6
D1
13.5
25
Part 984 Part 1204 D1

150
14.5
Part 855
30
S
Square nut 40
20 M8
56
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 h Weight €
Stock
S Reflector Finish
code Ø mm g piece
61026 10 3.5 M8x20 no RAL9005 black 176 ü 15,27
665671 10 3.5 M8x20 no grey RAL7016 176 § 15,27
621237 12 4.5 M8x20 no RAL9005 black 176 ü 15,41
692467 10 3.5 M8x20 Yes RAL9005 black 179.5 ü 36,24
692477 10 3.5 M8x20 Yes grey RAL7016 179.5 § 36,24
692487 12 4.5 M8x20 Yes RAL9005 black 179.5 ü 36,37
Customised lengths of connection tube are available on request of the customer (min. 16 pieces for black colour and min.
200 pieces for grey colour), other finishes on request C p. 250 

Support kits
3164 Support kits

for rotatable sensor
ium
Use: fastening of photocells or sensors suitable for applications exposed
to accidental impact.
min
State of supply 1 flange connector, 1 sensor holder connector, 1cross Alu
flange
connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 1 M6x16 socket head screw,
3 M6x14 socket head screws, 4 M6 hexagon nuts, 4 torque limiters
in galvanised steel; 2 stainless steel connection tubes and 4 reinforced
polyamide end caps. rotatable
Standard pack: 8 pieces. A
B
sensor holderge ust
Rob
turnable flan
Ø50
Part. 1397
5
sensor
15
Part. 3074 79,1 8
sensor
for M6 socket
head screws
360° 360°
Version A Version B
Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+ 48+

Order D1 Weight €
Stock
Version Finish
code Ø g piece
543240 12 A (round flange) shot peening 285 ü 33,10
663156 12 B (square flange) shot peening 280 § 33,10
Customised lengths of connection tube are available on request of the customer (for version A min. 16 pieces;
for version B min 100 pieces), other finishes on request C p. 250 

3135 Ratchet levers

in plastic
tic
Plas
sary.
State of supply RAL7010 grey plastic and RAL1006 yellow plastic lever,
stainless steel or brass threaded pin.
12
25 Cod. 661616 M6
H1
6 A
16,5
Cod. 661606
H
h1
h2
h3
d I
d1
P
Warning
I+h2 equal to or higher than P
Qty 1+ 25+ 50+ 100+
Order A B D S H H1 h1 h3 d1 h2 I material Weight €
Stock
d
code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm pin g piece
661616 45 53 16 10.5 32 3 27 17.5 9.9 6 M6 16.5 brass 17 ü 4,78
661606 45 53 16 10.5 38 3 33 23.5 9.9 12 M6 25 stainless steel 20 ü 4,78

3697 Reflector
with clip pin
Use: plugged into the reflector holder connectors, it reflects the signal
of the photocell detecting the presence of the product.
Material: plastic, resistant to a temperature of 65°C.
Combinations a
p. 132 p. 130 p. 133 p. 138 p. 142 p. 139
Ø25,2
Ø6
Ø21 12.8 5.7
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 50+ 100+

Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
640727 3.5 ü 20,96

4115 Connection tube

in stainless steel with caps
Use: for connectors.
l
State of supply AISI 304 stainless steel, end cap in polyamide. stee
Standard pack: 1 piece. in less
Sta
621257
621267
653968
Th 0
D1
-2 mm
* Tolleranza selezionata
Qty 1+ 6+ 12+ 24+
Order D1 L A Colour Weight €
Stock
Thickness Finish
code Ø mm mm caps g piece
621257 * 10 ± 0.07 1 150 157 brushed RAL9005 black 32 ü 2,86
621267 * 12 +0.1/-0.05 1 150 159 brushed RAL1006 yellow 42 ü 3,27
653968 * 12 +0.1/-0.05 1 300 309 brushed RAL1006 yellow 74 ü 3,87
Customisations Length L on customer's request (max 500) §

Widen
hole
Ø8-10-12-14
sensor

1789 Square rules

10x10 - 12x12 mm
Use: in combination with o10/12Ø holed connectors for construction of
sensor holders or product containment guides.
Material aluminium.
Characteristics: millimetre scale for precise adjustment in format
change. Square cross-section for axial movements only. Scratchproof
treatment. Resistant to cleaning with solvents, fuels and alcohol.
Standard pack: 14 pcs for o10x10, 8 pcs for o12x12 (see table).
C Millimeter tolerance: ± 1 mm every 300 mm (the millimetres are
simply an indication; they help the operator to speed up any format
changeover by providing a reference for positioning repetition).
Do not use as a measurement instrument in business reports.
Combinations a
p. 82 p. 92 p. 107 p. 97 p. 110
logo
2x30° Customisable
Direzione scala Dx
0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 30
D 5 LS
2x30° L
Direzione scala Sx
30 29 28 27 26 4 3 2 1 0
5 LS
L

1789 Square rules

10x10 - 12x12 mm Qty 1+ 4+ 7+ 14+ 42+
Order D LS L Millimetre Weight €
Stock
Finish
code or mm mm scale g piece
646866 - 10+0.20/-0.05 150 160 anodised/scratchproof Yes 43 ü 8,57
676758 - 10+0.20/-0.05 200 210 anodised/scratchproof Yes 56 § 13,99
620857 * 10+0.25/-0 - 160 non-anodised no 43 ü 2,91
620867 * 10+0.25/-0 - 310 non-anodised no 83 ü 3,46
620877 * 10+0.25/-0 - 610 non-anodised no 164 ü 4,40
620887 * 10+0.25/-0 - 1210 non-anodised no 325 ü 6,19
690547 * 10+0.25/-0 - 2000 non-anodised no 537 ü 9,09
690557 * 10+0.25/-0 - 3000 non-anodised no 850 ü 12,58
691097 - 10+0.25/-0 - 3000 anodised no 850 ü 19,25
690417 * 12+0.25/-0 - 160 non-anodised no 62 ü 3,07
690427 * 12+0.25/-0 - 310 non-anodised no 121 ü 3,77
690437 * 12+0.25/-0 - 610 non-anodised no 237 ü 5,23
690447 * 12+0.25/-0 - 1210 non-anodised no 470 ü 8,08
690577 * 12+0.25/-0 - 2000 non-anodised no 777 ü 11,88
690587 * 12+0.25/-0 - 3000 non-anodised no 1165 ü 16,54
Customisations Logo (only for versions with *), millimetre scale (only for versions L≤1200mm) §

4829 Hybrid millimetre rule with zero point at the beginning of the scale
Ø12/ o10 mm
Use:the particular shape of this new millimetre rule combines the cha-
racteristics of the 12Ø round tube with those of the o10 rule for con-
struction of sensor holders, product containment guides and manual
format changeover support rods. Suitable for the bridges that support
a fixed containment guide and an adjustable containment guide.
State of supply aluminium millimetre rule complete with 2 RAL 1006 Patented
yellow polyamide end caps.
Characteristics: compared to Parts 2012 and 988 12Ø and Part 1789
o10, it ensures:
- better distribution of the connector tightening force,
- greater resistance to flexure, t at
- anti-rotation of the millimetre rule. poinnning
The millimetre scale allows the precise adjustment in format changeo- zeroe begi
ver. th
Scratchproof treatment of the millimetre scale.
Resistant to cleaning with solvents, fuels and alcohol.
Combinations a
p. 82 p. 92 p. 107 p. 97 p. 110 p. <?> p. 166 p. 168 p. 172
11 Rh scale direction
Ø12
0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 30
10
5 I LS
L
the beginning
Zero point at Lh scale direction
30 29 28 27 26 4 3 2 1 0
LS I 5
L
Ø 5,5
f-5.5Ø hole for M6
rolled threading
Ø 7,4 possibility of making a 7.4Ø
hole for M8 rolled threading
C Patent

4829 Hybrid millimetre rule with zero point at the beginning of the scale
Ø12/ o10 mm
Version I=46mm Version I=5mm I=5mm
I=46
Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+ 48+

Order LS L Weight €
Stock
Pack Scale I Finish
code mm mm g piece
509160 8 pcs DX 150 160 5 anodised/scratchproof 33,5 ü 7,77
509190 8 pcs DX 200 210 5 anodised/scratchproof 44 § 12,68
509180 8 pcs DX 300 310 5 anodised/scratchproof 64,5 ü 8,01
509200 8 pcs DX 600 610 5 anodised/scratchproof 127 ü 11,13
509170 8 pcs DX 1200 1210 5 anodised/scratchproof 252 ü 15,88
564140 8 pcs SX 150 160 5 anodised/scratchproof 33,5 
564150 8 pcs SX 200 210 5 anodised/scratchproof 44 
564190 8 pcs DX 110 160 46 anodised/scratchproof 33,5 
564200 8 pcs DX 160 210 46 anodised/scratchproof 44 
564210 8 pcs DX 260 310 46 anodised/scratchproof 64,5 
Customisations Other L on request: max L = 3000 mm; millimetre scale, max LS 1200 mm (minimum order: 24 pieces,
delivery 15 days).

4829 Hybrid millimetre rule with zero point at the beginning of the scale
Ø12/ o10 mm
p. <?> p. 150 p. <?> p. <?>
Part.4475
p. <?>
Consigliata per realizzare

p. <?> un cambio formato ma-
nuale economico, per una
rapida regolazione delle
Fixed
guide Movable guide prodotto.
guide Reading direction for

millimetre scale
°
45
I=46
Nelle applicazioni con morsetto, utilizzare

l’asta con I=46mm per avere l’inizio della
millimetratura a filo esterno

www.bettsistemi.com
4830 Hybrid millimetre rule with central zero

Ø12/ o10 mm
Use: recommended for product format changeover when both guides
can be adjusted; in combination with a pair of clamps that allows po- Patent
sitioning it at the same distance as the central zero.
The particular shape of this new millimetre rule combines the characte-
ristics of the 12Ø round tube with those of the o10 rule for construction
of sensor holders, product containment guides and manual format
changeover support rods.
State of supply aluminium millimetre rule complete with 2 RAL 1006
yellow polyamide end caps.
o10, it ensures:
- greater resistance to flexure,
- anti-rotation of the millimetre rule.
The millimetre scale allows the precise adjustment in format changeo-
ver.
Combinations a
p. 82 p. 92 p. 107 p. 97 p. 110 p. <?> p. 166 p. 168 p. 172
11 Central zero
Ø12
30 29 28 27 26 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 30
10
1,2 5 LS
L
Ø 5,5 5.5Ø hole for M6 rolled threading

C Patent

4830Hybrid millimetre rule with central zero

Ø12/ o10 mm
p. 172 p. 154 p. 168 p. 175 Part M040 R Part 901
Part 2685
Part M045 RL
p. 186
p. 188
Reading direction for
millimetre scale
Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+ 48+

Order LS L Millimetre Weight €
Stock
Pack Finish
code mm mm scale g piece
509210 8 pcs 150 160 anodised/scratchproof yes 33.5 § 9,83
509230 8 pcs 200 210 anodised/scratchproof yes 44 § 9,93
542530 8 pcs 470 480 anodised/scratchproof yes 100.3 ü 11,19
552420 8 pcs 800 810 anodised/scratchproof yes 168 ü 15,08
for the codes of versions without millimetres, see next page a

4830 Hybrid millimetre rule with central zero

Ø12/ o10 mm
Order LS L Millimetre Weight €
Stock
Pack Finish
code mm mm scale g piece
552430 8 pcs - 160 anodised no 33.5 §
552440 8 pcs - 210 anodised no 44 §
552450 8 pcs - 310 anodised no 64.5 §
552460 8 pcs - 480 anodised no 100.3 §
552470 8 pcs - 555 anodised no 115.7 §
552480 8 pcs - 610 anodised no 127 §
552490 8 pcs - 640 anodised no 134.5 §
552500 8 pcs - 810 anodised no 168 §
552510 8 pcs - 1210 anodised no 252 §
Customisations Other L on request: max L = 3000 mm; millimetre scale, max LS 1200 mm (minimum order: 16 pieces,
delivery 15 days).

C Product selection guide

tightening components - product identification and availability
m
m iniu
Alu
Part. 3074
Part. 1789 21
11
21
31
41
51
61
03
12
02
91
Part. 1680
22
92
Part. 984
32
82
42
Part. 3074
52
82
Part.1680
52
92
Part. 1397
03
Part. 985
42
32
Part. 1397
22
Part. 1680 Part. 1679

12
02
91
81
Part. 1680
Part. 1397
Part. 1679 Part.1679
Part. 1690 Part. 1679
Part. 1690 Part. 855
tic
Plas

4831 Hybrid millimetre rule with M8 end

Ø12/ o10 mm
Use: in combination with connectors it allows fastening and adjustment
of product containment guides. Patent
The particular shape of this new millimetre rule combines the characte-
ristics of the 12Ø round tube with those of the o10 rule for construction
of sensor holders, product containment guides and manual format
changeover support rods.
State of supply aluminium millimetre rule complete with 1 RAL 1006
yellow polyamide end cap, 1 M8 square nut, 1 hexagonal check nut and
1 galvanised steel washer for M8 screw.
o10, it ensures:
- greater resistance to flexure,
- anti-rotation of the millimetre rule.
The millimetre scale allows the precise adjustment in format changeo-
ver.
Combinations a
logo
Customisable
p. 82 p. 92 p. 107 p. 97 p. 110
5÷0 6
11
Ø12
M8
0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 30
10
1,2 5 LS 6,6
L 18±1
Ø 5,5 5.5Ø hole for M6 rolled threading

C Patent

4831 Hybrid millimetre rule with M8 end

Ø12/ o10 mm
Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+ 48+

Order LS L Weight €
Stock
Pack Finish
code mm mm g piece
511900 8 pcs 80 90 anodised/scratchproof 27.5 § 15,91
507870 8 pcs 150 160 anodised/scratchproof 44 § 16,01
507860 8 pcs 300 310 anodised/scratchproof 127 § 18,94
Products not in stock minimum order 24 pieces, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out)

Customised kits are available on

request of the customer C
Part. 2985 Part. ILT
Part. 2012
Ø25
Part. 1456
Part. 1419
Part. 2355
Part. 2984

C
Part.3172 Part.2985 Part. ILT Part.2012 Part.4087
cod: 663306 cod: 629227 Ø20 cod: 01ILT20A Ø20 cod: 641337 Ø20 cod: 671977
Ø25 cod: 01ILT25A Ø25 cod: 690637 Ø25 cod: 671987
A
C
A
Part.2985 Part.4087 Part.1420 Part.1456


162
Tightening
components
for product handling
diagrams 1 p. 131
.................................................................
C
Clamps
................................................
1 p. 164
Pins
................................................
1 p. 174
Guides and end caps

................................................
1 p. 186

1 p. 182
..............................................
WARNINGS
The information contained in this catalogue is exclusively meant for component description purposes and shall not be
understood as a statement made by Bett Sistemi regarding a specific characteristic of the component or its suitability
for a specific use. The data provided shall not relieve the customers from their responsibilities in selecting
and using any and all components. All information is based on the data available at the time of publishing and
is not binding. Bett Sistemi shall not be held liable for any incomplete or wrong information, and for any damage
which may arise in connection with such information. The products may be modified at any time without prior
notice, we therefore recommend that you always check the product updates at the website www.
bettsistemi.com.
163
Tightening components - Clamps
3171 Fixed
head clamp
Use: to construct bridge systems for format change with manual
adjustment of the product containment guides. The pair of half-
clamps allows you to construct sliding elements for containment guide
adjustment in relation to the product width, as well as static elements
for fastening to the end of square rods.
State of supply 2 half-clamps in reinforced polyamide, fastening
screw (see versions in table).
Combinations a
p. 148 p. 490
Versions
Version A 45x45
State of supply: complete with 1 M8x43
Wrench 13
screw in class 8.8 galvanised steel.
depth 5
M045RL
805
2685
32x45
45x45
Version B
State of supply: complete with 1 M040R
M8x45 screw in AISI 304 stainless steel. M045RLProduct 901 guide
selection
805 2685
2685
18,5x45
45x45 32x45
Version C
M045RL M040R 8418TC
State of supply: complete with 1 805 901 1735
M8x45 screw in class 8.8 galvanised 2685 2685 1425
steel and 1 M8 washer. Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts - -5%32x45
-10% contact us
18,5x45
Code Screw to fasten the Weight €
Stock
Version Colour
Clamp clamp to the profile M040R g piece
592980 A M8x43 DIN 7984 grey RAL7016 901 55 ü 3,38
8418TC
2685
592990 A M8x43 DIN 7984 RAL1006 yellow 55 ü 3,38
1735
1425
593000 B M8x45 ISO 7380F grey RAL7016 53 ü 3,84 18,5x45
593010 B M8x45 ISO 7380F RAL1006 yellow 53 ü 3,84
593020 C UNI 5739 M8x45 grey RAL7016 58 ü 3,50
593030 C UNI 5739 M8x45 RAL1006 yellow 58 ü 3,50 8418TC
1735
1425
3209 Guide clamp

head clamp, height-adjustable
Use: to construct static elements for fastening to the end of square rods.
Allows height-adjustment of the bridge.
State of supply 2 half-blocks in reinforced polyamide; 1 shot pee-
ned aluminium edge protector, 1 hex. nut M8, no.1 square nut with
spring M8, no.1 screw M8x20 DIN 7984, no.1 screw M8x43 DIN 7984 in
galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 148
45x45
45
36,2
76,2
45x45
18,5x45
Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+
Code Weight €
Stock
Colour
Clamp g piece
564980 grey RAL7016 134 ü 8,17
564990 RAL1006 yellow 134 § 8,17

4155 Format change clamp

pin holder
Use: sliding element for product size adjustment. This clamp allows you
to fasten pins on which the guide holder clamps are to be mounted. The
ratchet lever provided allows fast kit adjustment.
State of supply 2 half-blocks in reinforced polyamide; 1 ratchet lever
and screw cap in reinforced polyamide, threaded pin in galvanised ste-
el; 1 O-Ring in elastomer; 1 washer for M8 screw.
Combinations a
18,1
36,2
26
p. 148
10
45
45
87,8
M8 Hexagonal seat
M8 Key 13
12
Ø
12
Ø
79,5
36,2
Hexagonal seat
11
Key 13
M8
45

1789 3171
4155
2017 / 3210
3165
2010
Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order Colour Colour Colour Weight €
Stock
code clamp lever button g piece

564880 grey RAL7016 RAL9005 black RAL2004 orange 80 ü 5,27
564910 grey RAL7016 grey RAL7016 RAL1006 yellow 80 ü 5,27
564940 RAL1006 yellow RAL9005 black RAL2004 orange 80 ü 5,27
564970 RAL1006 yellow grey RAL7016 RAL1006 yellow 80 § 5,27

4155 Format change clamp

pin holder
Per eventuali applicazioni che richiedono il fisaggio del morsetto:
C l’interno del semimorsetto è predisposto per poter alloggiare la testa di una vite
cilindrica M6 UNI5931 e relativa rosetta UNI6592.
Basterà eseguire una foratura Ø6,5 per poter inserire la vite.

4798 Format change clamp

pin holder
Use: for vertical adjustment of containment guide
pins.
Pin fastening is not linked to the clamp fastened
on the rods that guide it horizontally.
Compared to current clamps, this allows us to
create also an upper product container, that can
be also adjusted in height.
State of supply 1 clamp in reinforced polyamide
complete with1 single-hole connector in aluminium
with polyamide anti-rupture torque limiter, 1 han-
dwheel in reinforced polyamide, galvanised steel Connector
nuts and bolts. Handwheel Clamp single-hole
Characteristics: the handwheel allows you to quic-
kly adjust the format change clamp unit.
The guide rods are positioned vertically with
respect to each other. This arrangement highly
increases the system rigidity vs. the standard
horizontal position.
46,9
Product selection24guide 3 2 1 0 1 2 45
3
18,4 36,2 18,4 36,2 24
23 23,9
= = = =
1789 1,4
les
4798
4475
4508
millimetre ru
Ø32
Ø32
45
45
26
45
8,2 8,2 M6x36 B10

10
2 2
Ø1 Ø1
3165 UNI 5931
B
26,3 26,3
2010 / 2182 B10 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
ata
4115 scala millimetr
Qty 1+
2 10+ 20+ B1040+ 2
Discounts Ø1 - Ø1 us
10
QUANTITY DISCOUNT -5% -10% contact

B
Order Provision Colour Weight €

Stock
code for guide rods clamp g piece

511570 round-section, square-section, hybrid-section grey RAL7016 80 ü 17,88
511590 round-section, square-section, hybrid-section RAL1006 yellow 80 § 17,88
Products not in stock minimum order 20 pieces, delivery in 10 days (unless stock runs out).

4798 Format change clamp

pin holder
46,9
45
18,4 36,2 24
23 23,9
= =
1,4
Ø32
45
45
26
45
8,2 M6x36
26,3 UNI 5931
B10 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
trata
scala millime
2 B10 2
Ø1 Ø1
10
B

4509 Fixed clamp

Use: enables vertical and horizontal adjustment
of the pins supporting the fixed containment
guides.
complete with 1 single-hole connector in UNI 5076
aluminium with polyamide anti-rupture torque limi-
ter, 1 M8 blind nut and galvanised steel nuts and
bolts.
e e
Locking thid
Characteristics: the guide rods are positioned ver- Locking thg
tically with respect to each other. This arrangement
clamp alon tal vertical gu e
the horizon
highly increases the system rigidity vs. the standard
horizontal position. pin
Standard pack: 20 pieces. bridge.
46,9
45
18,4 36,2 17 46,9
45 M6x36 23 23,9
36,2 24
= =
23 23,9 UNI 5931 1,4
= =
1,4
45
45
26
45
Ø32
45
26
45
B10 8,2M6x36
,2
3 26,3UNI 5931 Holes provided for guide rod fitting
B10 B10 2 B10

10
1 12 2
Ø1
2 ØØ Ø1
B
Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order Provision Colour €
Stock
Weight
code for guide rods clamp piece
564770 round-section, square-section, hybrid-section grey RAL7016 g § 17,46
Products not in stock minimum order: 20 pieces, delivery in 10 days (unless stock runs out).

C Product selection guide
p. 176
Part.M040
p. 168
Part.4829
p. 170
p. 164
Part.4508
Fixed guide
Mobile guide
Mobile clamp for mobile

Fixed clamp for fixed guide
guide

4804 Guide clamp

head, adjustable
Use:the pair of half-clamps allows you to con-
struct static elements for fastening to the end of
square rods.
By unscrewing the bridge height-adjustment
screw, the two guide square rods are not loosened.
In combination with Part 4798, it may be used to
construct bridge systems for format changeover
with manual adjustment of the product con-
tainment guides.
complete with 1 DIN7984 M8x30 screw, 1 M8 hexa-
gon nut, 1 DIN7984 M6x25 screw and 1 square nut
with M6 spring, 1 end cap, galvanised steel nuts and
bolts.
Characteristics: the guide square rods are posi-
tioned vertically with respect to each other. This
arrangement highly increases the system rigidity
vs. the standard horizontal position.
Combinations a
p. 168 p. 148 p. 480 p. 485 p. 150 p. 154 p. 158

45 36,2
Product selection guide 9,5 = =
3 2 1 0 1 2 3
26
45
1789
les
4798
4475
4508
millimetre ru B10
Ø12,1
13
Holes provided for guide rod fitting:

B10 B10
2 2
Ø1 Ø1 B10
10
2 2
Ø1 Ø1
3165
B
2010 / 2182
profilo 32x45
part. M040R
4115
Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order Provision Colour Weight €
Stock
code for guide rods clamp g piece

511620 round-section, square-section, hybrid-section grey RAL7016 70 § 4,59

4804 Guide clamp

head, adjustable
45 36,2 height- 36,2

9,5 = = adjustment = =
screw of the
bridge
for format
26
45
changeover
B10
Ø12,1
B10 13 B10
10
2 2
Ø1 Ø1
B
profilo 32x45
part. M040R

Tightening components - Pins
3210 Guide fastening pin

with cap
Use: for fastening the conveying guide to the clamp (Part 4155) by me-
ans of the single-hole connector (Part 3166). teel
State of supply the pin is made up of a 12Ø 1mm-thick tube in AISI 304 le ss s
stainless steel, with an hexagon insert in AISI 304 stainless steel glued to S tain
one end, and a RAL 1006 yellow polyamide cap closing the other end.
Characteristics: the hexagonal end of the no. 13 wrench fits perfectly
into the seat of the clamp, preventing rotation during positioning and
tightening.
Max reading distance 500 mm.
e
simply an indication; they help the operator to speed up any format with scal
changeover by providing a reference for positioning repetition). also llimetre
m i
Do not use as a measurement instrument in business reports. Note: the millimetres are divided
manually through an electrochemical
Combinations a marking process, therefore there might
be small imperfection which do not
jeopardise the reading.
p. 166 p. 82 p. 83 M8 Ch. 13
4,5 ØD x2
6
0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 3
version
with
millimetre scale 5 LS 6,5
Assembly examples L=LS+16
Part.1789 Part.3171
Part.4155
Part.3210
4
15
19
16
18
17
16
ax
15
17
14
m mm
13
12
11
18
10
9
0
8
19
7
50
6
5
4
2
3
C
2
Part.3166
Part.2010 f
Qty 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D L LS C (N) C (N) Millimetre Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm mm f=3mm f=5mm scale g piece
629507 12 116 100 53 76 yes frosted 41 § 14,57
629517 12 216 200 23 34 yes frosted 69 § 14,94
629527 12 316 300 13 17 yes frosted 96 § 15,33
629537 12 116 - 53 76 no frosted 41 § 10,93
629547 12 216 - 23 34 no frosted 69 § 11,32
629557 12 316 - 13 17 no frosted 96 § 11,70
Customisations Length Ls on customer's request (max 500 mm) §
Products not in stock minimum order: 8 pieces, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out).


with flat end
Use: coupled to the format changeover clamp (Part 4155), it allows
ss
fastening the product guides. inle
State of supply the pin consists of an AISI 304 stainless steel Ø12 tube, Sta teel
1 mm-thick, with an AISI 304 stainless steel hexagon insert (glued). s
tightening.
Combinations a
p. 166
12 A 6,5
Ch.13
,1
ØD
Ø8
17,8
M8
x2
6
31,6
L
2,2
Assembly examples
Part.
4155
C
f
Part.
2182
Qty 4+ 8+ 16+ 32+
Order D L A C (N) C (N) Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm mm f=3mm f=5mm g piece
626857 12 128.1 109.6 46 66 brushed 43 § 35,83
674517 12 166.5 148 32 47 brushed 54 § 36,26
656657 12 428.1 409.6 8 12 brushed 125 § 39,17

4208 Guide fastening pin

with flat end
Use: in combination with cross-type connector Part 1397 (12Ø) and Part
1450 (Ø16), it is used to fasten the product guides.
State of supply stainless steel; machined from 12Ø tube, 1 mm thick
or Ø16 tube, 1.5 mm thick with cap in RAL 1006 yellow polyamide (Ø12)
or black polyethylene (Ø16). Ø
16
Combinations a
Ø
12
p. 92 p. 98 p. 192 p. 186
Ø12 Ø16
G
AT
B A
ØD
ØC
F
E
L
Application example Ø 16 Application example Ø 12
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+
Order L AT A B E F G Colour Weight €
Stock
DØ ØC Finish
code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cap g piece
698449 12 150 138 133.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2 yellow brushed 35 ü 15,91
698459 12 170 158 153.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2, yellow brushed 40 ü 15,91
698979 12 190 178 173.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2 yellow brushed 45 ü 15,91
699809 12 200 188 183.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2 yellow brushed 48 ü 16,97

4208 Guide fastening pin

with flat end
Order L AT A B E F G Colour Weight €
Stock
DØ ØC Finish
code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm cap g piece
699019 12 210 198 193.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2, yellow brushed 50 ü 16,97
699819 12 250 238 233.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2 yellow brushed 60 ü 16,97
699829 12 300 288 283.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2 yellow brushed 73 ü 16,97
699839 12 350 338 333.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2 yellow brushed 85 ü 18,03
699839 12 400 388 383.5 12 8.5 31.6 17.8 2.2 yellow brushed 98 ü 18,03
629937 16 122 112.5 107.5 9.5 8 26.5 23.3 3 black brushed 64 ü 16,97
629977 16 244 234.5 229.5 9.5 8 26.5 23.3 3 black brushed 128 § 18,03
Products not in stock for versions with Ø12: minimum order 4 pieces, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out)
for versions with Ø16: minimum order 8 pieces, delivery in 10 days (unless stock runs out)


with hexagon head
Use: coupled to the format changeover clamp (Part 4155), it allows
ss
fastening the product guides. inle
State of supply the pin is made up of a 12Ø 1mm-thick tube in AISI Sta teel
304 stainless steel with hexagon inserts in AISI 304 stainless steel, both s
glued to the ends.
tightening.
Combinations a
p. 166
6,5 A 6,5
Ch.13
ØD
M8
x2
6
L
Assembly examples
Part.1789
Part.4155
C
Part.3213
f
Part.8418
Qty 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D L A C (N) C (N) Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm mm f=3mm f=5mm g piece
629567 12 84 71 75 105 brushed 40 § 15,90
629577 12 113 100 53 76 brushed 48 § 15,99
629587 12 213 200 23 34 brushed 75 § 16,38
629597 12 313 300 13 17 brushed 103 § 16,77
Products not in stock minimum order: 8 pieces, delivery in 5 days (unless stock runs out).

3210 2017
3213 4829
4208 1789
2016 2340

3846 Clamp
with package-turning rollers
Use: sliding element complete with pin with rollers for changing the
conveying side of the package front on the conveyor belt.
State of supply 2 half-blocks in reinforced polyamide; threaded pin
in stainless steel; 2/3/4 rollers (see table) in polyamide; 1 roller faste-
ning screw M8 UNI EN 24017 in stainless steel, spacers and washers in
galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 148
87,8
10
274,5
36,2
302,5
26
195
223
45
78,3
247,5
106,7
Ø12
108
version
with 3 rollers version
168
with 4 rollers
Fitting example:
25,5
52
version
with 2 rollers
Ø50

3846 Clamp
with package-turning rollers
C
Example
of application
Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order Number Colour Colour Colour Weight €
Stock
code rollers clamp lever button g piece

593110 2 RAL 7016 grey RAL 9005 black orange RAL 2004 310 § 38,26
593120 2 RAL 7016 grey RAL 7016 grey RAL 1006 yellow 310 § 38,26
593130 2 RAL 1006 yellow RAL 9005 black orange RAL 2004 310 § 38,26
593140 2 RAL 1006 yellow RAL 7016 grey RAL 1006 yellow 310 § 38,26

1828 Guide clamp

with Ø12 plastic pin
Use: to tighten side containment guides made with Ø12 round shafts.
State of supply clamp and pin in reinforced polyamide.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 92 p. 97
Plastic pin
Qty 2+ 25+ 50+ 100+

Order L Colour Weight €
Stock
code mm g piece
602563 30 RAL 7016 grey 54 ü 5,28
611303 30 RAL 9005 black 54 § 5,28
602573 40 RAL 7016 grey 56 ü 5,66
611313 40 RAL 9005 black 56 § 5,66
602583 60 RAL 7016 grey 58 ü 5,89
611323 60 RAL 9005 black 58 § 5,89

2016 Pin for guides support

in plastic
Use: to fasten and adjust product containment guides.
State of supply pin in reinforced polyamide, cap in polyamide, hexa-
gon head screw M8x20 in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 87 p. 91 p. 92 p. 107 p. 114
4.5 8.5
Ø Key 13
12
Qty 2+ 25+ 50+ 100+

Order L Colour Colour Weight €
Stock
code m pin cap g piece

615411 30 grey RAL7016 RAL 1006 yellow 16 ü 3,96
615421 40 RAL 7016 grey RAL 1006 yellow 18 ü 4,39
615431 60 RAL 7016 grey RAL 1006 yellow 22 ü 4,60

1829 Guide clamp

with Ø12 steel pin
Use: to tighten side containment guides made with Ø12 round shafts.
State of supply clamp in reinforced polyamide and pin in stainless
steel.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 92 p. 97
l pin
Stee
5
Qty 2+ 25+ 50+ 100+

Order L Colour Weight €
Stock
code mm clamp g piece

602593 80 RAL 7016 grey 111 ü 10,50
611333 80 RAL 9005 black 111 § 10,50
602603 100 RAL 7016 grey 128 ü 10,84
611343 100 RAL 9005 black 128 § 10,84

2017 Pin for guide support

in stainless steel
Use: to support guides. These pins may be fitted individually or in com-
ss
bination with 80mm extensions so as to obtain longer pins. inle
State of supply: 1 pin in AISI303 stainless steel, 1 Ø12 yellow vinyl cap, Stasteel
sion
1 hexagon head screw M8x20 in galvanised steel and 1 or 2 extensions
for the pin in AISI 303 stainless steel.
Standard pack: 25 pieces. Exten
Ø12
Combinations a
p. 87 p. 91 p. 92 p. 107 p. 114 Pin
p. 192
L
Pin 9,2 80
Extension
5
28
Ø12
Ø12
Ø4
Ø4
M8
M8x20 22 22
M8
Pin
A Pin
Ex P
ten
sio
B in P
n in
Ex
ten
sio
C
n Ex
ten
sio
n
D
Qty 2+ 25+ 50+ 100+

Order L Extensions Total L Weight €
Stock
Version Finish
code mm mm mm g piece
637051 A 80 - 80 drawn 69 ü 5,39
637031 A 100 - 100 drawn 86 ü 5,80
637638 B 80 1 x 80 160 drawn 136 ü 10,78
637648 B 100 1 x 80 180 drawn 153 ü 11,21
637708 C 80 2 x 80 240 drawn 202 ü 16,20
637718 C 100 2 x 80 260 drawn 220 ü 16,60
Customisations Total upper Lengths with additional extensions fitted ü
Tightening components - Guides and end caps
2182 Product containment guide

40x13.5
Use: product handling and alignment on the belt during transport.
State of supply aluminium profile, polyethylene guide.
Combinations a
p. 176
Bars (3 m) 1+ 8+ 16+ 32+

Bars (6 m) 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order L Finish Colour Weight €
Stock
code m profile guide g/m piece
609474 3 anodised white UHMW 440 ü 33,75
2227 End runner

for guide 40 x 13.5
Use: as end piece for guard Part 2182.
State of supply reinforced polyamide, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
.7
40
13
.5
40
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order Colour Weight €
Stock
code runner g piece

614904 grey RAL7016 15 ü 4,79

www.bettsistemi.com
4603 End cap

safety version for 40x13.5 guide
Use: for guide Part 2182, to be used on the product outfeed side.
State of supply end piece in reinforced polyamide and galvanised
Combinations a
p. 186
Application example
3.5
40
13
.5

4603 Safety end cap

for guide 40x13.5
C
Part. 4603
Product
L
outfeed
E
V
A
R
T
d t
ee c
Part. 2227
tf u
u d
o ro
P
Product
infeed
L
E
V
A
R
T
OK Part. 4603
nuity
L
E
Conti
V
A
R
T
Where guides are interrupted, the end piece

Part 4603 allows maintaining better continuity
of the side surface with respect to the runner
Part. 2227 Part 2227.
NO
Product Part. 2227
infeed
cle
Obsta
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Stock
code end piece g piece

616509 grey RAL7016 7 ü 4,24

4617 End cap

safety version for guide 40x23
Use: for guide Part 2010, to be used on the product outfeed side.
State of supply end piece in reinforced polyamide and galvanised
Combinations a
p. 192
Application example
3.5
40
23

4617 Safety end cap

for guide 40x23
C
Part. 4617
O
L
Product
E
V
A
R
outfeed
T
d t
ee c
tf u
u d
o ro
P
Part. 2011
Product
infeed
L
E
V
A
R
T
OK Part. 4617
L
E
V
nuity
A
R
T
Conti
Where guides are interrupted, the end piece

Part 4617 allows maintaining better continuity
of the side surface with respect to the runner
Part. 2011 NO Part 2011.
Product Part. 2011

infeed
cle
Obsta
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Stock
code end piece g piece

622069 grey RAL7016 12 ü 4,46


40x23
Use: product handling and alignment on the belt during transport.
State of supply aluminium profile, polyethylene guide.
Combinations a
p. 176
23
40
Bars (3 m) 1+ 8+ 16+ 32+

Bars (6 m) 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Stock
code m profile guide g/m piece

617689 3 anodised RAL6024 green 650 § 43,86
617709 6 anodised RAL6024 green 650 § 85,32
617699 3 anodised RAL9005 black 650 § 43,86
617719 6 anodised RAL9005 black 650 § 85,32
Products not in stock minimum order: 480 m, delivery in 25 days (unless stock runs out).

2011 End runner

for guide 40x23
50
23
tion
even
ent pr
d
40 acci
Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Stock
code runner g piece

673671 grey RAL7016 35 ü 5,52


16.4x16.6
Use: to convey and hold products in place
State of supply aluminium and polyethylene.
Combinations a
16
p. 183 p. 185 p. 176 ,6
16,4
8,5
p. 175 p. 82
6
8,2
Bars (3 m) 1+ 20+ 40+ 80+

Bars (6 m) 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+
Stock
code m profile guide g/m bar
2018 End runner

for guide 16.4 x 16.6
n
ntio
reve
ident p
acc
,5 ,5
28 52
Qty 1+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Stock
code runner g piece

686562 grey RAL7016 10 ü 4,25

TUTTA L’OFFERTA
B - FLEX
IN UN
UNICO VOLUME!
PDF
Adobe
Per scaricare i cataloghi di ogni Serie in formato pdf

ed essere sempre aggiornato visita il nostro sito:
www.bettsistemi.com
196
Tightening
components
diagrams
................................................................. 1 p. 222 C
With flange
................................................................. 1 p. 198
from Ø20 to Ø60
Shaft support
................................................................. 1 p. 208
from Ø30 to Ø60
With pedestal
................................................................. 1 p. 212
from Ø10 to Ø60

...................................................
1 p. 479
WARNINGS
197
Tightening components - With flange
1420 With flange

Use: connection of round bars parallel to the fastening plane.
State of supply aluminium connector; 1 UNI 5931 socket head screw,
1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel and torque li-
miter spacer.
ground rods or electro-joined tubes. The tubes, due to their ovaliza-
tion characteristics, may not be easily fitted. In this event, you will
have to bore the hole to calibrate the tube/connector coupling, also
with our tube Part 2012.
On request, we provide a special reaming service, to obtain versions
with a special hole or turning of the pipe section that fits into the
connector (custom code for the customer). See section “Special sizes
and costs”.
Combinations a 46 108
Spacer
torque limiter 82
S
56 D1
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482
83
78
52
45
56
8.5
70
10
42
p. 122 p. 123
8.
5
82 Openable
Tolerance 45 90.5
D1 * Openable
Ø20.1 +0.15
0
8Ø hole opening for housing the reduction bush and the centring
element in Robomec groove (8 mm) and B-flex groove Series W and
Ø25.2 +0.20 MC103 (11 mm)
0 Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Ø30.2 QUANTITY
For furtherDISCOUNT Discounts
hole sizes "Standard sizes". - -3% -6% -10% contact us
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
602056 20.1 M8x25 shot peening 190 ü 10,13
602056I 20.1 M8x25 shot peening 190 ü 8,61
602066 20.1 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 190 ü 11,91
602076 20.1 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 190 ü 11,91
602086 25.2 M8x25 shot peening 170 ü 10,13
602096 25.2 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 170 § 11,91
602106 25.2 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 170 ü 11,91
602116 30.2 M8x25 shot peening 146 ü 10,13
602126 30.2 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 146 § 11,91
602136 30.2 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 146 ü 11,91

1420 With flange

Ø40 mm
miter spacer.
Tightening torque 50Nm (M10).
and costs”.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123
46 108
Spacer
torque limiter 82
S
Tolerance
56 D1
D1
Ø40.2 +0.20
83
0
78
52
45
56
8.5
70
10
42
8.
82 Openable 5
45
* 90.5
Openable
a
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts -%
- -3%%
-3% -6%%
-6% -10%%
-10% contact us
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
602026 40.2 M10x35 shot peening 405 ü 16,18
602036 40.2 M10x35 RAL7010 grey 405 § 19,07
602046 40.2 M10x35 RAL9006 grey 405 ü 19,07

1420 With flange

50mm Ø
miter spacer.
and costs”.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123
Spacer 128
torque limiter 60 98
S
65 D1
Tolerance *
96
92
62
45
65
83
D1
14
Ø50.2 +0.10
50
0
45
* 10
.5
Openable *
a
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts -% -3%% -6%% -10%% contact us
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
601966 50.3 M10x50 shot peening 602 ü 16,67
601976 50.3 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 760 ü 19,69
601986 50.3 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 760 ü 19,69

1420 With flange

60 mm Ø
miter spacer.
tion characteristics, may not be easily fitted. In this event, you will have
to bore the hole to calibrate the tube/connector coupling, also with
our tube Part 2012.
and costs”.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123

Spacer 154
torque limiter
S 60 118
80 D1
Tolerance
*
112
D1
110
74
45
80
99
Ø60.2 +0.10
14
0
60
45
* 10
.5
Openable *
a
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
601906 60.3 M10x50 shot peening 1035 ü 26,78
601916 60.3 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 1035 ü 30,36
601926 60.3 M10x50 grey RAL 9006 1035 ü 30,36

3746 With vertical flange

socket head screw and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galva-
nised steel.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 212 p. 122

d
uce
red nsions
e
p. 123 for 60x60 flange dim
rance
mod
ity P adjustable clea
Com P1
35 S 0,05 A
46
,20 A
+00
D1
51
Ø34,9
62,5
G1
45
G
53,5
56
6
C±0,1
9
D2
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 C D2 P P1 G G1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm Ø/seat mm mm mm mm g piece
629609 35.2 30 - 60 - 60 - M8x35 shot peening 256 § 18,27
621867 35.2 30 M8 60 45 75 55 M8x35 shot peening 256 § 19,37
621927 35.2 30 M6 60 42 60 42 M8x35 shot peening commodity 233 § 34,96
629619 40.2 29.5 - 60 - 60 - M8x35 shot peening 252 §22,68
621897 40.2 29.5 M8 60 45 75 55 M8x35 shot peening 252 §23,79
621957 40.2 29.5 M6 60 42 60 42 M8x35 shot peening commodity 229 §39,36
Products not in stock minimum order: 4 pieces, delivery in 10 days (unless stock runs out), for Commodity: 15 days.

3240 Flange mount

Use: connectors with customised flange.
socket head screw and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut, 4 UNI 5931
socket head screws in galvanised steel.
Tightening torque 25 Nm (M8) 50 Nm (M10).
y
odit
On request, we provide a special reaming service, to obtain versions m
Com
and costs”.
e
Combinations a can supply th
On request we ple te with custo-
connect or co m
mised flange
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123
Tolerance
F
D1 P
Ø20.1 +0.15 S * M +0.02
0
0
Ø25.2
Ø30.2 +0.20 D D1
0
Ø35.2
* N +0.02
L
Ø40.2
K
G
E
+0.10
C
Ø50.2 0
H
Ø60.2
* 1.1
T * centring obtained by CNC
Qty 4+ 8+ 50+
Order D1 C D E F G H K L M N P Weight €
Stock
T S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
641677 20.120.5 40 40 30.4 14 15 41.552.520.7 33 36 M4x16 M8x25 shot peening 139 § 31,12
688326 35.222.5 56 56 38 26 10 50.563.5 31 51 46 M5x12 M10x35 shot peening 224 § 32,27
687576 40.222.5 56 56 38 26 10 50.563.5 31 51 46 M5x12 M10x35 shot peening 222 § 32,27
641727 50.3 35 65 65 53.5 26 15 68 81 32.5 53 60 M5x16 M10x50 shot peening 370 § 34,55
641737 60.3 45 80 80 53.5 26 15 84 97 32.5 65 60 M5x16 M10x50 shot peening 605 37,44 §

4085 With compatible square flange

nised steel.
Standard pack: 4 pieces (DØ=56), 2 pieces (DØ=65).
our tube Part 2012.
y
odit
m
and costs” p. 252 . Com
Combinations a 60x60 flange
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 212 ity

mod
Com
P 60
S
42
D1
D
60
42
A
B
C
R
7,
5
Tolerance
E
D1 D2
Ø30.2 +0.20
Ø40.2 0
+0.10
Ø50.2 0 Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+
Order D D1 D2 A B C E P S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø Ø Ø/seat mm mm mm mm mm screw g piece
622017 56 30.2 M6 79 65.5 37.5 5.5 46 M10x35 shot peening 326 § 54,28
622047 56 40.2 M6 79 65.5 37.5 5.5 46 M10x35 shot peening 246 § 54,28
622027 65 50.3 M6 89 76 43 7 60 M10x50 shot peening 660 §
57,28

4063 With inserted flange

Use: connection of round bars parallel to the fastening plane, flange
suitable for application on structural profiles, 8mm groove, 45mm di-
stance between centres.
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076, inserted alu-
minium flange, 1 UNI 5931 socket head screw and 1 DIN 985 self-locking
nut, 4 UNI 5931 socket head screws in galvanised steel.
y
odit
m
our tube Part 2012.
On request, we provide a special reaming service, to obtain versions Com
and costs”p. 252 .
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123

Tolerance Tolerance
*
D1 D1
Ø20.1 +0.15
0 Ø25.2
Ø30.2 +0.20
0
Ø35.2
Q
Ø40.2
+0.10
Ø50.2 0
Ø60.2
a
R
Qty 4+ 8+ 48+
Order D1 C D E F G H K L N P Q R Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
641567 20.1 29.5 40 40 69 60 54 51.5 61.5 9 36 30.4 14 M8x25 shot peening 233 § 73,96
641577 25.2 29.5 40 40 69 60 54 51.5 61.5 9 36 30.4 14 M8x25 shot peening 234 § 73,96
641587 30.2 29.5 40 40 69 60 54 51.5 61.5 9 36 30.4 14 M8x25 shot peening 229 § 73,96
641777 35.2 38 56 56 100 70 80 70 79 9 46 38 26 M10x35 shot peening 360 § 75,31
641607 40.2 38 56 56 100 70 80 70 79 9 46 38 26 M10x35 shot peening 362 § 75,31
641627 50.3 44 65 65 100 80 80 77 90 9 60 53.5 26 M10x50 shot peening 559 § 77,73
641637 60.3 54 80 80 100 90 80 93 106 9 60 53.5 26 M10x50 shot peening 816 §80,74

Tightening components - Shaft support
3297 Shaft support

Use: end support for shafts and positioners arranged parallel to the
fastening plane.
State of supply aluminium connector; 1 UNI 5931 socket head screw
and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
y
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123 m odit
P
Com
S
D D1
L
K
C
Tolerance
N
H
D1
G
Ø30.2 F
Ø35.2 +0.20
0
35
Ø40.2 M 40
a
Qty 4+ 8+ 50+
Order D1 C D F G H K L M N P Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
641127 30.229.5 56 35 M8 10 57.570.5 56 12.5 46 M10x35 shot peening 275 § 44,24
602247 35.229.5 56 35 M8 10 57.570.5 56 12.5 46 M10x35 shot peening 240 § 44,24
641137 40.229.5 56 35 M8 10 57.570.5 56 12.5 46 M10x35 shot peening 216 § 44,24

4080 With round flange

State of supply aluminium joint; 1 UNI 5931 socket head screw and 1
DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
with a special hole or turning of the pipe section that fits into the y
m odit
and costs”p. 252 .
Com
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 211 p. 332

P
S
D D1
L
K
A
N
C
Tolerance
D1
D2
Ø30.2 +0.20 6,5
Ø40.2 0
+0.10 D2
Ø50.2 0
Flange
Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+
Order D D1 D2 A L K C N S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø Ø Ø mm mm mm mm mm screw g piece
672097 56 30.2 80 68 78 65 37 5 M10x35 shot peening 343 § 52,95
672107 56 40.2 80 68 78 65 37 5 M10x35 shot peening 267 § 52,95
672127 65 50.3 90 77 89 76 43 7 M10x 50 shot peening 334 § 56,39

3296 Shaft support

Use: end support for shafts and positioners arranged at 90° with re-
spect to the fastening plane.
nised steel.
Combinations a
y
m odit
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123 Com
P
S
D D1
L
Ø10.5
Ø6.5
K
H
C
6
F
37.5
M
40
for M6 socket head screws
Tolerance
D1
Ø30.2
Ø35.2 +0.20
0
Ø40.2
Qty 4+ 8+ 50+
Order D1 C D F H K L M P Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
641207 30.2 29.5 56 35 23 57.5 70.5 56 46 M10x35 shot peening 206 § 44,24
602267 35.2 29.5 56 35 23 57.5 70.5 56 46 M10x35 shot peening 205 § 44,24
641217 40.2 29.5 56 35 23 57.5 70.5 56 46 M10x35 shot peening 203 § 44,24

4203 Shaft support

from Ø30 to 60Ø mm
Use: end support for shafts and positioners arranged parallel to the fastening
plane.
socket head screw and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
Warnings: the connectors may be fitted to different types of drawn/ground
rods or electro-joined tubes. The tubes, due to their ovalization characteri-
stics, may not be easily fitted. In this event, you will have to bore the hole to
calibrate the tube/connector coupling, also with our tube Part 2012.
y
odit
On request, we provide a special reaming service, to obtain versions with
a special hole or turning of the pipe section that fits into the connector
m
(custom code for the customer). See section “Special sizes and costs” .
Com
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123
20
Ø8.5
Tolerance a
D1
Ø30.2
Ø35.2 +0.20
max 6°
0
Ø40.2
Ø50.2 +0.10
0
Ø60.2
Qty 4+ 8+ 48+
Order D1 C D E G K L M N O P Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
629277 30.2 42 56 40 82 70 83 108 10 35 46 M10x35 shot peening 312 ü 32,98
629287 35.2 42 56 40 82 70 83 108 10 35 46 M10x35 shot peening 262 § 32,98
629297 40.2 42 56 40 82 70 83 108 10 35 46 M10x35 shot peening 264 § 32,98
629307 50.3 50 65 40 98 83 96 128 14 35 60 M10x50 shot peening 374 § 35,85
629317 60.3 60 80 40 118 99 112 154 14 35 60 M10x50 shot peening 485 38,33 §

4079 With flange, two halves

Use: normally fitted in pairs on tubes with variable distance between
centres in order to create two support surfaces on which to fasten con-
trol panels, junction boxes, etc.
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 2 DIN 912 Al-
len screws and 2 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nuts in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 484
D1
L
L1
R
S H
E
B
D1
Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+

Order D1 K L L1 D1 E B H R Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm mm screw mm mm g piece
621747 20.2 70 55 27.5 8.5 22 M8 16 48 M8x45 shot peening 170 ü 30,02
621757 25.2 70 55 27.5 8.5 22 M8 16 48 M8x45 shot peening 166 § 30,02
621767 30.2 70 55 27.5 8.5 22 M8 16 48 M8x45 shot peening 160 § 30,02
621777 40.2 100 80 40 10.5 27 M10 30 73 M10x65 shot peening 392 § 32,56
621787 42.2 100 80 40 10.5 27 M10 30 73 M10x65 shot peening 386 § 32,56
621797 45.2 100 80 40 10.5 27 M10 30 73 M10x65 shot peening 380 § 32,56
621807 48.5 100 80 40 10.5 27 M10 30 73 M10x65 shot peening 375 § 32,56
621817 50.3 100 80 40 10.5 27 M10 30 73 M10x65 shot peening 370 § 32,56
621837 55.3 102.5 90 45 10.5 27 M10 30 73 M10x75 shot peening 412 §
34,73
621847 60.3 102.5 90 45 10.5 27 M10 30 73 M10x75 shot peening 400 §
34,73

Tightening components - With pedestal
4084 With round pedestal

Use: connection of round bars at 90° with respect to the fastening
plane.
State of supply aluminium joint alloy UNI 5076; 1 UNI 5931 socket
head screw and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
y
odit
m
and costs”p. 252 . Com
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 207

A
D S
D2
Q
P
A
L
D1
N
0
x1
Tolerance 6
M
D1
Ø30.2 +0.20
Ø40.2 0
+0.10
Ø50.2 0
Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+

Order D D1 D2 A L R N P Q S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø Ø Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm screw g piece
672137 56 30.2 80 68 63 41.5 3.5 44 27.5 M10x35 shot peening 365 § 58,24
672147 56 40.2 80 68 63 41.5 3.5 44 27.5 M10x35 shot peening 289 § 58,24
672157 66 40.2 80 68 75 50.5 4.5 60 33 M10x50 shot peening 580 § 58,24
672167 66 40.2 90 77 75 50.5 4.5 60 33 M10x50 shot peening 668 § 58,24
672177 66 50.2 80 68 75 50.5 4.5 60 33 M10x50 shot peening 465 § 58,24
672187 66 50.2 90 77 75 50.5 4.5 60 33 M10x50 shot peening 550 § 58,24

1419 With pedestal

Use: connection of round bars at 90° with respect to the fastening plane.
State of supply connector in aluminium alloy 5076; 1 UNI 5931 socket
Standard pack: see table.
ground rods or electro-joined tubes. The tubes, due to their ovalization
characteristics, may not be easily fitted. In this event, you will have to
bore the hole to calibrate the tube/connector coupling, also with our tube
Part 2012.
and costs”..
Combinations a
Tolerance
D1
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 484 p. 485 p. 122 p. 123
10.1Ø
Ø12.1
* Ø14.1
Ø15.1 +0.15
0
Ø16.1
Ø18.1
Ø20.1
Ø25.2
Ø30.2 +0.20
0
Ø35.2
* Ø40.2
*
apribile
45*
Ø50.2 +0.10
0
Ø60.2
10.1Ø a
Ø12.1 minimum order 40 pieces
Ø14.1 delivery in 20 days Ø60.2
Ø35.2 Ø50.2
Ø15.1
Ø20.1 Ø40.2
Ø16.1 Ø25.2
18.1Ø Ø30.2
B50 B60 B90 B10 B12

5 6

1419 With pedestal

Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 B D K L M N P Q R Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm  mm mm mm mm g piece
675048 10.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 RAL9006 grey 98 § 15,91
675078 12.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 RAL9006 grey 94 § 15,91
675118 14.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 RAL9006 grey 90 § 15,91
675158 15.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 RAL9006 grey 86 § 15,91
675198 16.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 RAL9006 grey 84 § 15,91
634593 18.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 RAL9006 grey 80 ü 15,91
550910 10.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 shot peening 98 § 14,85
550920 12.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 shot peening 94 § 14,85
550930 14.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 shot peening 90 § 14,85
550940 15.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 shot peening 86 § 14,85
550950 16.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 shot peening 84 § 14,85
550960 18.1 5.5 25 38 40 50 7 25 14 29 M6x18 shot peening 80 ü 14,85
643754 20.1 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 shot peening 190 ü 10,13
643764 20.1 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 190 ü 11,91
643774 20.1 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 190 ü 11,91
643784 25.2 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 shot peening 171 ü 10,13
643794 25.2 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 171 ü 11,91
643804 25.2 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 171 ü 11,91
643814 30.2 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 shot peening 150 ü 10,13
643824 30.2 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 RAL7010 grey 150 ü 11,91
643834 30.2 6.5 40 42 50 60 9 35.5 22 35 M8x25 RAL9006 grey 150 ü 11,91
681648 * 35.2 8.5 56 64 70 90 10 44 27.5 48 M10x35 shot peening 336 ü 14,93
681658 * 35.2 8.5 56 64 70 90 10 44 27.5 48 M10x35 RAL7010 grey 336 § 18,01
681668 * 35.2 8.5 56 64 70 90 10 44 27.5 48 M10x35 RAL9006 grey 336 § 18,01
690534 * 40.2 8.5 56 64 70 90 10 44 27.5 48 M10x35 shot peening 415 ü 17,17
690544 * 40.2 8.5 56 64 70 90 10 44 27.5 48 M10x35 RAL7010 grey 415 ü 20,23
690554 * 40.2 8.5 56 64 70 90 10 44 27.5 48 M10x35 RAL9006 grey 415 ü 20,23

1419 With pedestal

Order D1 B D K L M N P Q R Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm  mm mm mm mm g piece
643724 50.2 10.5 66 74 85 105 14 60 33 60 M10x50 shot peening 645 ü 17,69
643734 50.2 10.5 66 74 85 105 14 60 33 60 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 645 ü 20,89
643744 50.2 10.5 66 74 85 105 14 60 33 60 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 645 ü 20,89
643694 60.2 10.5 80 90 100 126 14 60 39 73 M10x50 shot peening 980 ü 26,78
643704 60.2 10.5 80 90 100 126 14 60 39 73 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 980 ü 30,36
643714 60.2 10.5 80 90 100 126 14 60 39 73 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 980 ü 30,36
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 5 days, for Ø from 10.1 to Ø16.1, minimum order: 40 pieces,
delivery in 20 days.

Tightening components - Articulated joints
4086 For Y articulated joints

Use: articulated connections of round tubes.
and costs” p. 252 .
S
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 484
T
B
p. 216
D
Y orthogonal
A
M
L
Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+
Order D A B K L M T S Weight Stock €
Finish
code Ø mm screw mm mm mm mm screw g piece
621967 20.2 40 M8x30 40 95 43 20 M8x25 shot peening 185 ü 24,34
621977 25.2 40 M8x30 40 95 43 20 M8x25 shot peening 169 § 24,34
621997 40.2 65 M10x55 65 147.5 70 32.5 M10x50 shot peening 712 § 31,46
677658 20.2 40 M8x30 40 95 43 20 M8x25 RAL 9006 grey 185 § 27,93
677668 25.2 40 M8x30 40 95 43 20 M8x25 RAL 9006 grey 169 § 27,93
677678 30.2 40 M8x30 40 95 43 20 M8x25 RAL 9006 grey 145 § 27,93
677688 40.2 65 M10x55 65 147.5 70 32.5 M10x50 RAL 9006 grey 712 §35,05
677698 48.5 65 M10x55 65 147.5 70 32.5 M10x50 RAL 9006 grey 617 §35,05
677708 50.3 65 M10x55 65 147.5 70 32.5 M10x50 RAL 9006 grey 587 §35,05
Products not in stock Shot peening: minimum order 4 pieces, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out); RAL 9006 grey:
minimum order 4 pieces, delivery in 20 days (unless stock runs out).

4087 For Z articulated joints

Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 484
p. 215 p. 216 p. 217

A1
Y orthogonal Coaxial X orthogonal
S
C
A2
K
B
F
L
Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+

Order D A1 A2 B F K L C T S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm mm screw mm mm mm mm mm screw g piece
671977 20.2 40 40 M8x30 72 42.5 92 52 20 M8x25 shot peening 208 § 24,34
672007 40.2 65 65 M10x55 115 74 147.5 77.5 32.5 M10x50 shot peening 774 §
31,46
31,46
31,46

4088 For X articulated joints

State of supply aluminium joint alloy 5076 ; 1 UNI 5931 socket head
screw and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 484
p. 216 p. 217
X orthogonal Parallel
D
A
K
M B
L
Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+

Order D A B K L M T S Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm screw mm mm mm mm screw g piece
672037 20.2 40 M8x30 40 95 43 20 M8x25 shot peening 185 ü 24,34
672067 40.2 65 M10x55 65 147.5 70 32.5 M10x50 shot peening 706 §
31,46
31,46
31,46

Tightening components - Square
4591 Square cross connector

¨ 40 and ¨ 45
Use: to connect square bars orthogonal to each other.
socket head screws (see table) and 4 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nuts
in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 223
L=L1+L1+M
BD2 S
S
A
K
Application example:
BD1
K
A
L1
L1
Qty 10+ 20+ 40+ 200+

Order D1 ØD1 D2 Weight €
Stock
S A K L1 M Finish
code mm mm mm kg piece
511251 - 25 30 M8x30 68 50 23 33,5 shot peened 0,29 § 28,64
521331 - 25 30 M8x30 68 50 23 33,5 painted in grey RAL7010 0,29 § 37,52
521361 - 25 30 M8x30 68 50 23 33,5 painted in grey RAL9006 0,29 § 37,52
686898 40 - 40 M10x55 98 76 35 55 shot peened 0,96 ü 47,81
686778 40 - 40 M10x55 98 76 35 55 painted in grey RAL7010 0,96 § 56,63
686908 45 - 45 M10x55 98 76 35 55 shot peened 0,88 ü 47,81

4592 Square flanged cross connector

¨ 40 and ¨ 45
Use: to connect square bars parallel to the fastening plane and ortho-
gonal to each other.
State of supply connector in alluminium alloy UNI 5076; 4 UNI 5931
Combinations a
p. 223
136,5
35 46,5 S T
T
BD1
98
50
76
S
90
115
BD2
76
55 14 Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order D1 D2 Weight €
Stock
S T Finish
code mm mm kg piece
686918 40 40 M10x55 M10x60 shot peened 1.1 § 58,76
686818 40 40 M10x55 M10x60 painted in grey RAL7010 1.1 § 68,01
686928 45 45 M10x55 M10x60 shot peened 1.02 § 58,76

4593 Square flange connector

¨ 40 and ¨ 45
Use: to connect square bars parallel to the fastening plane.
Combinations a
p. 223 35
BD1
81,5
46,5
14
115 Application example:
90
S
50
76
,5
S
10
Ø
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code mm kg piece
686938 40 M10x65 shot peened 0.66 ü 37,06
686858 40 M10x65 painted in grey RAL7010 0.66 § 43,24
686948 45 M10x65 shot peened 0.62 § 37,06

4298 Cross clamp

D1 = Ø42.4 - ¨40 and D2 = Ø20
Use: applied in bridge systems to hold products on the conveyor belts,
it allows fastening guide pins or blades creating one or more tracks.
It is used as sliding element to adjust the product size. It is also suita-
ble to align/separate products at the end of the line in preparation for
packaging. It allows horizontal or vertical adjustment of the product
containment guides.
State of supply aluminium clamp; 2 UNI 5931 socket head screws (see
table, S1), 1 UNI 5931 socket head screw (see table, S2), 2 M8 hexagon
nuts in galvanised steel; 1 ratchet lever and screw cap in reinforced
polyamide, threaded pin and washer in galvanised steel.
Characteristics: greater lateral thrust resistance of high loads or ac-
t
cidental impact. greathrust
Standard pack: 8 pieces. al e
lateersistanc
Tightening torque 25 Nm (M8). r
Application examples:
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 485 p. 494 p. 223
113,5
26,5 51
square bar
30
D1=o40
5
16,5
Ø
D
41
2
S1 43,5
75
30
65
BØ
D1
S2 round bar
77,5 36 D1=42.4ø
156
Qty 1+ 8+ 16+ 32+
Order D1 D1 D2 Weight €
Stock
S1 S2 Finish
code mm Ø Ø kg piece
687008 40 42.4 20 M8x20 M8x40 shot peened 0.51 ü 66,20
687018 40 42.4 20 M8x20 M8x40 painted in grey RAL7010 0.51 § 73,14
687028 40 42.4 20 M8x20 M8x40 painted in grey RAL9006 0.51 § 73,14

Format changeover with aluminium clamps
CGuide to component selection
p. 218
p. 220
p. 221
C Example of fastening
from the top of the
containment guide
bridge

Tightening components - Accessories
1126 Stainless steel square tube

40x40
Use: combined with the square-holed con-
nectors, it allows making bridges for pro- teel
ss s
duct containment guide adjustment. inle
Material : AISI 304 stainless. Sta
Combinations a
p. 223 p. 218 p. 219
p. 220 p. 221
R2
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+
Order S Weight €
Stock
Pack Finish
code mm g/m bar
687038 2x6m 1.5 Brushed 1.7 ü 113,64
Products not in stock minimum order: 2 bars, delivery in 10 days (unless stock runs out).
1140 End cap

40x40
Use: to plug 40x40 square tube terminal
parts, having a thickness from 1 to 3 mm.
Material polyethylene.
40
40
19,5
5
1126
part
for
Qty 1+ 6+ 12+ 24+

Order Tube thickness Weight €
Stock
Pack Colour
code mm g bar
687048 12 pcs RAL 9005 black 1÷3 8 ü 2,21

Tightening components - Bases
2692 Support base

for 45X45 profile
Use for floor-mounting of
structures in 45x45 profile.
Material aluminium with
galvanised steel nuts and
Part.8045
bolts.
State of supply complete B4
5
with nuts and bolts.
91
N.8 Ø10,5
ge
Flanuble
14
9 90 do
11 0
4 50 218
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+
Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Colour Finish
code g piece
601495 2 pcs RAL7010 grey painted 1148 § 50,69
665888 2 pcs RAL9006 grey painted 1148 ü 50,69
2694 Support base

for 45X45 profile
Use: allows side assembly/
disassembly of the profile once
anchored to the ground. Part.8045
galvanised steel nuts and B4
bolts. 5
State of supply complete
91
with nuts and bolts.

N.4 Ø10,5
ge
Flanngle
14
9
11 0 si
4 50 108 4,5
5 14
14,
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+
Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Colour Finish

code g piece
665708 2 pcs RAL9006 grey painted 870 ü 46,49

Tightening components - Bases
2693 Support base

for 45X45 profile
Use for floor-mounting of
structures in 45x45 profile.
galvanised steel nuts and
bolts. Part.8045
State of supply complete B4
with nuts and bolts. 5
91
N.4 Ø10,5
ge
14
Flanuble
9 90
do
11 0
4 119
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+
Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Colour Finish
code g piece
4269 Bracket clamp

for 45X45 profile
Use: allows connecting
columns or bracketing
accessories to the pro-
file. 45
Material aluminium
with galvanised steel
nuts and bolts.
State of supply com-
76
plete with nuts and

bolts..
70 73 l
98
ersa
univ
Qty 2+ 10+ 20+ 40+

Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Colour Finish

code g piece

226
Tightening components
for control panel
supports
diagrams
.................................................................
1 p. 245 C
Swivel support kit 3-axis
................................................................. 1 p. 228

................................................................. 1 p. 230

................................................................. 1 p. 232
Fixed support kit

................................................................. 1 p. 233

1 p. 479
...................................................
WARNINGS
227
1689 Swivel support kit

L1 from 227 to 1700 mm
Use: machine control panel support. Possibility to run cables through
the tube Kit ready for installation.
State of supply 2 angle connectors, 2 aluminium swivel supports,
stainless steel tubes, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
C Load diagrams p. 255 .
Combinations a
p. 122 p. 123
xis
3-a
L2
123
60
Part 1712
L3
Ø50 th.3
105 Part.2012 105
L1
74 Part 1851 74
104
105
105
14
74
74
rotation friction
screw
Max. 1°
Ø10.5 Ø10.5
Minimum dimensions L1=227mm L2=246 mm L3=227
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Weight €
Stock
L1 L2 L3 Finish
code kg piece
635214 227 550 250 RAL9006 grey 6.5 § 391,26
627763 227 550 600 RAL9006 grey 7.8 § 399,92
616913 227 550 710 RAL9006 grey 8.1 § 385,60
698914 227 1124 1062 RAL9006 grey 11.4 § 427,01
683294 227 1200 327 RAL9006 grey 9.1 § 410,02
628073 230 300 230 RAL9006 grey 5.6 § 373,17
681444 250 800 650 RAL9006 grey 8.9 § 408,62
682774 250 800 850 RAL9006 grey 9.6 § 413,77
637204 300 325 610 RAL9006 grey 7.2 § 396,62
698954 300 500 300 RAL9006 grey 6.8 § 393,13
635424 300 575 750 RAL9006 grey 8.6 § 406,69

1689 Swivel support kit

Order Weight €
Stock
L1 L2 L3 Finish
code kg piece
635414 300 575 1050 RAL9006 grey 9.7 § 414,44
664444 300 850 700 RAL9006 grey 9.4 § 412,49
615924 320 1400 240 RAL9006 grey 9.8 § 415,56
698974 370 800 350 RAL9006 grey 8.3 § 403,98
698994 500 500 500 RAL9006 grey 8.2 § 403,45
662844 620 1390 275 RAL9006 grey 11 § 405,05
616353 700 700 227 RAL9006 grey 8.6 § 406,75
655233 1000 500 225 RAL9006 grey 9 § 397,35
689693 1000 800 227 RAL9006 grey 9 § 404,91
608454 1150 953 227 RAL9006 grey 11.1 § 424,87
608624 1200 350 400 RAL9006 grey 9.8 § 402,99
698984 1200 1500 1200 RAL9006 grey 16.7 § 465,40
634944 1210 685 220 RAL9006 grey 10.4 § 419,33
673202 1262 1124 1062 RAL9006 grey 15.1 § 434,88
669473 1262 1124 1062 RAL9006 grey 15.1 § 434,88
698003 1300 800 227 RAL9006 grey 11.1 § 412,43
698944 1300 800 300 RAL9006 grey 11.4 § 426,68
698924 1300 900 300 RAL9006 grey 11.7 § 429,26
699294 1350 950 350 RAL9006 grey 12.2 § 433,13
636144 1400 850 300 RAL9006 grey 11.9 § 430,54
Customisations available on request, max L 1500 mm; other finishes on request p. 250 

1702 Swivel support kit

State of supply 1 angle connector, 1 swivel support and 1 aluminium
fixed support, stainless steel tubes, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 122 p. 123
L2
Part 1712 85 Part 1419
Max. 0,5°
123
14 xis
2-a
60
Ø50 th.3
Part.2012
105
L1
Part 1851 74
Ø50
104
14
105
74
rotation friction
screw
Minimum dimensions L1=227mm L2=208mm
Ø10.5
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order L1 L2 Weight €
Stock
Finish
code mm mm kg piece
698934 230 300 RAL9006 grey 3.9 § 244,79
699234 300 300 RAL9006 grey 4.2 § 246,60
699244 350 300 RAL9006 grey 4.4 § 247,89
634413 400 230 RAL9006 grey 4.3 § 240,18
699264 500 500 RAL9006 grey 5.6 § 256,91
699254 680 380 RAL9006 grey 5.8 § 258,47
616603 700 700 RAL9006 grey 7.0 § 267,25
633613 1000 1000 RAL9006 grey 9.1 § 282,72


State of supply 1 pedestal connector, 1 aluminium swivel connector,
AISI 304 steel tube, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 122 p. 123
xis
1-a
104
14
rotation friction
screw
Part 1851
Ø50 th.3
L1
Part.2012
105
74
Part 1419 Ø50
105
74
85
Ø10.5
14
Minimum dimensions L1=189mm
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order L1 Weight €
Stock
Finish
code mm kg piece
616593 250 RAL9006 grey 2.3 § 175,92
627343 300 RAL9006 grey 2.5 § 177,19
633803 335 RAL9006 grey 2.6 § 178,11
676803 500 RAL9006 grey 3.2 § 182,37
699014 700 RAL9006 grey 3.9 § 187,54
699004 806 RAL9006 grey 4.3 § 190,26


State of supply 1 pedestal connector, 1 aluminium swivel connector,
1 ratchet lever for polyamide locking device, AISI 304 steel tubes, galva-
nised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 122 p. 123
xis
1-a
95
57
50
35
15°
70
48
58
Ø50 th.3 n. 4 M6 holes
Part.2012 depth16
105
L1
Ø66 74
67
10
85
58
105
67
74
14
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Order L1 Weight €
Stock
Finish
code mm kg piece
688894 135 RAL9006 grey 1.9 § 172,88
688904 135 RAL7010 grey 1.9 § 172,88
682984* 135 RAL1013 white 1.9 § 180,34
* minimum order 5 pieces
Customisations of other finishes on request p. 250 

2541 Fixed support kit

State of supply 2 pedestal connectors, 1 AISI 304 steel tube, galvanised
d
Part 1419 Fixe
Ø66
L1
Ø50 th.3
Part.2012 105
74
10
67
Part 1419
Ø50
105
67
74
85
14
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Order L1 Weight €
Stock
Finish
code mm kg piece
688914 390 RAL9006 grey 2.6 § 168,73
688934 575 RAL9006 grey 3.3 § 170,74
688924 390 RAL7010 grey 2.6 § 168,73
688944 575 RAL7010 grey 3.3 § 170,74
682994* 390 RAL1013 white 2.6 § 180,34
683004* 575 RAL1013 white 3.3 § 180,34
* minimum order 5 pieces.

2551 Fixed support kit

State of supply 2 pedestal connectors, 1 angle connector, 1 AISI 304
steel tube segment, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
d
L2 Fixe
Part 1712 85
Part 1419
Max. 0,5°
123
14 105
60
74
10
67
L1
Ø50 th.3
Part.2012 Part 1419
Ø 50
105
74
67
85
14

Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+
Order L1 L2 Weight €
Stock
Finish
code mm mm kg piece
631435 350 227 RAL9006 grey 3.9 § 230,75
631445 350 227 RAL7010 grey 3.9 § 230,75
600225* 350 227 RAL1013 white 3.9 § 240,80
* minimum order 5 pieces.


Use: machine control panel support.
State of supply 2 angle connectors, one connector with swivel flange,
one connector with round swivel pedestal in painted aluminium, AISI
304 stainless steel tubes, galvanised steel nuts and bolts
Characteristics: possibility to run cables through the tube.
Allows fastening on vertical walls.
round
pedestal
C Kit ready for installation.
Combinations a
flange
p. 122 p. 123
xis
3-a
L2
123
60
80
Ø1
L3
Ø50 th.3
0.5
Part 1712
Part.2012
4.5
96
Part 4266 46
L1
92
62
45
Part 3872
rotation friction
106
60
Openable 98 screw Max. 1°
slots
128
6
M
4
50 Ø68
Ø80
Minimum dimensions
that may be ordered L1=230mm L2=246 mm L3=219
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+ 50+
Order L1 L2 L3 Weight €
Stock
Finish
675058 230 550 250 RAL9006 grey 6.38 § 402,69
675088 230 550 600 RAL9006 grey 7.61 § 411,73
675128 500 500 500 RAL9006 grey 8.04 § 414,81
675168 1000 500 225 RAL9006 grey 8.83 § 420,62
675208 1200 350 400 RAL9006 grey 9.63 § 426,43


Use: machine control panel support.
State of supply 2 angle connectors, 2 aluminium swivel supports,
stainless steel tubes, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: possibility to run cables through the tube.
Ideal for supporting control panels withreduced depth.
C Kit ready for installation .
Combinations a
round
pedestal
p. 122 p. 123
xis
L2 3-a
123
60
L3
Ø50 th.3 Part 1712 46

Part.2012
L1
Part 4266
60
rotation friction
4,5
6
96
screw
4
Max. 1°
Ø68
Ø80
Minimum dimensions
that may be ordered L1=219mm L2=246 mm L3=219
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+ 50+
Order L1 L2 L3 Weight €
Stock
Finish
670888 219 550 250 RAL9006 grey 6.04 § 391,05
670928 219 550 600 RAL9006 grey 7.27 § 400,08
670968 500 500 500 RAL9006 grey 7.70 § 403,45
671008 1000 500 225 RAL9006 grey 8.49 § 409,25
671048 1200 350 400 RAL9006 grey 9.29 § 415,07

1851 With swivel pedestal

50mm Ø
Use: for swivel supports; ideal for supporting control panels.
State of supply aluminium connector; 2 UNI 5931 socket head screws
and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel, 1 alumi-
nium locking ring, 2 polyamide sliding rings and 1 UNI 7435 50ø anti-
extraction ring in steel.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123

vel
Swi
Ø50
seat for
2.1
retaining ring
103,6
0
Ø49,5 - 0,05
1.5
rotation friction
screw
swivel
connector
a Application Part 1689
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S T Finish
code Ø g piece
660559 49.6 M10x50 M6x25 RAL9006 grey 800 ü 77,22
660569 49.6 M10x50 M6x25 RAL7010 grey 800 § 77,22

5111 Swivel angle
with articulated base
Use: 90° connection, ideal for supporting control panels.
As an alternative to parts 1712, 1851: it dramatically saves space in
terms of height (see Fig. 1).
State of supply aluminium connector Al Si 7 Mg; 1 UNI 5931 M10x50
socket head screw, 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut, 2 UNI 5929
M10x10 headless screws, 2 UNI 5929 M10x25 headless screws and 1 anti-
rupture torque limiter in galvanised steel.
Characteristics: the hole seat has 3 contact areas so as to fit all types of
tubes, also those featuring major oval sections.
vel
Abbinamenti a Swi
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123
65 175,5
space 60
Comparison of t in
used in heigh Swivel
contact areas
D1
129
S
92
23
Fig.1
C Comparison of space used in height
Torque limiter
14
Ø42
B105
B74 264
227
129
92
Ø4
2
Ø10,5 ±150°
Qty 1+ 4+ 9+ 48+ 96+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
520781 50,3 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 1300 ü 132,60
520901 50,3 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 1300 ü 132,60
Customisations of other finishes on request

5111 Swivel angle
Application example Part.4084 p.211
Part.5111 p.238
Part.1712 p.242
Part.4266 p.244
Combination
1 2 3

5111 Swivel angle
C Comparison of space used in height
before After
-135

Control panel mounts
Carico supportato (Kg)
Kg
L2
30 Diagramma riferito ad una

lunghezza L1=1000 mm.
Per L1 superiori si consiglia
25 di vincolare il tubo con un
secondo morsetto.
20
15
L2
10
L2
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Lunghezza L2 (mm)
L2 L2
L1
L1
1 2
The graph above indicates the max load supported based on the max L2 mount
length.
Example of verification:
Mount with L2=1000 mm
Applied load = 10 Kg
The graph shows that a 10 Kg load corresponds to a max L2 value
= 1500 mm
L2 (1000 mm) < L2 max (1500 mm) - mount has been VERIFIED!

1712 Angle
50mm Ø
Use: 90° connection between two round bars; ideal for supporting con-
trol panels.
State of supply aluminium Al Si 7 Mg connector; 2 UNI 5931 M10x50
socket head screws, 2 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nuts, 4 UNI 5929
M10x10 headless screws, 2 UNI 5929 M10x25 headless screws and 2 anti-
rupture torque limiters in galvanised steel.
Characteristics: improved tube shape and locking system: the shape
of the holes with 5 contact areas allows us to fit all types of tubes,
also those featuring major ovalizations; the 3 tightening grub screws
available on every tube provide steadier orthogonality and subsequent
tightening. ed ent
forc
Standard pack: 1 piece. reinng elem
i
sten
Combinations a fa
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123

160
65 60
contact compensation
areas grub screws
D1
160
Torque
tightening
123
limiters 23
bolt S
60
90° -0,5°
0
23
61,5 D1
C Sequence of operations for tube fastening:
1 2 3
5 mm
5 mm dx 8 mm
grano sx
singolo Qty 1+ 4+ 9+ 48+ 96+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
666488 50.3 M10x50 RAL9006 grey 1050 ü 58,00
666498 50.3 M10x50 RAL7010 grey 1050 ü 58,00

3872 With swivel flange

50mm Ø
Use: swivel base for control panel support kit.
Material: connector in aluminium alloy UNI 5076; 2 UNI 5931 socket through
head screws and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised steel, tube
2 aluminium locking rings, 2 polyamide sliding rings.
Characteristics: Allows fastening on vertical walls.
In addition to tube fastening, the two locking rings allow us to position
the rotation end-stop to obtain angles smaller than 355°.
Combinations a
vel
Swi
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123
96 128
83 98
80
50 65 rotation
angle with
Ø
10
.5
adjustable
end-stop
106
83
62
45
92
rotation friction Openable

14 screw slots
Ø8
D1
0
60
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+ 50+

QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts - -3% -6% -10% -15% contact us
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S T Finish
code Ø g piece
662578 50.5 M10x50 M6x25 RAL9006 grey 935 § 111,63
662588 50.5 M10x50 M6x25 RAL7010 grey 935 § 111,63

4266 With swivel round pedestal

50mm Ø
Use: for the construction of swivel supports.
socket head screws and 1 DIN 985 self-locking hexagon nut in galvanised
steel, 1 aluminium locking ring, 2 polyamide sliding rings and 1 UNI
7435 50ø anti-extraction ring in steel.
Characteristics: ideal for supporting control panels with reduced
depth.
Combinations a
vel
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 122 p. 123 Swi
min.3
Ø50
Seat for retaining ring
2,1
0 46
Ø49,5 - 0,05 Ø48
94
1,5
M
6
60
Ø80
rotation friction
D1
23
screw
Ø68
Ø80
96
swivel
connector
50,5
4,5
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S T Finish
code Ø g piece
663199 49.6 M10x50 M6x25 RAL9006 grey 415 § 82,74
663209 49.6 M10x50 M6x25 RAL7010 grey 415 § 82,74

C Part. 1689 - Part. 4267
G G
G
Part. 3873 Part.

1703 2540
G
G G G G
G F F
Part. 1702
F F
G
G
G
F

C
246
Technical
information
Advantages – Maximum application flexibility
...................................................................... 1 p.248 C
Nuts and bolts and tightening
................................................................. 1 p.249 C
Connector surface finishes
................................................................. 1 p.250 C
Hole size
................................................................. 1 p.252 C
Load diagrams for control panel supports
C
....................................................................
1 p.255
Mechanical properties
................................................................. 1 p.256
C
C
Application suggestions
................................................................. 1 p.259
247
Advantages
C
–– The BETT SISTEMI fastening connectorsare reinforced by means of
stiffening ribs at the points most subject to strains, taking into account
the stresses incurred with the aim of transmitting higher torque values.
–– The hexagonal housing for the screw and the nut is on both sides so
that you can choose on which side to position the screw head.
–– Customisations are available based on the customer's needs

–– (p. 250 a surface finishing and p. 252 a Hole accuracy )
Maximum application flexibility

The Robojoint connectors are broadly used in a large number of
applications thanks to the range of accessories available and their
compatibility with many other BETT SISTEMI products:
–– Linear actuators and positioners (Handbook 2.1);
–– Structural profiles (Handbook 5);
–– Conveyor components (Handbook 6)
Bush/shaft clearance adjuster aft

u s h i ng/sh ter
The sliding bushes are supplied with D1 B jus
nce ad
obtained with the adjuster compression- cleara
Rondelle M8
tightened by means of the M8x16 socket
Vis TCEI M8x16
head screw; if you want D1 with more L
Bouchon
clearance, loosen the screw; if you want cache vis
D1 with less clearance, take off what you
think necessary from the dimension L.
Remember to refit the screw cap to
prevent tampering.

Nuts and bolts and tightening
Standard
C
On the aluminium connectors: cylindrical socket head screw
–– UNI 5931 or DIN 7984 (countersunk head) in galvanised steel class 8.8.
–– UNI 5588 or DIN 985 hexagon nuts (self-locking) in galvanised steel
class 8.8.
CFor the tightening valuesp. 249 a
On stainless steel connectors: cylindrical socket head screw
–– UNI 5931 in AISI 304 stainless steel .
–– UNI 5588 hexagon nuts in AISI 304 stainless steel.
On request
–– To facilitate and speed up tightening when making frequent
adjustments, you can equip the connectors with ratchet tightening
levers, available in our range of accessoriesp. 122 a.
–– Stainless steel nuts and bolts on the aluminium connectors on request.
Commodity
These are products obtained by mechanical machining and deemed
useful. However, the quantities sold do not yet justify investment in new
equipment; any blowholes on the parts should hence not be seen as failed
quality control.
Therefore, before ordering these items, you should perform tests to check
whether they are suited to the intended use and whether the mechani-
cal characteristics meet your requirements.

Surface finishing
C –– Tumbling
–– Painting
–– Chemical nickel-
plating
–– CATAPHORESIS –– Ball polishing
painting –– Electropolishing
–– Mirror polishing
Standard finishes
–– Shot peening
–– RAL painting
RAL 9005 RAL 9006 RAL 7010
Black Metallic grey Dark grey
RAL 1021 RAL 3020 RAL 2004 RAL 5015

Yellow Red Orange Blue
Estimated delivery 5 days from order acceptance (as per the table)
Other finishes are available on request

–– RAL painting as chosen by the customer
Price and code on request.
The minimum quantity is 100 pieces per colour (for lower quantities,
a lump sum of € 45.00 will be added and the estimated delivery is 10
days from order acceptance.

Surface finishing
–– Black CATAPHORESIS painting C

Painting is obtained by electrodeposition of epoxy resin
and bestows:
̵̵ High anticorrosion properties
̵̵ Good resistance against acids, alkali, hydrocarbons and chemical
substances.
Allows coating all the areas not reachable with a conventional spraying
system.
The minimum quantity is 50 pieces (for lower quantities, a lump sum
of € 45 will be added and the estimated delivery is 10 days from
order acceptance.
–– Ball polishing
Available for a minimum quantity of 50 pieces.
For lower quantities a lump sum of € 45.00 will be added and the
estimated delivery is 10 days from order acceptance.
–– Brushing
Surface and dimensional homogenization treatment carried out
by passing an abrasive cloth over the tube in a rotary movement.
–– Chemical nickel-plating (thickness 15 µm)

It is more resistant and functional than electrolytic nickel-plating
and
̵̵ Does not flake (used in the FOOD industry)
̵̵ It is more resistant to oxidation (used in the BEVERAGE industry
as an alternative to stainless steel)
̵̵ It is more pleasing to the eye
Available for a minimum quantity of 50 pieces.
For lower quantities, a lump sum of € 45.00 will be added.
Estimated delivery is 15 days from order acceptance.

Hole size
Standard sizes
–– Nominal diameters are designed for tubes available on the market,
in particular for section tubes or extruded tubes as well drawn or
ground rods with round or square section, that naturally have different
tolerances. The sizes are listed in the table in columns D1 and D2.
Special sizes
–– If you require an increased size hole, and therefore you need to widen
the standard hole as shown in the table (e.g. changing a cross-type
connector size from Ø20-Ø20 to Ø20-Ø25) you should take into account
a fixed cost € 30.00 for machine equipment an a machining cost for
each hole amounting to € 2.00 for holes with diameter from ø14 to
ø30; € 3.00 for holes with diameter from ø31 to ø39; € 4.00 for holes from
40Ø to 60Ø (prices valid only for aluminium connectors, for stainless steel
connectors on request).
Warning: pay attention to the residual thickness.
Estimated delivery 10 days from order acceptance.
–– If you require a smaller diameter hole with respect to the standard
shown the table (e.g. changing a cross-type connector size from Ø30-Ø30
to Ø30-Ø27) you will need to make reduction bushings (at the customer's
charge) or send us a request for special quantities.
–– Holes with reduced clearance can be made on request (tolerances below
standard values, e.g.: connector with 50Ø±0.02 rather than the standard
hole of Ø50.3) to obtain a better tightening torque on the tube or rod
adopted by the customer. The high precision in machining the nominal
diameter (locking holes) also allows you to create precision devices.
Minimum quantity 50 pieces.
–– If you require a square hole obtained by broaching the standard hole
in the table (e.g. on Ø15 you may obtain 12, on Ø16 14, on Ø20 16) you
should take into account a fixed cost of €30.00 for machine equipment
and a machining cost amounting to € 2.00 per hole. Estimated delivery
10 days from order acceptance.

TUTTA L’OFFERTA
B - FLEX
IN UN
UNICO VOLUME!
PDF
Adobe

www.bettsistemi.com
Diaphragm removal
C On Part 1420
Fig.1 Fig.2
Bush
4067 616396
11
8
Fig.3 Fig.4
On Part 1419
45
Fig.6
Fig.5
Fig.1,5,6 and 7: opening of eyelets and

holes for Robomec 45 mm distance between
centres;
Fig.2: hole for M8 fastening screw
Fig.3: centring bushing for Robomec groove
(8mm) and for B-flex groove (11 mm) Fig.7

Load diagram
C
Control panel supports
Carico supportato (Kg) L2
Kg
30 Diagramma riferito ad una

lunghezza L1=1000 mm.
L1
Per L1 superiori si consiglia
25 di vincolare il tubo con un
secondo morsetto.
20
1702
15
L2
10
L1
L2
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Lunghezza L2 (mm) 2551
L2 L2 L2
L3
L3
L3
L1
L1
L1
1689 4267 3873

The graph above indicates the max load supported based on the max L2 mount
length.
Example of verification:
Mount with L2=1000 mm
Applied load = 10 Kg
The graph shows that a 10 Kg load corresponds to a max L2 value =
1500 mm
L2 (1000 mm) < L2 max (1500 mm) -the mount has been VERIFIED

C Cs Screw
4.9 M5
10 M6
Cs Mt
25 M8
Vite di serraggio 50 M10 F
Cs = screw tightening torque [Nm] F = extraction force [N] M = torsional moment [Nm]
for class 8.8 steel screws on drawn rods on drawn rods
ø 10 12 14 15 16 18
10 16
Part Cs F M F F M F M F M F M F F M
855 4.9 255 3 770 650 5
984 4.9 350 4 490 530 5
985 4.9 245 3.5 630 780 6.8
1204 4.9 245 3.5 630 780 6.8
1397 10 2277 2600 20 4230 40
1397 10 1560 30
1398 25
1419 25÷50
1420 25÷50 1520 20
1450 25 4880 80 8780 90 6500 11380 130
1456 25÷50
1679 10 2150 2590 22
1679 10 3150 20
1680 10 3250 580 9.5
1690 10 3250 580 9.5
1690 10 2500 15
1712 50
1843 10 2590 22
1999 50
2355 25 11380 24
2984 25 1100 15 5530 58
3074 10 580 900 11
3165 10 580 900 11
3166 10 900 11
3238 10 580 900 11
3240 50
3241 10 2590 22
3281 10 580 900 11
3294 50
3296 50
3297 50
4063 50

To increase F and Mt
–– on request, we can provide products with cu-
C
stomised (reduced) clearance holes, to obtain
the maximum F and Mt values in relation to
the bar used by the customer
–– an anti-seizure washer can be added under
stainless the screw head
steel
20 25 27 30 40 50 60
F M F M F M F M F M F M F M
14640 210 39040 310 11380 265

4880 60 3570 52 5530 100 5200 250 6500 230 9760 290
5530 90 6507 88 3250 45 8780 300 8130 270 7480 330
5530 75
6500 109 5850 160 3250 125 5850 190 6600 420 6860 490
3250 27
39000 500 39000 1038
2350 40 8134 180
5530 90 6507 88 3250 45 8780 300 8130 270 7480 330
2600 35 3250 45 4880 92 6500 210 13000 470 14640 550

4880 92 6500 210
4880 92 6500 210
5530 90 6507 88 3250 45 8780 300 8130 270 7480 330

Characteristics of precision-cast stainless steel components
Caratteristiche componenti inox microfusi
C
C
The AISI 304 and AISI 316 stainless steel components manufactured with precision casting
processes may be slightly magnetic.
ThisI characteristic
componenti realizzati con
is a result processo
of the di microfusione
precision-casting in acciaio
production inox AISI
process, 304may
which e AISI 316 si
generate
- inpossono presentareto
the austenitizing debolmente
ferritizing magnetici.
elements relation - an austenitic structure where a small
Questaof caratteristica
quantity vienethat
ferrite is present, generata
makesdal
the processo
products produttivo di microfusione
slightly magnetic. The areaschewith
puòa
generare
greater massnel rapporto
will show an traincreased
gli elementi austenitizzanti
magnetism e gli elementi
vs thinner ferritizzanti,
areas (fig. 1). una struttura
austenitica nella quale si presenta una piccola quantità di ferrite, la quale rende i prodotti
leggermente magnetici. Le zone con maggiore massa evidenzieranno maggiormente questo
magnetismo rispetto alle zone più sottili (fig. 1).
Magnet
Magnete
Magnet
Magnete Fig.1
Fig.1
Fig.In2 fig.2
shows, by way ofaexample,
è riportato, the material
titolo d’esempio, analysis
il certificato certificate
di analilsi for the component
del materiale shown
del componente
in Fig. 1
di fig.1.
Fig.2
Fig.2
238
258 1
1 www.bettsistemi.com
www.bettsistemi.com
Tel.+39.0522.635111
Tel.+39.0522.635111
Application suggestions
Part. 1397
Part. 984 C
Part. 2012-988
Part. 1707
Part. 855
Part. 984
Part. 985
Part 3074
Part 1789 21
11
Part. 855
21
31
41
51
61
Part 1713 03
02
91
Part 1933
12
22
92
32
82
42
52
Part 3074 82
Part 1680
52
92
03
42
Part 1397
32
22
Part 1397
12
02
Part 3697
91
81
Part 1680 Part 1679
Part 1680
Part 1397
Part 1679 Part 1679
Part 1690 Part 1679

Part 1690

Characteristics of hybrid rods
Improvement characteristics vs. o10 rule and 12Ø rule or tube
-antirotazione
Patented -migliore distribuzione della

forza di serraggio del connettore
rispetto ad asta B10 (vedi schemi sotto)
Ø 5,5
-foro Ø 5,5 per filettatura
M6 a rullare
Ø 7,4
-possibilità di eseguire un
foro Ø 7,4 per filettatura M8
a rullare
Comparison of the tightening surface

unica superficie +180 % di superficie
sfruttata per serraggio sfruttata per serraggio

Characteristics of hybrid rods
C Improvement characteristics
45° 45° positioning allows:
New seats for g
positionin
0°
Less accumulation of
Easier reading of the dust and dirt
millimetre scale
45°
90°
Patent
135°
180°

Part. 1397
Part. 1680
Part. 1397
Part. 1679
Part. 1690
Part. 3074
Part. 1679

262
Column
positioners
for Setup NO
CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
Cross with pedestal on the ground

................................................................. 1 p. 264
Cross-type
................................................................. 1 p. 277
With 1 carriage
................................................................. 1 p. 293
Accessories
................................................................. 1 p. 321
WARNINGS
263
3228 Cross-type60/50Ø
with pedestal on the ground
Use: support adjustable on 2 axes with handwheel on worm screw for
frequent adjustments for marking units.
State of supply 2 nickel-plated steel columns (electrolytic nickel-
plating), trapeze screw and lead nuts in burnished steel, brass sliding
bearings, 1 aluminium carriage, 2 handwheel and 2 lever in reinforced
polyamide, 1 steel pedestal, 4 polyamide feet with galvanised steel stem,
galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Adjustmen t
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 4 line-
ar mm). Pedestal adjustable in height for handling with transpallets. with screw
Positioning accuracy: ±0.3 mm/300mm*.
Operation: STEP-BY-STEP (NO continuous operation).
Max. 120 rpm; max time: 1 (min; on/off ratio=1/10 (max 10%).
Tightening torque 50Ø = 35 Nm; 60Ø = 50 Nm
C Millimetre scale marking p. 317 .
WARNINGS
* the ACCURACY indicated is theoretical. Accuracy levels depend on
the actual conditions of use and are affected by the accuracies of the
kinematic chain - consisting of the handwheel/crank handle/revolution
counter kit or any connection joints - and by the performance of the
position control system (encoder, etc.).
Combinations a
rm
p. 328 p. 331 p. 336 p. 337 p. 339 p. 335 p. 321 2 woews
scr
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 OPERATION
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Version A B C1 C2 Th carriage colour Part. Column with €
Stock
clamp Weight
code mm mm mm mm mm and pedestal 1303 millimetre scale piece
666946 feet 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL7032 grey no no no 46 § 884,02
Part.1419
564850 feet 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL7035 grey yes
micropal.
no 46,9 § 901,71
564870 feet 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL7035 grey yes Part.1420. no 46,9 § 901,71
Part.1917+1918
564900 feet 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL7035 grey ies no 47,1 § 966,13
688769 feet 1750 700 500 500 10 RAL9006 grey no no no 52,0 §
665738 wheels 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL7032 grey no no no 50,5 § 948,20
Customisations Different carriage and pedestal colours, column stroke and length (C1= max 710 mm A = max
2000 mm). Chemical nickel-plated columns §

3228 Cross-type60/50Ø
B
C2
170
170
700
620
=
69
360°
400
Ø 50
600
5
=
100
100
170
170
50 50
Kg Kg
C1
C1
500 500
A + 164
A + 50
A
A
Ø60 Ø60 M12 grub screws
M12 grub screws for
for column column
Th locking Th locking
55 (max.90)
240
240
50
50
169
Feet with stem M16

Wheels with brake Part. 828 Ø125

(50Ø fixed) with pedestal on the ground
Use: support adjustable on the vertical axis with handwheel on worm
screw, on the horizontal axis with clamp on fixed column. For occasio-
nal adjustments on the horizontal axis.
State of supply 2 columns in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-
plating), trapeze screw and lead nuts in burnished steel, brass sliding
bearings, 1 aluminium carriage, 1 handwheel and 1 lever in reinforced
Adjustmreen t
with sc w
polyamide, 1 steel pedestal, 4 polyamide feet with galvanised steel stem,
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 4 line-
ar mm). Pedestal adjustable in height for handling with transpallets.
Tightening torque 50Ø = 35 Nm; 60Ø = 50 Nm.
C Tube technical datap. 480 .
C Millimetre scale marking p. 317 . ment
Adjustam
WARNINGS with cl p
orm
Combinations a
1 w rew
sc
p. 327 p. 331 p. 336 p. 337 p. 339 p. 335 p. 321 NO
CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
p. 104 p. 200 p. 212
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Version A B C1 C2 Th carriage colour Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm mm mm and pedestal millimetre scale kg piece

666986 with feet 1300 500 310 320 10 RAL7032 grey no 36.7 § 724,47
666996 with feet 1300 500 310 320 10 RAL9006 grey no 36.7 § 724,47
667006 with feet 1300 500 310 320 10 grey RAL7035 no 36.7 § 724,47
665748 with wheels 1300 500 310 320 10 RAL7032 grey no 41.2 § 788,64
665818 with wheels 1300 500 310 320 10 RAL9006 grey no 41.2 § 788,64
665878 with wheels 1300 500 310 320 10 grey RAL7035 no 41.2 § 788,64
Customisations Different carriage and pedestal colours, column stroke and length (C1= max 710 mm A = max
2000 mm). Chemical nickel-plated columns p. 250 §

(50Ø fixed) with pedestal on the ground
B
C2
170
170
700
620
=
69
360°
Ø 50
400
600
5
=
100
100
170
170
50 50
Kg Kg
C1
C1
500 500
A + 164
A + 50
A
A
s s
Ø60
M12 grub screw Ø60 M12 grub screw
for for
column column
Th locking Th locking
55 (max.90)
240
240
50
50
169
feet with stem M16


Use: support adjustable on 2 axes with handwheel on rack for fre-
ic
nom
quent adjustments for marking units, ergonomic (the handwheels are
on the cross unit).
State of supply 2 toothed columns in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic Ergo
nickel-plating), 1 aluminium carriage, 1 handwheel, 1 handle and 2
levers in reinforced polyamide, 1 steel pedestal, 4 polyamide feet with Rack ment
galvanised steel stem, galvanised steel nuts and bolts. adjust
Characteristics: rack pitch 3 (1 handwheel turn = 3 linear mm). Pede-
stal adjustable in height for handling with transpallets.
C Tube technical data p. 480 .
Combinations a
p. 327 p. 331 p. 336 p. 337 p. 339 p. 335 p. 198
cks
p. 104 p. 212
2 ra
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order H A B C1 C2 Th carriage colour Weight €

Stock
Version
code mm mm mm mm mm mm and pedestal kg piece
666906 A 1560÷1595 1500 650 985 480 10 nero RAL9005 38,2 § 992,88
502182 B 1613÷1638 1500 650 985 480 10 nero RAL9005 51,5 § 1060,00
599871 C 1560÷1610 1500 650 985 480 10 nero RAL9005 39,2 § 1020,00
665758 E 1664 1500 650 985 480 10 nero RAL9005 42,7 § 1030,31
Personalizzazioni colori diversi carrello e piedistallo, corsa e lunghezza colonne (A = max 2000 mm).
Nichelatura chimica colonne p. <?> §

Version “A” Version “B”
B
C2
H = A + 113÷138
piedi ø100
con stelo M12
170
133
25
ø80
170 45 185 320
620
Version “C”
=
360°
69
500
700
H = A + (60÷110)
=
55 (max 105)
565
820
piedi con stelo

M12 Ø100
170
45 620
50
Kg
C1
500
Version “D”
H = A + 60÷95
M12 grub
Ø 60 screws
for
Th column
locking
min.490
H = A + 164
55 (max.90)
300
50
Ruote con freno

159
Part. 828 Ø125

115
720
feet M12 Ø100

(fixed) with pedestal on the ground
Use: support adjustable on 2 axes with clamp on fixed column for
t
-cos
occasional adjustments for marking units.
low
State of supply 2 nickel-plated steel columns (electrolytic nickel-pla-
ting), 1 aluminium carriage, 1 handwheel, 1 handle and 2 levers in
reinforced polyamide, 1 end-stop ring for aluminium carriage, 1 steel
pedestal, 4 polyamide feet with galvanised steel stem, galvanised steel ment
Adjustam
nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: pedestal adjustable in height for handling with forklift with cl p
trucks.
Ring op
Combinations a end-st
p. 336 p. 337 p. 339 p. 335 p. 321 p. 104 p. 201
p. 212
p
h clam
wit
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Version A B C1 C2 Th Carriage, pedestal Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm mm mm and end-stop ring Kg piece

666916 with feet 1500 650 985 480 10 RAL9005 black 36.0 § 618,76
691287 with wheels 1500 650 985 480 10 RAL9005 black 40.5 § 656,20
Customisations Different carriage and pedestal colours, column stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm).
Chemical nickel-plated columns p. 250  §

(fixed) with pedestal on the ground
170
170
C2
B
820
565
=
500
700
360º
Ø50
69
=
5
170
170
50 50
Kg Kg
C1
C1
500 500
A
A
ws
M12 grub scre M12 grub
20
20
min.679 + C1
min.575 + C1
for screws for

Ø90 Ø90 column
column
Ø60 locking Ø60 locking
min.594
min.490
55 (max.90)
Th Th
300
300
50
50
159
feet with stem M12


with reinforced pedestal on the ground
Use: Support adjustable on 2 axes with handwheel on worm screw for
frequent adjustments for marking units.
Adjustmen t
with screw
ting), trapeze screws and lead nuts in phosphated steel, brass sliding
bearings, 1 aluminium carriage, 2 handwheels and 2 levers in rein-
forced polyamide, 1 steel pedestal, 4 polyamide feet with galvanised
steel stem, wheels in polyurethane (outer ring) and polyamide (core)
depending on the version (see table), galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 4 linear mm).
Pedestal adjustable in height for handling with transpallets.
C Millimetre scale marking p. 317.
WARNINGS
Combinations a
rm
2 woews
p. 328 p. 331 p. 336 p. 337 p. 339 p. 335 p. 321
scr
p. 104 p. 199
p. 212
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Column with
Order Version H A B C1 C2 Th Carriage colour Weight €
Stock
millimetre
code mm mm mm mm mm mm and pedestal kg piece
scale
638339 A 1360÷1395 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL9006 grey no 46 § 937,06
524740 B 1413÷1438 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL9006 grey no 51.5 § 997,53
638359 C 1360÷1410 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL9006 grey no 47 § 957,22
638369 D 1413 1300 510 310 310 1 RAL9006 grey no 50.5 § 984,80
Chemical nickel-plated columns p.250  §

with reinforced pedestal on the ground
Version “A” Version “B”
H = A + 113÷138
C2 piedi ø100
con stelo M12
170
133
25
170
ø80
820 45 185 320
565 620
Versione“C”
=
500
700
360°
69
=
H = A + (60÷110)
55 (max 105)
Ø 50
5
100
piedi ø100
170
con stelo M12

45 620
50
Kg
C1
500
Version “D”
H = A + 60÷95
M12 grub
screws
Ø60 for
column
locking
Sp
55 (max.90)
H = A + 113
300
50
108
ø80
Feet ø100
720 M12 115 640

C Customised cross-type positioners are

available on request of the customer
Part 1897
Part 1303
Part 1897
Part 1651
Part 1651
custom
custom

With octagonal angular idler

Part. 2283 p. 464 a
C
Part. 2125 p. 440 a Part. 1948 p. 388 a

Part. 2247 p. 445 a
Part. 2156 p. 448 a
Part. 2029 p. 323 a
Max torque
applicable: 20 Nm
Part. 2036 p. 475 a
With round angular idler

Part. 4091 p. 375 a
Max torque Part. 4090 p. 374 a
applicable: 20 Nm Part. 1948 p. 388 a
Part. 1461 p. 299 a

Part. 2657 p. 304 a

Cross-type
Ø60/60 Ø60/50
p. 277 a p. 278 a
Ø50/50 Ø40/40 Ø30/30

p. 284 a p. 286 a p. 287 a
Ø30/20 Ø30/18 Ø20/20 Ø18/18

p. 286 a p. 289 a p. 290 a p. 291 a

Cross-type
1651 Cross-type 60/60Ø

with pedestal
Use: positioning adjustable on 2 axes with handle on worm screw for
frequent adjustments. Screw
ting), trapeze screws and lead nuts in burnished steel, brass sliding be-
adjustment
arings, 1 carriage in RAL 9006 grey aluminium, 1 aluminium pedestal,
2 handwheels in reinforced polyamide, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 4 li-
near mm).
WARNINGS
Combinations a orm
2w s
e w
scr
p. 322 p. 327 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 NO
CONTINUOUS
B = C2 + 200 OPERATION
Ø60 C2
129
5
130
130
65
A = C1 + 240
L 80
30
Kg
500 126
C1
90
126
90
140
100
Ø10.5
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
14

Order A B C1 C2 L Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm mm end-of-travel stop millimetre scale kg piece

664872 510 510 270 310 120 no 11.7 ü 692,65
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out)

Cross-type
1907 Cross-type Ø50/60 reinforced

Use: position adjustable on 2 axes with worm screw for frequent
rew nt
adjustments.
ting), trapeze screws and lead nuts in burnished steel, brass sliding Sc stme
ju
ad
bearings, 1 aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
near mm).
rm
2 wo s
WARNINGS screw
CONTINUOUS NO
kinematic chain - consisting of the handwheel/crank handle/revolution OPERATION
counter kit or any connection joints - and by the performance of the sx dx
Combinations a
p. 423 p. 322 p. 324 p. 331 p. 327 p. 336 p. 337
p. 339 p. 335 p. 321 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 p. 374
p. 378 p. 438
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A B C1 C2 Th Colour Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm mm mm carriages millimetre scale kg piece

633533 510 510 310 310 5 RAL7032 grey no 12.9 § 552,19
633873 510 510 310 310 5 RAL9006 grey no 12.9 § 552,19
633883 510 510 310 310 5 grey RAL7035 no 12.9 § 552,19
658623 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL7032 grey no 20.4 § 715,60
658633 1300 510 310 310 10 RAL9006 grey no 20.4 § 715,60
658643 1300 510 310 310 10 grey RAL7035 no 20.4 § 715,60
§
Chemical nickel-plated columns p. 250 

Cross-type
1907 Cross-type Ø50/60 reinforced
50
Kg
Sliding
bearing Seat for M6
UNI 5927
grub screw
Th

Cross-type
1920 Cross-type Ø50/60 reinforced

columns (fixed)
Use: positioning adjustable on 2 axes with clampon fixed column for
t
-cos
occasional adjustments.
ting), 1 aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts and bolts. low
Combinations a
p. 336 p. 337 p. 339 p. 335 p. 104 p. 201 ment

Adjustam
with cl p
p. 212 p. 321 p. 374 p. 378 p. 438
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
recommended
at
for fixed form
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A B C1 C2 Th Carriage Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm mm mm colour millimetre scale Kg piece

634243 500 500 340 340 5 RAL7032 grey no 11.5 § 319,66
634253 500 500 340 340 5 RAL9006 grey no 11.5 § 319,66
634263 500 500 340 340 5 grey RAL7035 no 11.5 § 319,66
633993 1300 500 1130 340 10 RAL7032 grey no 19.0 § 502,97
634003 1300 500 1130 340 10 RAL9006 grey no 19.0 § 502,97
634013 1300 500 1130 340 10 grey RAL7035 no 19.0 § 502,97
Customisations Carriage RAL colour, column stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm). Customisations Different
carriage and pedestal colours, column stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm). Chemical nickel-plated §
columns p. 250 

Cross-type
1920 Cross-type Ø50/60 reinforced

columns (fixed)
50
Kg
Th

Cross-type
2583 Cross-type Ø50/60 reinforced

Use: positioning adjustable on 2 axes with handwheel on rack for
frequent adjustments.
Rack ment
adjust
State of supply 2 toothed columns in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic
nickel-plating), 1 aluminium carriage, 1 handwheel, 1 handle and 2
levers in reinforced polyamide, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: rack pitch 3 (1 handwheel turn = 3 linear mm).
Combinations a
cks
p. 336 p. 337 p. 339 p. 335 p. 321 p. 104
2 ra
p. 201 p. 212 p. 374 p. 378 p. 438

Ø 50 CONTINUOUS NO
B
C2 OPERATION
5
170
50
170
C1
Kg
500
170
A
Ø 60
Th
69
360°
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A B C1 C2 Th Colour Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm mm mm carriages kg piece

689964 1500 650 1020 480 10 RAL9005 black 18.8 ü 788,17
Products not in stock minimum order: 10 pieces, delivery in 40 days (unless stock runs out)

Cross-type

with pedestal
Use: positioning adjustable on 2 axes with handwheel on worm screw
for frequent adjustments. Adjustm ent
ting), burnished steel trapeze screws and lead nuts, brass sliding bea-
with screw
rings, 1 aluminium carriage, 1 pedestal in aluminium, 2 handwheels in
reinforced polyamide, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
near mm).
WARNINGS
Combinations a
orm
2 w ews
scr
p. 322 p. 327 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 p. 339 CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Ø50
B = C2 + 200
C2
66
5
67.5
53
A = C1 + 220
L
20 65 L
Kg
500
C1
105
74
117.5
105
74
85
Ø10.5
14
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A B C1 C2 L Colour Column with Weight €
Stock
Version
code mm mm mm mm end-stop carriages millimetre scale Kg piece
618732 510 510 290 310 67.5 RH RAL9006 grey no 10 ü 505,38
602536 510 510 290 310 67.5 RH RAL9006 grey Yes 10 § 518,55
663569 510 510 290 310 67.5 LH RAL9006 grey no 10 ü 505,38
663619 510 510 290 310 67.5 LH RAL9006 grey Yes 10 § 518,55
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery: 602536/663619 in 5 days, customizations in 15 days (unless stock runs out).

Cross-type

Use: positioning adjustable on 2 axes with handwheel on worm screw
for frequent adjustments.
Adjustm ent
State of supply 2 nickel-plated steel columns (electrolytic nickel-
plating), phosphated steel trapeze screws and lead nuts, brass sliding with screw
bearings, 1 aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
near mm).
Max. 120 rpm; max time: 1 (min; on/off ratio=1/60
WARNINGS* the ACCURACY indicated is theoretical. Accuracy levels
depend on the actual conditions of use and are affected by the
accuracies of the kinematic chain - consisting of the handwheel/crank
handle/revolution counter kit or any connection joints - and by the
performance of the position control system (encoder, etc.).
Combinations a
orm
p. 322 p. 324 p. 327 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 p. 211 2 w ews
scr
p. 374 p. 375 p. 378 p. 376 p. 438 CONTINUOUS NO
p. 339
OPERATION
sx dx
Ø50
B = C2 + 200
C2
5
65
53
A = C1 + 200
Seat for
Sliding bearing UNI 5927
20 L L
Kg
500 M6
C1
grub screw
100

Cross-type
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Column with
Order A B C1 C2 L Colour Weight €
Stock
Version millimetre
code mm mm mm mm end-stop carriages Kg piece
scale
676759 510 510 310 310 67.5 RH RAL9006 grey no 8.7 ü 443,94
676799 510 510 310 310 67.5 RH RAL9006 grey Yes 8.7 § 456,67
676839 510 510 310 310 67.5 LH RAL9006 grey no 8.7 ü 443,94
676879 510 510 310 310 67.5 LH RAL9006 grey Yes 8.7 § 456,67
Customisations Different carriage and pedestal colours, column stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm). Chemical nickel-pla-
ting for all components (column, screw, lead nut and carriage), ideal for Food/Beverage environmentsp. 250 
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery: 602536/663619 5 days,
Customizations in 15 days (unless stock runs out).
Cross-type

Use: positioning adjustable on 2 axes with worm screw for frequent
adjustments. Screw
State of supply 2 columns in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-pla- adjustment
ting), burnished steel trapeze screws and lead nuts, steel ball bearings,
1 RAL9006 grey aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
near mm).
WARNINGS
Combinations a
orm
2w s
e w
p. 322 p. 104 p. 199 p. 212 p. 374 p. 378 p. 438
scr
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
L
L L
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
Ball
bearing
L
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A B C1 C2 L Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm mm end-of-travel stop millimetre scale Kg piece

600575 506 506 310 310 70 no 6.0 § 478,73
RAL colour personalizations p. 250 Carriage, column travel and length (A = max 2000 mm). §

Cross-type

adjustments. Screw
State of supply 2 nickel-plated steel columns (electrolytic nickel-pla- adjustment
ting) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), steel trapeze screws and lead
nuts in burnished steel, ball bearings in steel, 1 carriage in RAL9006
grey aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: Tr16 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 4 linear
mm).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 330 p. 100
p. 104 p. 102 p. 119 p. 198 p. 203 p. 206 p. 208 orm

2w s
e w
scr
B=C2+184
p. 209 p. 212 CONTINUOUS NO
92
OPERATION
3
L L
L ø8
A=C1+184
4,5
Seat for
UNI5927 M3
grub screw
92
Ball
bearing
L
3
Qty Stainless steel 1+ 5+ 8+ Steel 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
QUANTITY DI- Di- nickel-
AISI 304 - -15% contact us NO NO -35% contact us
SCOUNT scounts plated
Column with
Order A B C1 C2 L Column Weight €
Stock
millimetre
code mm mm travel mm end-of-travel stop material Kg piece
scale
632548 410 410 226 226 72 nickel-plated steel no 2.6 § 478,73
632558 410 410 226 226 72 AISI304 stainless steel no 2.6 ü 478,73
Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days) carriage: RAL colour / shot peening / chemical
nickel-plating; column: stroke and length (A = max 1450 mm), trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel. §
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days (stainless steel) / 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days (nickel-plated steel).

Cross-type

adjustments.
State of supply 2 columns in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel- Screw
plating) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), trapeze screw and lead
nuts in burnished steel (30Ø), steel trapeze screw and bronze lead nut
adjustment
(20Ø), steel ball bearings, 1 RAL 9006 grey aluminium carriage, galva-
Characteristics: 30Ø column: worm screw Tr16 pitch 4 (1 handwheel
turn = 4 linear mm); 20Ø column: worm screw Tr10 pitch 3 (1 handwhe-
el turn = 3 linear mm).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 210
orm
2w s
p. 212 p. 329 p. 330 p. 104 p. 198 e w
ø20 B=C2+127,5 scr
2,5 CONTINUOUS NO
L2 ø8 OPERATION
4,5
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
A=C1+184
0,5
Kg
Ball bearing ø6
4,5
16
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
92
grub screw
ø30
L1
63,75
3
Ball bearing

L1 L2 Column with
Order A B C1 C2 Column Weight €
Stock
end-of- end-of- millimetre

code mm mm travel mm material kg piece
travel stop travel stop scale
692607 410 300 226 172.5 72 43.75 nickel-plated steel no 1.75 § 478,73
692617 410 300 226 172.5 72 43.75 AISI304 stainless steel no 1.75 § 478,73
nickel-plating; column: stroke and length (A = max 1450 mm; B = max. 1000 mm), trapeze screw and lead nut: §
stainless steel. Chemical nickel-plated columns p. 250 

Cross-type

adjustments.
ting) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), trapeze screw and lead nuts Screw
in burnished steel (30Ø), steel trapeze screw and bronze lead nut (18Ø),
ball bearings in steel, 1 carriage in RAL 9006 grey aluminium, galvani- adjustment
sed steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: 30Ø column: worm screw Tr16 pitch 4 (1 handwheel
turn = 4 linear mm); 18Ø column: worm screw Tr10 pitch 3 (1 handwhe-
el turn = 3 linear mm).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
orm
2w s
e w
scr
p. 330 p. 104 p. 198 p. 210 p. 212
ø18 B=C2+127,5
CONTINUOUS NO
2
L2
OPERATION
ø8
Seat for
4,5
UNI 5927 M3
grub screw
A=C1+184
0,5
Kg
Ball bearing ø6
4,5
16
sede per
grano M3
92
UNI5927
ø30
L1
63,75
3
27
Ball bearing
81,5

L1 L2 Column with
Order A B C1 C2 Column Weight €
Stock
end-of- end-of- millimetre

code mm mm travel mm material kg piece
travel stop travel stop scale
692627 410 300 226 172.5 72 43.75 nickel-plated steel no 1.75 § 478,73
692637 410 300 226 172.5 72 43.75 AISI304 stainless steel no 1.75 § 478,73
nickel-plating; column: stroke and length (A = max 1450 mm; B = max. 1000 mm), trapeze screw and lead nut: §
stainless steel. Chemical nickel-plated columns p. 250 

Cross-type

Use: position adjustable on 2 axes with worm screw for frequent Screw
adjustments.
State of supply 2 nickel-plated steel columns (electrolytic nickel-pla- adjustment
ting) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), trapeze screws in steel and
lead nut in bronze, ball bearings in steel, 1 carriage in RAL 9006 grey
aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
mm).
Combinations a
orm
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
2w s
re w
sc
ø20 OPERATION
B=C2+127,5
63,75
2,5
L
L L
ø6
A=C1+127,5
0,5 Seat for

4,5
16
Kg
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
ø20 Ball bearing

L
63,75
2,5

L
Order A B C1 C2 Material Column with Weight €
Stock
end-of-travel
code mm mm mm mm columns millimetre scale kg piece
stop
631448 300 300 172.5 172.5 43.75 nickel-plated steel no 1.25 § 434,41
692577 300 300 172.5 172.5 43.75 AISI304 stainless steel no 1.25 § 434,41

Cross-type

adjustments. Screw
State of supply 2 columns in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel- adjustment
plating) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), steel trapeze screws and
bronze lead nuts, steel ball bearings, 1 RAL 9006 grey aluminium car-
riage, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
mm).
Combinations a
orm
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
2w s
re w
sc
p. 330 p. 98 p. 119 p. 212 NO
B=C2+127,5 CONTINUOUS
63,75 OPERATION
2
L
L L L L
A=C1+127,5
0,5 ø6
Kg
Seat for
4,5
16
UNI 5927 M3
grub screw
L
Ball bearing
63,75
2
L
Order A B C1 C2 Material Column with Weight €
Stock
end-of-travel
code mm mm mm mm columns millimetre scale kg piece
stop
664948 300 200 172.5 72.5 51.25 AISI304 stainless steel yes 1.05 § 420,86
632528 300 300 172.5 172.5 51.25 AISI304 stainless steel no 1.25 § 434,41

With 1 carriage
Cross-type
Ø60 p. 293 a Ø 50p. 298 a
Ø40 Ø35 Ø30 Ø20 Ø18

p. 304 a p. 305 a p. 306 a p. 308 a p. 311 a
Column only
Ø60 Ø50 Ø30 Ø20 Ø18

p. 296 a
292 1 p. 302 a p. 307 awww.bettsistemi.com
p. 309 a p. 312 a
Tel.+39.0522.635111
With 1 carriage
1650 With 160Ø carriage

Use: positioning adjustable with handle on one axis with worm screw for fre-
quent adjustments.
State of supply 1 column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating), tra-
peze screw and lead nut in burnished steel, brass sliding bearings, 1 aluminium
carriage, 1 pedestal in RAL 9006 grey aluminium, 1 handle in reinforced polyamide,
WARNINGS
* the ACCURACY indicated is theoretical. Accuracy levels depend on the actual
conditions of use and are affected by the accuracies of the kinematic chain -
consisting of the handwheel/crank handle/revolution counter kit or any connection
joints - and by the performance of the position control system (encoder, etc.).
Combinations a
rew
m sc
wor
p. 322 p. 327 p. 336 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212
130 154
112 CONTINUOUS NO
60 OPERATION
129
45
110
80
74
40
Kg 126
.5 118 90
100 10
A = C1 + 240
Ø
C1
126
90
Ø 60
5
140
100
Ø10.5
90
14
126 Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+

Order A C1 Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm millimetre scale kg piece

664862 510 270 no 7.4 ü 394,57
617493 810 570 no 10.3 § 469,63
617503 910 670 no 11.3 § 494,67

With 1 carriage

Use: positioning adjustable on one axis with worm screw for frequent
adjustments.
State of supply 1 nickel-plated steel column (electrolytic nickel-plating), trapeze
screw and lead nut in burnished steel, brass sliding bearings, 1 aluminium carria-
ge, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
WARNINGS
Combinations a
rew
m sc
p. 322 p. 327 p. 336 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 wor
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6 NO
grub screw CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
Sliding bearing
40
Kg
L
100
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A C1 L Colour Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm end-of-travel stop carriages millimetre scale kg piece

664852 510 310 63 RAL9006 grey no 6 ü 287,35
620904 810 610 63 RAL9006 grey no 7.2 § 362,41

With 1 carriage

adjustments.
WARNINGS
Combinations a
rew
m sc
p. 322 p. 327 p. 336 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 wor
Seat for
CONTINUOUS NO
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw OPERATION
Sliding bearing
40
Kg
L
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock
code mm mm end-of-travel stop carriages millimetre scale Kg piece

550891 1100 900 60 RAL9006 grey no 11,6 §
642147 510 310 60 RAL9006 grey no 5.9 § 324,25

Column only
1986 60Ø column only

Use: positioning adjustable on one axis with worm screw for frequent ards
adjustments, for combination with non-standard carriages constructed by tand
on-s es
the customer. for ncarriag
State of supply column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating), trape-
ze or metric screw (see table) and lead nut in burnished steel, sliding bearings in
brass or ball bearings in steel (see table), 2 DIN 7984 M6x20 socket head screws
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 4 linear mm) or
M20 worm screw, pitch 2.5 (1 handwheel turn = 2.5 linear mm).
WARNINGS
* the ACCURACY indicated is theoretical. Accuracy levels depend on the
actual conditions of use and are affected by the accuracies of the kinematic
chain - consisting of the handwheel/crank handle/revolution counter kit or
any connection joints - and by the performance of the position control system
(encoder, etc.). m
wor
ew
Combinations a
scr
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 331 p. 327 p. 339 OPERATION
p. 335 p. 321 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 Fastening holes for carriage drive
C WARNING: the carriage you
construct and fasten to the M6
screws of the lead nut should
embrace the column like in our
100
standard versions (part 1599-

3702).
For more information, contact our
Engineering Department.
Sp.
Lead nut

Column only
1986 Ø 60 column only
M = torque required for pin rotation

Seat for
UNI 5927 M6 Sliding bearing M
grub screw
M = 5,5 Nm
Th 40
Kg
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6 Ball bearing
grub screw
M = 4,0 Nm
-30% torque required
for pin rotation
=
smoother sliding
Th
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A C1 Thickness Version Type M Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm mm bearing screw (40Kg at 150 mm) millimetre scale kg piece

654853 510 310 5 sliding Tr20 5.5 Nm no 4.9 ü 252,61
636324 910 710 5 sliding Tr20 5.5 Nm no 8.7 § 343,60
664905 1300 310 5 sliding Tr20 5.5 Nm no 12.4 § 416,03
658853 1300 310 10 sliding Tr20 5.5 Nm no 17.0 § 416,03
675888 510 310 5 with balls M20 4.0 Nm no 4.9 § 263,54
675898 910 710 5 with balls M20 4.0 Nm no 8.7 § 354,52
675908 1300 310 5 with balls M20 4.0 Nm no 8.7 § 427,50
Customisations Carriage RAL colour, column stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm). Chemical nickel-plated
columns p. 250  §

With 1 carriage
1415 With 1 50Ø carriage

Use: positioning adjustable with handwheel on one axis with worm screw for
State of supply 1 column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating), trape-
ze screw and lead nut in burnished steel, brass sliding bearings, 1 carriage in RAL
9006 grey aluminium, 1 aluminium pedestal, 1 handwheel in reinforced polyami-
de, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
WARNINGS
Combinations a
rew
m sc
p. 327 p. 336 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 p. 374 p. 375 p. 378 wor
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 438 p. 392 OPERATION

128
54
50
65
Ø 50
92
62
5 30
Kg 105
96 100 .5 98 74
A = C1 + 220
10
C1
Ø
105
74
117.5
Ø10.5
85
74
14
105
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

618722 510 290 no 5.8 ü 252,78
691727 660 440 no 6.9 § 284,71
633003 990 770 no 9.6 § 361,97

With 1 carriage

adjustments.
WARNINGS
Combinations a
rew
p. 322 p. 327 p. 336 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 p. 374 p. 375
m sc
wor
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 378 p. 438
OPERATION
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
Sliding bearing
30
Kg
L
L
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

628082 510 310 69 RAL9006 grey no 4.8 ü 223,74
698382 610 410 69 RAL9006 grey no 5.5 ü 248,75
602083 1230 1030 69 RAL9006 grey no 10.4 § 403,86
Customisations Carriage RAL colour, column stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm).
Chemical nickel-plating for all components (column, screw, lead nut and carriage), ideal for Food/Beverage §
environmentsp. 250 

With 1 carriage

WARNINGS
Combinations a
rew
p. 322 p. 327 p. 336 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 p. 374 p. 375 m sc
wor
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 378 p. 438 p. 392
OPERATION
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6 30
L
Kg
grub screw
Sliding bearing
100
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

675972 510 310 67.5 RAL9006 grey no 4.6 ü 224,94
650833 600 400 67.5 RAL9006 grey no 5.3 § 247,45
665228 610 410 67.5 RAL9006 grey no 5.4 ü 250,07

With 1 carriage

peze screw and lead nut in burnished steel, brass sliding bearings, 1 aluminium
carriage, 1 aluminium pedestal, 1 handwheel in reinforced polyamide, galvanised
C 50Ø column only.
WARNINGS
Combinations a
rew
m sc
wor
p. 327 p. 336 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
67.5
53
65
Ø50 30
Kg
65
100 105
5
74
Ø
65
50
A = C1 + 220
C1
105
74
Ø10.5
117.5
85
74
14
105
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A C1 Colour Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm carriages millimetre scale kg piece

627203 510 290 RAL9006 grey no 5.6 ü 294,99
688779 720 500 RAL9006 grey no 7,3 §
688619 1200 980 RAL9006 grey no 11,1 §

Column only
1951 50Ø column only

adjustments, for combination with non-standard carriages con- tand
structed by the customer. r non-s ges
o
f carr ia
State of supply 1 column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-
plating), burnished steel trapeze screw and lead nut, brass sliding bea-
rings, 2 DIN 7984 M6x12 socket head screws in galvanised steel.
mm).
WARNINGS
m
wor
ew
counter kit or any connection joints - and by the performance of the scr
CONTINUOUS NO
Combinations a
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 331 p. 327 p. 339 p. 335 p. 104 p. 200
C Fastening holes for carriage drive

WARNING: the carriage you construct
p. 212 p. 374 p. 378 p. 375 p. 438 p. 392
and fasten to the M6 screws of the lead
nut should embrace the column like in
Seat for our standard versions
UNI 5927 M6 (Part 1461-1697).
grub screw For more information, contact our
Sliding bearing
30
Kg
100
Lead nut

Column only
1951 50Ø column only
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

654843 510 310 no 4.0 ü 186,75
658863 610 410 no 4.8 ü 211,77
680714 710 510 no 5.6 § 236,84
679764 810 610 no 6.3 § 256,98
635984 860 660 no 6.7 § 274,32
658873 1230 1030 no 9.6 § 325,49
Column stroke and length personalizations (A = max 2000 mm, min 250 mm). Chemical nickel-plated

With 1 carriage

adjustments.
peze screw and lead nut in burnished steel, ball bearings in steel, 1 carriage in
RAL9006 grey aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Position accuracy: ±0.3 mm/300mm* travel (pitch tolerance ±0.004 mm)
Carriage play ±
WARNINGS
consisting of the handwheel/crank handle/revolution counter kit or any connection rew
m sc
wor
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 104 p. 199 p. 212 p. 392
p. 374 p. 378 p. 375 p. 438 2656

Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
Ball bearing
20
Kg
L
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+
Order A C1 L Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm end-of-travel stop millimetre scale Kg piece

590330 346 150 72 no 3,1 § 425,26
600565 506 310 72 no 4.3 § 351,00
680294 696 500 72 no 5.8 § 391,43
Column only
600555 506 310 72 no 3.9 § 318,33

With 1 carriage

adjustments.
peze screw and lead nut in burnished steel, ball bearings in steel, 1 carriage in
RAL9006 grey aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
WARNINGS
joints - and by the performance of the position control system (encoder, etc.). rew
m sc
Combinations a wor
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 322 p. 202 p. 212 OPERATION
Seat for ø35

UNI 5927 M3 Ø10
grub screw
3728
10
22
Ball bearing
15
Kg
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+
Stock
code mm mm millimetre scale Kg piece

602487 510 310 no 3.8 § 351,00
Column only
654477 510 310 no 3.4 § 318,33

With 1 carriage

adjustments.
State of supply 1 steel column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating)
or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), steel trapeze screws and bronze lead nuts,
steel ball bearings, 1 RAL 9006 grey aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts
and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329

rew
m sc
wor
p. 330 p. 104 p. 198 p. 212 p. 92 p. 382 p. 384
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Seat for
UNI 5927 M3 ø8
grub screw
4,5
Ball bearing
71
A = C1 + 194
10
Kg

Order A C1 Material Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm columns millimetre scale kg piece

631868 410 216 nickel-plated steel no 1.29 § 335,99
631858 410 216 AISI304 stainless steel no 1.40 ü 335,99
Customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days) carriage: RAL colour / shot peening / chemical nickel-
plating; column: stroke and length (A = max 1450 mm), trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel. C h e - §
mical nickel-plated columns p. 250 

Column only
1970 Ø 30 column only

adjustments, for combination with non-standard carriages constructed by the and
customer. n on-st ges
for carria
State of supply Column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating) or
AISI304 stainless steel (see table), steel trapeze screw and phosphated steel lead
nut, steel ball bearings, 2 UNI 5933 M4x10 hexagon socket countersunk head screws
in stainless steel.
Combinations a
m
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 wor
crew
s
p. 330 p. 104 p. 198 p. 212 p. 92 p. 382 p. 384 CONTINUOUS NO
Seat for OPERATION

UNI 5927 M3 ø8
grub screw C Fastening holes for carriage drive
4,5
WARNING: the carriage you construct and

Ball bearing fasten to the M6 screws of the lead nut should
embrace the column like in our standard
versions
(Part 1972-3342).
10
A = C1 + 194
Kg
5
M4
30
23
3
Lead nut
Order A C1 Material Column with Weight €
Stock
code mm mm columns millimetre scale kg piece

631618 410 216 nickel-plated steel no 1.3 § 300,43
631758 410 216 AISI304 stainless steel no 1.3 ü 300,43

With 1 carriage

adjustments.
State of supply 1 nickel-plated steel column (electrolytic nickel-plating) or AISI304
stainless steel (see table), trapeze screw and lead nut in bronze, ball bearings
in steel, 1 carriage in grey RAL9006 aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
rew
m sc
p. 330 p. 104 p. 98 p. 119 p. 212
wor
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6 NO
grub screw ø6 CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
4,5
16
Ball bearing
A = C1 + 127,5
37,75
1
Kg
ø20
2° pin
2,5 (see table)

Order code A C1 Material Column with Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins mm mm columns millimetre scale kg piece

692027 6920272 P 200 72.5 nickel-plated steel no 0.55 § 242,44
631518 6315182 P 200 72.5 AISI304 stainless steel no 0.55 § 242,44
631528 6315282 P 300 172.5 AISI304 stainless steel no 0.70 ü 256,34
Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days) carriage: RAL colour / shot peening / shot
peening. / chemical nickel-plating / stainless steel; column: stroke and length (a =1000 mm), trapeze screw and §
lead nut: in stainless steel - Nickel-plated columns p. 250 
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece (stainless steel), 8 pieces (nickel-plated steel), delivery in 20 days (unless stock runs
out).
Column only
3817 Ø20 column only

for carria
State of supply column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating) or
AISI304 stainless steel (see table), trapeze screw in steel and lead nut in bronze,
ball bearings in steel, 2 UNI 5933 M4x10 hexagon socket countersunk head screws
in stainless steel.
Combinations a
m
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 wor
crew
s
Seat for OPERATION

UNI 5927 M6 ø6
16
grub screw
4,5
Fastening holes for carriage drive

C WARNING: the carriage you construct and
Ball bearing
fasten to the M6 screws of the lead nut should
embrace the column like in our standard
versions
A = C1 + 127,5
1
(Part 4159-4205).
Kg For more information, contact our Engineering
Department.
ø20 5
2,5 M4
Lead nut
30
23

QUANTITY DI- 2° pin nickel-
Di-
(see table) AISI 304 - -20% contact us NO NO -40% contact us
Stock

Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece (stainless steel), 8 pieces (nickel-plated steel), delivery in 20 days (unless stock runs
out).
With 1 carriage
4205 With 1 cross-type 20Ø carriage

Use: positioning adjustable on 2 axes with worm screw for frequent adjustments.
State of supply 1 column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating) or
AISI304 stainless steel (see table), steel trapeze screws and bronze lead nut, steel
ball bearings, 1 RAL 9006 grey aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: Tr10 worm screw, pitch 3 (1 handwheel turn = 3 linear mm)
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
rew
m sc
p. 330 p. 198 p. 98 p. 119 p. 212 97 wor
33
Seat for CONTINUOUS NO
UNI 5927 M6 ø6
grub screw OPERATION
4,5
16
40 43,75
1
Kg
Ball bearing
A = C1 + 127,5
ø2
0
ø20
2° pin
2,5 (see table)
Stainless steel
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ Steel columns 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
columns
QUANTITY DI- Di- AISI 304 - -20% contact us nickel-plated NO NO -20% contact us
SCOUNT scounts
Stock

629707 6297072P 200 72.5 nickel-plated steel no 0.62 § 243,57
629717 6297172P 200 72.5 AISI304 stainless steel no 0.62 § 243,57
Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days) carriage: RAL colour / shot peening / shot pee-
ning. / chemical nickel-plating / stainless steel; column: stroke and length (A max. = 1000 mm), trapeze screw §
and lead nut: stainless steel. Chemical nickel-plated columns p. 250 
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece (stainless steel) / 8 pieces (nickel-plated steel), delivery in 20 days (unless stock runs out).

With 1 carriage

adjustments.
ball bearings, 1 RAL 9006 grey aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
rew
m sc
p. 330 p. 98 p. 119 p. 212 wor
CONTINUOUS NO
2x2x12 ø6 27,2
seat for tab OPERATION
4,5
16
46,25
Ball bearing
A = C1 + 127,5
1
Kg
,5
ø8
ø18
2 2° PIN
(see table)

Stock

Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days): RAL colour / shot peening./ chemical nickel-
plating; column: stroke and length (A = max 1000 mm) trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel. C h e - §
mical nickel-plated columns p. 250 

Column only
1973 Ø18 column only

for carria
State of supply column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-plating) or
AISI304 stainless steel (see table), trapeze screw in steel and lead nut in bronze, ball
bearings in steel, 2 UNI 5931 M4x6 socket head screws in stainless steel.
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329

rew
m sc
wor
p. 330 p. 98 p. 119 p. 212
CONTINUOUS NO
2x2x12 ø6
seat for tab OPERATION
4,5
16
Ball bearing Fastening holes for carriage drive

C WARNING: the carriage you construct
and fasten to the M6 screws of the lead
nut should embrace the column like in
our standard version
A = C1 + 127,5
1 (Part 1953).
Kg
5
ø18
2 M4
30
23
2° pin Lead nut

(see
Qty table)
Stainless steel 1+ 5+ 8+ Steel 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days): stroke and length (A = max 1000 mm), trapeze
screw and lead nut: stainless steel. Chemical nickel-plated columns p. 250  §

With 1 carriage

and 16Ø hole
adjustments.
ball bearings, 1 RAL 9006 grey aluminium carriage, galvanised steel nuts and
bolts.
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 382 p. 384

m
wor w
scre
p. 330 p. 198 p. 104 p. 98 p. 212
CONTINUOUS NO
62,5
seat for OPERATION
27
tab M3 ø8
4,5
10
72
Ball bearing Kg
A = C1 + 184
40
ø1
6
2° pin
3 (see table)

Stock

637339 6373392P 410 226 nickel-plated steel no 1.27 § 335,99
637349 6373392P 410 226 AISI304 stainless steel no 1.38 § 335,99
Customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days) carriage: RAL colour / shot peening / chemical nickel-
plating / stainless steel; column: stroke and length (A max. = 1000 mm), trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel.
Chemical nickel-plating for all components (column, screw, lead nut and carriage), ideal for Food/Beverage en- §
vironmentsp. 250 

With 1 carriage

and Ø20 hole
adjustments.
bolts.
Combinations a
m
wor w
scre
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 382 p. 384
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 330 p. 198 p. 104 p. 98 p. 212 OPERATION
97
seat for 33
tab M3 ø8
4,5
10
72
Ball bearing Kg
A = C1 + 184
40
ø2
0
2° pin
3 (see table)

Stock

nickel-plating / stainless steel; column: stroke and length (A max. = 1000 mm), trapeze screw and lead nut:
stainless steel. Chemical nickel-plating for all components (column, screw, lead nut and carriage), ideal for §
Food/Beverage environmentsp. 250 
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days (stainless steel) / 8 pieces (nickel-plated steel), delivery in 20
days (unless stock runs out).

With 1 carriage

and Ø30 hole
adjustments.
bolts.
Combinations a
m
wor w
scre
p. <?> p. <?> p. <?> p. <?> p. <?> p. <?> p. <?>
CONTINUOUS NO
p. <?> p. <?> p. <?> p. <?> p. <?> OPERATION
97
33
10
Kg
40 72
100
seat for
Ø
A = C1 + 184
30 tab M3 ø8
4,5
Ball bearing
Ø30 2° pin
(see table)
3
Stock

nickel-plating / stainless steel; column: stroke and length (A max. = 1000 mm), trapeze screw and lead nut:
stainless steel. Chemical nickel-plating for all components (column, screw, lead nut and carriage), ideal for §
Food/Beverage environmentsp. <?> 
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days (stainless steel) / 8 pieces (nickel-plated steel), delivery in 20
days (unless stock runs out).

C
custom

C Marking for
millimetre scale
- The millimetre scale may be marked on tubes or round bars, so as to obtain

an accurate result.
All markings must be exclusively made on stainless steel or nickel-plated
steel.
When made on positioner columns, it allows the user to check the carriage
position along its travel.
Characteristics: electrochemical marking in black colour.
- Marking max. length: 35 cm with right or left scale direction (see drawing
C Millimeter tolerance: ± 1 mm every 300 mm (the millimetres are simply an
indication; they help the operator to speed up any format changeover by providing
a reference for positioning repetition).
RH mm scale direction
0 1 2 3 4 12 13 14 15
Note: the millimetres are divided
manually through an electrochemical L
marking process, therefore there
might be small imperfection which do
not jeopardise the reading. LH mm scale direction
15 14 13 12 4 3 2 1 0
L
below).
- In the columns for positioners, the

marking is made on the side opposite
the eyelet.
- Marking price: 10€

(regardless of the length involved).
- Minimum order: 1 marking.
- Delivery: 5 days.
Example of column marking

positioner Ø18

p. 457
p. 464
p. 451
p. 453
p. 412

320
Accessories
for positioners
with column
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Handwheels and crank handles

................................................................. 1 p. 322
Revolution counter
................................................................. 1 p. 327
Various accessories
................................................................. 1 p. 332
WARNINGS
321
1897 Handwheel
with foldaway grip
Use: for manual drive of the column and profile positioners with 12ø,
8ø or 6ø pin. The foldaway grip reduces the dimensions and the risk of
movements caused by accidental impact.
State of supply black reinforced polyamide, RAL1006 yellow reinfor-
ced polyamide cover, galvanised steel insert, UNI 5927 grub screw in
burnished steel.
Combinations based on the diameter d, on 60ø, 50ø, 40ø, 35ø column
and profile positioners (see table).
Customisations Cover in RAL colour on request for adequate quan-
tities.
r
safe
customisable RAL d1
d2
drive and fastening

grub screw
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+
Order Combinations d1 d2 d3 D R L H G h S Weight €
Stock
code positioners mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece

Ø60, Ø50,
627733 Ø40, Ø35, 12 H7 28 36 125 47 65 68 8 22 M6x10 399 ü 17,50
in profile
697983 Ø30 8 H7 20 28 100 37 48 57 10 22 M3x6 164 § 14,11
697973 Ø30 8 H7 20 24 80 28 45 49 10 22 M3x6 138 ü 14,11
697963 Ø18, Ø20 6 H7 16 24 80 28 45 49 10 32 M3x6 128 ü 14,11

2029 Handwheel
Use: applied to any one of the 3 angular idler shafts, it allows move-
ment of a set of 2 or more positioners connected to each other. One
handwheel is sufficient to move the entire set.
State of supply in reinforced polyamide with galvanised steel insert, 1
UNI 5923 M5x8 grub screw in galvanised steel.
Ø200
29
57
Ø17 H7
on request
Part.1948
Part.2125
Part.2247
Part.2156
Part.2283
Part.2036
Qty 1+ 50+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts - contact us
Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
670143 430 ü 40,75

1767 Handle
with fixed grip
Use: for manual drive of the column and profile positioners with 12ø
pin. Compared to the handwheel, it makes it easier to move heavy
loads (compatible with the maximum capacity of the positioner) thanks
to a greater range of rotation.
State of supply black reinforced polyamide, anodised aluminium co-
ver, insert and UNI 5927 grub screw in burnished steel.
R
H
h
ening L
d1 drive and fast
G
d2 grub screw
S
Qty 1+ 50+
Order Combinations d1 d2 R L H G h Weight €
Stock
S
code positioners mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
Ø60, Ø50, Ø40, Ø35,
691832
in profile
12 H7 28 130 162 129 7 30 M5x10 345 ü 28,39

1983 Bossed knob

with fixed grip
Use: for manual drive of the 18ø column positioners (with 6ø, 8ø pin).
The bossing allows a secure and comfortable grip for greater sensitivity
in precision adjustments; the grip speeds up rotation for adjustments
where several turns are required.
State of supply black polypropylene knob, black polyamide grip,
brass insert, UNI 5925 grub screw in burnished steel.
D
R
H
L
d1
G
h
d2
S
drive and fastening grub screw
Qty 10+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts contact us
Order Combinations d1 d2 d3 D R L H G h Weight €
Stock
S
658823 Ø18 - Ø20 6 H9 14 20 50 17 25 19 5 19 M3x8 55 § 12,59
691277 Ø30 8 H9 17 23 60 22 25 19 5 22 M3x8 75 § 19,56
Products not in stock minimum order 10 pieces, delivery in 10 days (unless stock runs out). As an alternative, it is recommended to
use the handwheel part no. 1897 in stock.

4148 Adjustment knob

Use: for manual drive of the column and profile positioners with ø6-
ø8 pin.
State of supply black anodised aluminium, cover in RAL1006 yellow
reinforced polyamide, grub screw in burnished steel.
Combinations based on the diameter d1, on ø18, ø20, ø30 column
positioners (see table) and relative revolution counters.
fastening
Ø19 S grub screw D
5
and drive
3
on pin
L
7
h2
G1
G2
h1
Seat for grub screw d1 d3

fastening revolution d2 S
counter ring
nut to pin grub screw fastening
knob to revolution
counter ring nut
Qty 1+ 5+ 20+ 50+

Order Combinations d1 d2 d3 D L G1 G2 h1 h2 Weight €
Stock
S
code positioners Ø Ø Ø Ø mm mm mm mm mm g piece
692067 Ø18, Ø20 6 H10 19.7 31 32 23 2.8 11 5.8 17 M3x4 40 ü 10,59
691737 Ø30 8 H10 19.7 31 32 23 2.8 11 5.8 17 M3x4 40 ü 10,59

Revolution counter
1303 Revolution counter

for positioners Ø60, Ø50 and with profile
Use: indicator for numerical reading of the movements on column and
profile positioners with 12Ø pin and worm screw pitch 4.
State of supply RAL7035 grey technopolymer body, burnished steel
adapter pin, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: increasing values with clockwise rotation;
pitch 3 (1 handwheel turn = 0003 on the counter = linear 3mm) suitable
for rack positioners;
pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 0004 on the counter = 4 linear mm) suita-
ble for positioners with 1 carriage with 4 pitch worm screw;
pitch 8 for positioners with 2 opposed carriages fitted with 2 worm
screws pitch 4 (one on the right and one on the left).
53
Seat for
Possibility of Orientation UNI 5927 M6
(only for pitch 4-8 versions) grub screw
0°
ø20
90°
180°
d3
d4
270°
M
N L
Pitch 4 Pitch 8
RIGHT-SIDE WRONG-SIDE
counter counter
1 tour 1 tour
Pitch 3
3 mm
1 tour
Qty 1+ 50+ 100+

Order Combinations d3 d4 L M N Weight €

Stock
Counter Pitch
code positioners mm mm mm mm mm g piece
630307 rack RIGHT SIDE 3 10 10 31 19 33 218 § 56,00
676558 with 2.5 pitch metric screw RIGHT SIDE 2.5 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 § 34,59
676678 with 2.5 pitch metric screw WRONG SIDE 2.5 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 § 34,59
683651 with 4 pitch screw, 1 carriage RIGHT SIDE 4 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 ü 34,59
640707 with 4 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages RIGHT SIDE 8 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 § 34,59
685322 with 4 pitch screw, 1 carriage WRONG SIDE 4 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 34,59 ü
Customisations On request are made orange RAL2004 versions, with or without counter of other brands (Fiama / Elesa).

Revolution counter
1975 Revolution counter kit

for positioners Ø30, Ø20 and Ø18
Use: indicator for numerical reading of the movements on column posi-
tioners ø30 (with pin ø8 and worm screw pitch 4) and ø18/20 (with pin
ø6 and worm screw pitch 3).
adapter pin, tumbled aluminium fastening flange, galvanised steel
nuts and bolts.
pitch 3 (1 handwheel turn = 003 on the counter = 3 linear mm) suitable
for 18Ø and 20Ø positioners with 1 carriage with pitch 3 worm screw.
for 30Ø positioners with 1 carriage with pitch 4 worm screw.
for 18Ø and 20Ø positioners with 2 opposed carriages with 2 pitch 3
worm screws (one right and one left).
ble for 30Ø positioners with 2 opposed carriages with 2 pitch 4 worm 68
screws (one right and one left).
Combinations a
22 16
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326

d1
d3
d2
d4
counter counter
17 2x2x12
seat for tab
Thenar: Ø6
STANDARD
Elesa: Ø6
Fiama: Ø5
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 50+
Order Combinations d1 d2 d3 d4 Weight €
Stock
Counter Pitch
code positioners Ø Ø Ø Ø g piece
658763 with 4 pitch screw, 1 carriage RIGHT SIDE 30 14 8 8 4 142 ü 87,35
655013 with 4 pitch screw, 1 carriage WRONG SIDE 30 14 8 8 4 142 ü 87,35
666928 with 4 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages RIGHT SIDE 30 14 8 8 8 142 § 87,35
666938 with 4 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages WRONG SIDE 30 14 8 8 8 142 § 87,35
658773 with 3 pitch screw, 1 carriage RIGHT SIDE 18 14 6 6 3 142 87,35 ü
655003 with 3 pitch screw, 1 carriage WRONG SIDE 18 14 6 6 3 142 87,35 ü
667008 with 3 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages RIGHT SIDE 18 14 6 6 6 142 87,35 §
667018 with 3 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages WRONG SIDE 18 14 6 6 6 142 87,35 §
§ Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 20 days (unless stock runs out).

Revolution counter
4160 Revolution counter kit with brake

Use: indicator for numerical reading of the movements on column
positioners ø30 (with pin ø8 and worm screw pitch 4) and ø18/20 (with
pin ø6 and worm screw pitc 3), with brake for pin locking.
adapter pin, tumbled aluminium fastening flange and brake flange,
nuts and bolts in galvanised steel.
pitch 3 (1 handwheel turn = 003 on the counter = 3 linear mm)
suitable for 18Ø and 20Ø positioners with 1 carriage with pitch 3
worm screw.
suitable for 30Ø positioners with 1 carriage with pitch 4 worm screw.
88
ble for 30Ø positioners with 2 opposed carriages with 2 pitch 4 worm
screws (one right and one left). 34,5
Standard pack: 1 piece. 16
Combinations a
d4
22
50,5
d1
d2
d3
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 4,5

RIGHT-SIDE WRONG-SIDE 17 M3 UNI 5927
counter counter Brake seat for tab
lever
Thenar: Ø6
STANDARD
Elesa: Ø6
Fiama: Ø5
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 50+

Order Combinations d1 d2 d3 d4 Weight €
Stock
Counter Pitch
code positioners Ø Ø Ø Ø g piece
622488 with 3 pitch screw, 1 carriage RIGHT SIDE 20 14 6 6 3 192 § 112,00
622508 with 3 pitch screw, 1 carriage RIGHT SIDE 18 14 6 6 3 192 §
112,00
622518 with 3 pitch screw, 1 carriage WRONG SIDE 18 14 6 6 3 192 §
112,00
687578 with 3 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages RIGHT SIDE 18 14 6 6 6 192 §
112,00
687588 with 3 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages WRONG SIDE 18 14 6 6 6 192 §
112,00

Revolution counter
4161 Revolution counter kit with round angular idler

Use: angle adjustment (also where the shaft is in an uncomfortable
position) with numerical reading of movements on column positioners
ø30 (with pin ø8 and worm screw pitch4) and ø18/20 (with pin ø6 and
worm screw pitch3).
State of supply revolution counter in RAL 7035 grey technopolymer,
brake flange and flange for positioner coupling in tumbled aluminium,
small lever in RAL 7010 grey plastic, angular idler in anodised alumi-
nium with steel shafts, nuts and bolts in galvanised steel.
suitable for 18Ø and 20Ø positioners with 1 carriage with pitch 3
nob
worm screw.
h k ke
pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 004 on the counter = 4 linear mm) wintd bra
suitable for 30Ø positioners with 1 carriage with pitch 4 worm screw. a
ble for 30Ø positioners with 2 opposed carriages with 2 pitch 4 worm
screws (one right and one left).
Standard pack: 1 piece. 40 20 23 23
34,5
38
50,5
32
74
44
Brake lever
M4x8 grubrinscrew
g nut
20
fastening bushing
to reduction
d2
d1
Mounting positions 45
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 50+

Order Combinations d1 d2 Weight €
Stock
Pitch
code positioners Ø Ø g piece
622418 with 4 pitch screw, 1 carriage 30 8 4 390 § 279,99
631029 with 4 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages 30 8 8 390 § 279,99
622428 with 3 pitch screw, 1 carriage 20 6 3 390 § 279,99
631039 with 3 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages 20 6 6 390 § 279,99
622438 with 3 pitch screw, 1 carriage 18 6 3 390 279,99 §
631049 with 3 pitch screw, 2 opposed carriages 18 6 6 390 279,99 §

Various accessories
1764 Drive kit

Minimotor
Use: for motor drive of 50ø and 60ø column positioners.
State of supply painted aluminium adapter connector, steel flexible
joint, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Characteristics: - power output: 0.18 KW;
- no-load output revolutions: 70 rpm;
- nominal output torque: 18 Nm (*);
- voltage: 230/400 VAC - 50 Hz;
- current: 0.9-0.52 A;
- motor type: 2-pole, three-phase, asynchronous, IP65 protection (CEI
EN 60529).
(*) for operating torques higher than 5.5 Nm, it is advisable to pin-lock
the flexible joint with the pin of the positioner.
Standard pack: 1 piece. CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Tollerance D1
Ø50,2 +0,10
0
Ø60,2
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 D L Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm mm kg piece
691702 50.2 66 75.6 RAL9006 grey 5.2 § 564,35
691712 60.2 66 75.6 RAL9006 grey 5.2 § 570,71

Various accessories
3295 Gearmotor coupling

Bonfiglioli MVF30
Use: MVF30 gearmotor mount at the end of the column positioners.
State of supply shot-peened aluminium connector, 1 UNI 5931 socket
Combinations 30ø, 35ø, 40ø, 50ø, 60ø column positioners.
Combinations a
y
m odit
Com
p. 207
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Tolerance
D1
Ø30.2
Ø35.2 +0.20
0
Ø40.2
Ø50.2 +0.10
0
Ø60.2
Qty 4+ 8+ 48+
Order D1 D L K M N P R Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g piece
602347 30.2 56 63 68 80 3.4 44 41.4 M10x35 shot peening 342 § 37,51
602357 35.2 56 63 68 80 3.4 44 41.4 M10x35 shot peening 338 § 37,51
602367 40.2 56 63 68 80 3.4 44 41.4 M10x35 shot peening 334 § 37,51
602377 50.2 66 75 68 80 4.4 60 50.4 M10x50 shot peening 435 § 37,51
602387 60.2 66 75 68 80 4.4 60 50.4 M10x50 shot peening 396 § 41,92

Various accessories
3158 Gearmotor coupling

Fiama SERVO 1-3 R75/1
Use: for motor-drive of 45x90 octagonal positioners Part 1271-2125 and
angular idler Part 2283.
State of supply aluminium flange, aluminium fastening plate, alumi-
nium flexible joint, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
y
m odit
60
48,1 12 30
Com
30
ØD
70
Ø 44
8
100
Ø6
114
5 8
6,
Ø
Ø6,5
140
15
40 4
Ø7,5
Ø4,5
23
35
Code
662956 FIAMA gearmotor model. SERVO 1-3 R75/1
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Code
672197
Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø g piece
662956 1 pcs shot peening 423 § 359,91
672197 1 pcs shot peening 423 § 359,91

Various accessories
2983 Motor-drive kit

for gearmotor Fiama Servo.3M
Use: for pantograph positioner motorisation for format change.
State of supply the kit includes 1 burnished steel reduction bush, 1
tumbled aluminium flange, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Standard pack: 1 kit.
y
m odit
60
48,1 30
Com
30
Ø12
70
,5
Ø 20
8
100
Ø6
114
5 8
6,
Ø
Ø6,5
141
40
Ø7,5
Ø4,5
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
602786 730 § 218,40

Various accessories
2795 Support
for control panel holder
Use: support for control panels on vertical column.
Material: painted aluminium support; 2 end caps in black ABS; 1
M8x60 socket head screw , 1 rectangular nut, 4 M8 nuts with spring
Characteristics: 2 sides with grooves, 2 closed sides possibility of orien-
ting the sides with grooves towards the top or the bottom as required.
Customisations Length L on request of the customer; minimum order
1 piece, delivery in 10 days.
4 M8 nuts for
panel fastening
closed side
closed side
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 50+

Order D1 L Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm kg piece
654357 60.2 600 silver-coloured anodised 2.2 § 111,51
630025 60.2 600 RAL9006 grey 2.2 § 114,95

Various accessories
1885 Coupling for bracket fitting

Articulated with turnable flange
Use: fastening of labelling machine heads on 50ø positioners with pos-
sibility of position adjuster.
State of supply articulated connector in painted aluminium, flange
and nuts and bolts in galvanised steel.
Combinations 50ø column positioners.
20
Kg
locking
grub screw
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S T Finish
code Ø g piece
627303 50.3 M10x50 M10x40 RAL9006 grey 2062 § 184,44

Various accessories
1892 Coupling for bracket fitting

articulated
Use: articulated support for fastening coupling flanges to labelling ma-
chine heads. Applicable on 50ø positioners.
State of supply articulated connector in painted aluminium, galva-
Combinations a
p. 338
20
Kg
locking
grub screw
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S T Finish
code Ø g piece
634033 50.3 M10x50 M10x40 RAL9006 grey 1090 § 154,44
627593 50.3 M10x50 M10x40 RAL7032 grey 1090 § 154,44
634043 50.3 M10x50 M10x40 grey RAL7035 1090 § 154,44
672307 50.3 M10x50 M10x40 RAL9005 black 1090 § 154,44

Various accessories
1916 End flange

rotatable
Use: used in combination with the articulated coupling Part 1892, it
allows you to fasten the labelling machine heads on the positioners
making it possible to adjust rotation.
State of supply flange and nuts and bolts in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 337
locking
grub screw
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
633793 990 § 29,96

Various accessories
1917 Bracketing coupling

fixed
Use: labelling machine head fastening on 50ø positioners with possibi-
lity of adjusting rotation.
State of supply black anodised aluminium connector, 2 UNI 5931 M8
socket head screws in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 340
60 60
14
69
60
60
31.5
D1
14 31.5 n. 8 M6 holes
69 S
78
Part 1918
Qty 1+ 20+ 40+

Order D1 Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code Ø g piece
633903 50.3 M8x45 black anodised 620 ü 71,18

Various accessories
1918 Adaptation plate

Use: used in combination with the coupling Part 1917, it allows you to
fasten labelling machine heads on the positioners.
State of supply black anodised aluminium, 4 UNI 5933 M6 socket
head screw in galvanised steel.
Combinations a
p. 339
G
I
Qty 1+ 20+ 40+

Order Weight €
Stock
S Finish
code g piece
633913 M6x20 black anodised 239 ü 10,92

Various accessories
2003 bracket fitting 1978

Orientable Coupling for
bracket fitting 816 Reduction
bushing
coupling
Code
order
M
66123
16
M
12
Standard
824 Wheel
828 Wheel with brake 3219 base
Code Code Code
Finish
order order order
M12 M12
658201 658231 666766 black
666786 RAL9006 grey
12
12
5
5
159
159
3232 Feet and wheels 3233 Feet only 3234 Wheels only
Code Code Code
Finish Finish Finish
order order order
691247 black 667426 black 691317 black
691307 RAL9006 grey 687416 RAL9006 grey 691327 RAL9006 grey

342
Positioners for tube
format change
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
With round column with 2 carriages

................................................................. 1 p. 345
with round column

with 2 cross-type opposed carriages 1 p. 346
.................................................................
with round column

with 2 pedestal-type opposed carriages 1 p. 347
.................................................................
WARNINGS
343
Column only
2991 Ø 60 column only

with opposed worm screws
Use: positioning with opposed movement adjustable with worm screw
in combination with non-standard carriages constructed by the cu-
stomer.To reduce set-up times for format changeover (e.g. long packa-
ging lines or bundling machine outfeed lines).
State of supply 1 column in nickel-plated steel, steel trapeze screws
and lead nuts, 4 DIN 7984 M6x20 screws in galvanised steel.
mm on each carriage).
WARNINGS
Ø60
CONTINUOUS NO
Combinations a pitch 8
Sliding
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 bearing Seat for
UNI5927
M6 grub
A = 2 x C1 + 292 screw
90
RH
LH
Version with 1 pin

LH
(standard):
RH
2nd pin
(see table) outcoming pin
positioned on the
side of the screw
with right threading
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order code A C1 Column with Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins mm mm millimetre scale kg piece

615136 6151362 P 510 109 no 4.8 § 294,90
Extra charge for versions with 2 pins (2P): 10 €
Carriage customizations: RAL colour /shot peening./chemical nickel-plating/stainless steelp. 250 ; co-
lumn: stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm), chemical nickel-plated columnsp. 250  §

With 2 carriages
2994 With 2 opposed 60Ø carriages

Use: positioning with opposed movement adjustable with worm
screw. To reduce the setup time for format change (e.g. long packaging
lines or bundling machine outfeed lines).
State of supply 1 nickel-plated steel column (electrolytic nickel-pla-
ting), steel trapeze screws and lead nuts, 2 grey RAL 9006 aluminium,
Positioning accuracy: Each carriage has a travel of ±0.3 mm/300mm*
WARNINGS
Ø60
the actual conditions of use and are affected by the accuracies of the CONTINUOUS NO

Combinations a passo 8
Ball bearing
Seat for
UNI5927
grub screw
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212
A = 2 x C1 + 310
C1 C1
80
Version with 1 pin

(standard):
RH
2nd pin
outcoming pin
(see table)
positioned on the
side of the screw
RH
LH
LH
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

615146 6151462 P 510 100 no 7.9 § 427,84

With 2 cross-type opposed carriages
4302 with 2 cross-type opposed 60Ø carriages

WARNINGS
Ø60
CONTINUOUS NO
counter kit or any connection joints - and by the performance of the OPERATION
Combinations a
Ball
bearing Seat for
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 UNI5927
grub
screw
A = 2xC1 + 292
59
C1 Min.90 C1 8
Ø60
Ø12
5 0
Ø6 16
169
65
Version with 1 pin

52
(standard):
2nd pin outcoming pin
RH
80 60
LH
(see table) positioned on the

side of the screw
80
DX-RH
SX-LH
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

687098 6870982 P 510 109 no 7.8 § 427,84
Extra charge for versions with 2 pins (2P): 10€
Carriage customizations: RAL colour /shot peening./chemical nickel-plating/stainless steelp. 250 ; column:
stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm), chemical nickel-platingp. 250  §

With 2 pedestal-type opposed carriages
4303 With 2 60Ø carriages with pedestal

WARNINGS
Ø60
OPERATION
Combinations a Ball
bearing Seat for
UNI5927
grub
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 201 p. 212 screw
A = 2xC1 + 280
Ø60 8
Ø12
C1 Min.200 C1 40
5
16
100
Version with 1 pin

(standard):
63
126 outcoming pin

RH
2nd pin
LH
Ø1 90 (see table) positioned on the

0,5
side of the screw
90
DX-RH
SX-LH
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

687108 6871082 P 510 115 no 7.8 § 427,84

Column only
2990 One-way Ø50 column only

State of supply 1 nickel-plated steel column, steel trapeze screws and
lead, 4 DIN 7984 M6x12 screws in galvanised steel.
WARNINGS
Ø50

p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 201
p. 212 p. 374 p. 378 p. 375 p. 438 p. 215

A = 2 x C1 + 292 Sliding
bearing Seat for
C1 90 C1 UNI5927
M6 grub
screw
LH
RH
LH
2nd pin
(see table) Version with 1 pin (standard):
outcoming pin positioned on the
RH
side of the screw with right threading
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock
615106 6151062 P 510 106 no 4.0 § 248,34

www.bettsistemi.com
With 2 carriages
2993 With 2 opposed 50Ø carriages

ting), steel trapeze screws and lead nuts, 2 aluminium carriages, gal-
vanised steel nuts and bolts.
WARNINGS
Ø50

p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 p. 374 p. 378
p. 375 p. 215 p. 438

Sliding Seat for
bearing UNI5927
M6 grub
screw
2nd pin
(see table)
Version with 1 pin (standard):
RH

LH
RH
LH
side of the screw with right

threading

With 2 carriages
2993 With 2 opposed 50Ø carriages

Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock
code 2 pins mm mm millimetre scale kg piece
615116 6151162 P 510 109 no 5.5 § 332,94
654377 6543772 P 600 154 no 6.4 § 352,10
614347 6143472 P 1800 754 no 15.6 § 579,09
Column customisations: stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm) Chemical nickel-plating for all components
(column, screw, lead nut and carriage), ideal for Food/Beverage environments p. 250  §
carriage: RAL colour /shot peening./chemical nickel-plating/stainless steelp. 250 

4304 with 2 cross-type opposed 50Ø carriages

WARNINGS
Ø50

Combinations a
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 p. 374 p. 378
p. 375 p. 438
59 Ball
Seat for
bearing
Min.90 UNI5927
M6 grub
screw
143
46 53
2nd pin 65 68,5

LH
(see table)
RH

DX-RH
SX-LH

4304 with 2 cross-type opposed 50Ø carriages
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock
687118 6871182 P 510 109 no 5.45 § 332,94


WARNINGS
Ø50
CONTINUOUS NO
counter kit or any connection joints - and by the performance of the OPERATION
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 331 p. 104 p. 200 p. 212 p. 374 p. 438
Ball Seat for

bearing UNI5927
Min.170 51 M6 grub
screw
105 2nd pin 85

LH
Ø10 74 (see table)

,5
RH

74
DX-RH
SX-LH
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Stock

687128 6871282 P 510 122.5 no 5.5 § 332,94

Column only
2988 One-way 30Ø column only

plating) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), steel trapeze screw and
lead nut in phosphated steel, ball bearings in steel, 4 UNI 5933 M4x10
screws in stainless steel.
C Millimetre scale marking p. 317 . Ø30
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 328 p. 100 p. 104 p. 198 p. 212 p. 215
Ball
A = 2 x C1 + 248 bearing
Seat for
54 UNI 5927 M3
grub screw
ø8
4,5
DX-RH
SX-LH
SX-LH
2nd pin
(see table) Version with 1 pin (standard):
outcoming pin positioned on
DX-RH
the side of the screw with

right threading

Stock

Products not in stock min. order 1 piece, delivery in 20 days (stainless steel) / 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days (nickel-plated steel)

With 2 carriages

plating) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), phosphated steel trapeze
screw and lead nut, steel ball bearings in steel, 2 RAL 9006 grey alumi- Part.1897
nium carriages, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Ø30
Part.1975
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 328 p. 100 p. 104 p. 198 p. 212 p. 215 p. 382 p. 384
Ball bearing
A = 2 x C1 + 248
Seat for
C1 Min.54 C1 UNI 5927
M3 grub
screw
ø8
4,5
71
SX-LH
2nd pin
(see table)
DX-RH
Version with
1 pin (standard):
DX-RH
SX-LH
outcoming pin positioned

on the side of the screw
scounts AISI 304 - -20% contact us NO NO -40% contact us
SCOUNT plated
Order code A C1 Revolution Material Column with Weight €
Stock
Handwheel
1 pin 2 pins mm mm counter columns millimetre scale kg piece
520291 5202912P 500 126 yes yes acc. inox AISI304 no - §
637979 6379792P 650 201 no no AISI304 s. steel no 2.0 § 432,40
637989 6379892P 670 211 no no AISI304 s. steel Yes 2.0 § 441,32
637999 6379992P 800 276 no no AISI304 s. steel no 2.3 § 451,66
638009 6380092P 650 201 no no nickel-plated steel no 2.0 § 432,40
638019 6380192P 670 211 no no nickel-plated steel Yes 2.0 § 441,32
638029 6380292P 800 276 no no nickel-plated steel no 2.3 § 451,66
Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days): RAL colour /shot peening./chemical nickel-plating/
stainless steelp. 250 ; column: stroke and length (A = max 2000 mm), chemical nickel-plated columnsp. 250  §


screw and lead nut, steel ball bearings in steel, 2 RAL 9006 grey alumi-
Ø30
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 328 p. 100 p. 104 p. 198 p. 212 p. 215 p. 382 p. 384
Ball
bearing
Ø30
A = 2xC1 + 248 Seat for
Min.54 26
UNI 5927 M3
2 grub screw
C1 C1
ø8
6
Ø1
49,3
4,5
81,5
36 79
32,2
2nd pin
SX-LH

DX-RH
(see table)
outcoming pin positioned on the side
of the screw with right threading
40
DX-RH
SX-LH

Stock

638039 6380392P 670 211 AISI304 stainless steel no 2 § 441,32
638049 6380402P 670 211 nickel-plated steel no 2 § 441,32
Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days): RAL colour /shot peening./chemical nickel-
plating/stainless steelp. 250 ; column: stroke and length (A = max 1450 mm), chemical nickel-platingp. §
250 


screw and lead nut, steel ball bearings in steel, 2 RAL 9006 grey alumi-
Ø30
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 328 p. 100 p. 104 p. 198 p. 212 p. 215 p. 382 p. 384

CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
Ball
bearing
Seat for
A = 2xC1 + 248 UNI 5927
M3 grub
Ø30 screw
C1 Min.104 C1
2 ø8
4,5
60 2nd pin 50 72

SX-LH
Version with
DX-RH
(see table) 1 pin (standard):

42
Ø6, outcoming pin positioned
5
42
DX-RH
SX-LH

Stock

250 

Column only
3849 Column only Ø20 2-way, with fixed distance between centres
with 4 opposed worm screws
screw in combination with non-standard carriages constructed by
the customer.To reduce set-up times for format changeover (e.g. along
2 packaging lines with fixed distance between centres or bundling ma-
chine outfeed lines).
State of supply column in nickel-plated steel (electrolytic nickel-
bronze lead nuts, steel ball bearings, 8 UNI 5933 M4x10 hexagon socket
countersunk head screws in stainless steel.
Characteristics: worm screw Tr10 pitch 3 (1 handwheel turn = 3 linear
Ø20
Combinations a NO
CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
Column only
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 396 p. <?>
Ball
bearings
Seat for
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 p. 119 p. 397 p. 215 UNI5927
M3 grub
A = 4 x C1 + 245 screw
62,5 40 40 40 62,5
ø6
4,5
RH
LH
16
I
SX-LH
Fixed distance 30
between track centres Version with 1 pin
ø20 23 (standard):
RH

2nd pin on the side of the screw
(see table) 2,5
5
M4

Order code A C1 I Material Column with Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins mm mm mm columns millimetre scale kg piece

637788 6377882P 855 152.5 385 nickel-plated steel no 1.70 § 436,77
637798 6377982P 855 152.5 385 AISI 304 stainless steel no 1.70 ü 436,77
Carriage customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days): RAL colour / shot peening / chemical nickel-
plating; column: stroke and length (A = max 1000 mm), chemical nickel-platingp. 250 ; trapeze screw and §
lead nut: stainless steel p. 248 .
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery 15 days (stainless steel) / 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days (nickel-plated steel).

With 2 carriages

one-track
State of supply 1 column in nickel plated steel (electrolytic nickel-
plating) or AISI304 stainless steel (see table), trapeze screws in steel and
lead nut in bronze, ball bearings in steel, 2 carriages in RAL 9006 grey
Combinations a
Ø20
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 396 p. <?>
Ball
bearings
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 p. 119 p. 397 p. 215 Seat for
UNI5927 M3
ø20 A = 2 x C1 + 177 grub screw
ø6
2,5
4,5
16
52 36,5 Version with 1 pin (standard):

LH
2nd pin 35 outcoming pin positioned on the

RH
(see table) side of the screw with

right threading
70
DX-RH
SX-LH
Stainless steel
columns
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts AISI 304 - -5% contact us nickel-plated NO NO -10% contact us
Stock

AISI 304 stainless
637468 6374682P 470 146.5
steel
no 0.98 § 352,22

250 ; trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel p. 248 .


one-track
Use: positioning with adjustable opposed movement with worm
screw. To reduce set-up times for format changeover (e.g.: long packa-
riages, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
Ø20
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 330 p. 396
p. 176 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 p. 119 p. <?> p. 397 p. 215

ø20 A= 2 x C1 + 165 Version with 1 pin (standard):
RH
C1 Min.40 C1
2,5 side of the screw with right threading
30 6 Ball
Ø1
25
bearings Seat for

UNI5927
80
M3 grub
DX-RH
SX-LH
screw
27,5
ø6
2nd pin
LH
(see table) 30 47,5

4,5
16
30
Stainless steel
columns
Stock

AISI 304 stainless
666278 6662782P 470 152.5
steel
no 0.98 ü 356,59

250 ; trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel p. 248 ..

p.<?>
p.365
p.<?>
p.333
p.<?>
p.330

Ø20
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 396 p. <?>
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 p. 119 p. 397

Ball
bearing Seat for
ø20 A = 2 x C1 + 165 UNI5927
M3 grub
Min.100 32,5 screw
2,5
50
ø6
4,5
16
60
2nd pin Version with 1 pin
42
LH
RH
(see table) (standard):

Ø6,
5 outcoming pin positioned
60
42
DX-RH
SX-LH
Stainless steel
columns
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts AISI 304 -10% -15% nickel-plated -10% -15% contact us
Stock

687158 6871582P 470 146.5 nickel-plated steel no 1 § 352,22
687178 6871782P 470 146.5 AISI 304 stainless steel no 1 § 352,22
plating/stainless steelp. 250 ; column: stroke and length (A = max 1000 mm), chemical nickel-platingp. 248 §
; trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel.

Column only

bronze lead nuts, steel ball bearings, 4 UNI 5933 M4x10 hexagon socket
countersunk head screws in stainless steel.
Ø20
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 396 p. <?>
Ball
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 p. 119 p. 397 p. 215 bearings
A = 2 x C1 + 165 Seat for UNI5927

M3 grub screw
ø20 62,5 40 62,5
ø6
2,5
4,5
16
DX-RH
LH
30
LH
23 Version with 1 pin (standard):

2nd pin outcoming pin positioned on the
RH
(see table) side of the screw with

5
right threading
M4
Stainless steel
columns
Stock

AISI 304 stainless
637448 6374482 P 470 152.5
steel
no 0.78 ü 303,58

250 ; trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel.

With 4 carriages

two-way, fixed distance between centres
screw. To reduce the setup time for format change (e.g. along 2 packa-
ging lines with fixed distance between centres or bundling machine
outfeed lines).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 396 p. <?> Ø20

CONTINUOUS NO
Version with 1 pin
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 p. 119 p. 397 OPERATION (standard):
RH
outcoming pin
A = 4 x C1 + 269
positioned on the
side of the screw
Ball
bearings
RH
LH
Seat for
I UNI5927
Fixed distance M3 grub
between track centres screw
LH
ø20
ø6
2nd pin
(see table) 4,5
2,5
16
Stainless steel
columns
Order code A C1 I Material Column with Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins mm mm mm columns millimetre scale kg piece

650328 6503282 P 855 146.5 385 nickel-plated steel no 2.00 § 534,07
650338 6503382 P 855 146.5 385 AISI 304 stainless steel no 2.00 ü 534,07


two-way, fixed distance between centres
Use: positioning with opposed movement adjustable with worm screw.
To reduce the setup time for format change (e.g. along 2 packaging
lines with fixed distance between centres or bundling machine outfeed
lines).
riages, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 p. 330 p. 396 p. 215 Ø20

CONTINUOUS NO
p. 176 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 p. 119 p. <?> p. 397 OPERATION

Version with 1 pin
(standard):
RH
outcoming pin
A = 4 x C1 + 269
positioned on the
C1 C1 C1 C1 side of the screw
6 with right threading
Ø1
25
Ball
80
bearings Seat for

LH
RH
UNI5927
30 M6 grub
27,5
I screw
Fixed distance
LH
between track centres

ø6
ø20 30 89
2nd pin 4,5
(see table)
30
2,5 16
Stainless steel
columns
Column with
Order code A C1 I Material Weight €
Stock
millimetre
1 pin 2 pins mm mm mm columns kg piece
scale
plating; column: stroke and length (A = max 1000 mm), chemical nickel-platingp. 250 ; trapeze screw §
and lead nut: stainless steel

Column only

bronze lead nuts, steel ball bearings, 4 UNI 5931 M4x6 socket head
Ø18
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
Ball
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 bearings
A = 2 x C1 + 165 Seat for
ø18 UNI5927 M3
grub screw
62,5 40 62,5
2
ø6
4,5
LH
RH
30 16
23
2nd pin
LH
(see table)
RH

5

M4
Stainless steel
columns
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts AISI 304 -10% -15% nickel-plated -10% -15% contact us
Stock

637358 6373582 P 470 152.5 AISI 304 stainless steel no 0.78 ü 303,58
Column customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days): stroke and length (A = max 1000 mm), chemical
nickel-platingp. 250 ; trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel. §

With 2 carriages

one-track
Ø18
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
ø6
Seat for
4,5
UNI5927 M3
16
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212
grub screw
A = 2 x C1 + 165
Ball bearings
2
LH
RH
45
27,2
2nd pin Version with 1 pin

LH
(see table) (standard):

RH
outcoming pin
positioned on the side
of the screw with
right threading
Stainless steel
columns
Stock

and lead nut: stainless steel.


one-track
Ø18
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 OPERATION
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212

ø18 A= 2 x C1 + 165 Version with 1 pin (standard):
RH
C1 Min.40 C1
2 side of the screw with right threading
30 6 Ball
Ø1
25
bearings
Seat for
80
UNI5927
DX-RH
SX-LH
M3 grub screw
27,5
SX-LH
ø6
2nd pin 30 47,5
(see table) 4,5
16
30
Stainless steel
columns
Stock



Ø18
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
Ø6
Seat for
UNI5927 M3
4,5
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212
16
A = 2 x C1 + 165 grub screw
Ø18
C1 Min.90 C1 37,5 Ball bearings

2
40
50
2nd pin
38 (see table) Version with 1 pin (standard):
LH

RH
Ø5,
5 side of the screw with right threading
38
DX-RH
SX-LH
Stainless steel
columns
Stock


Column only
3852 18Ø column only 2-way

Fixed distance between centres, with 4 opposed worm screws
bronze lead nuts, steel ball bearings, 8 UNI 5931 M4x6 socket head
Ø18
Combinations a NO
CONTINUOUS
OPERATION
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329

Ball
bearings
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212 Seat for

UNI5927 M3
A = 4 x C1 + 245 grub screw
62,5 40 40 40 62,5
ø6
4,5
RH
LH
I 16
Fixed distance
30
LH

ø18 23 outcoming pin positioned on the
RH
2nd pin side of the screw with right threading

(see table)
2
5
M4
Stainless steel
columns
Column with
Order code A C1 I Material Weight €
Stock
millimetre
1 pin 2 pins mm mm mm columns kg piece
scale
Column customisations (Min. Qty 8 pieces, delivery in 20 days): stroke and length (A = max 1000 mm), chemical
nickel-platingp. 250 ; trapeze screw and lead nut: stainless steel. §

With 4 carriages

2-way, with fixed distance between centres
outfeed lines).
Combinations a
Ø18
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212
RH
A = 2 x C1 + 245
Ball
bearings
Seat for
LH
RH
UNI5927 M3
grub screw
27,2
I
LH
2nd pin Fixed distance

ø6

(see table)
4,5
2 16
Stainless steel
columns
Di-
QUANTITY DISCOUNT AISI 304 - -5% contact us nickel-plated NO NO -10% contact us
scounts
Stock
I+mm
AISI 304 stainless
650378 6503782 P 855 152.5 385
steel
no 2.00 ü 534,07

and lead nut: stainless steel.

4311 with 4 cross-type opposed Ø18 carriages

outfeed lines).
Combinations a
Ø18
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326 p. 328 p. 329 OPERATION
Version with 1 pin

(standard):
RH
p. 330 p. 98 p. 104 p. 212
A = 4 x C1 + 245 on the side of the
C1 screw with right threading
C1 C1 C1
6 Ball
Ø1 25
bearings
80
Seat for
DX-RH
SX-LH
UNI5927
30 M6 grub
27,5
I screw
Fixed distance
LH
between track centres 30 89
ø6
ø18
2nd pin
(see table) 4,5
30
2 16
Stainless steel
columns
Di-
QUANTITY DISCOUNT AISI 304 - -5% contact us nickel-plated NO NO -10% contact us
scounts
Order code A C1 I Column Column with Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins mm mm mm material millimetre scale kg piece


Accessories
4090 Angular idler

round, 2-way
Use: applicable to 2 or more column positioners with round cross-
section when you want to synchronise their movements with each other.
State of supply stainless steel clamps, stainless steel shafts and gears,
anodised aluminium spacer, 2 4x24 flexible pins, 2 M8x80 socket head
screws in galvanised steel.
Maintenance: not required, lubricated for life.
Standard pack: 1 piece
C Technical data p. <?> .
C On request, positioners with the idlers already mounted can be
supplied.
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 299 p. 300 p. 302 p. 304 p. 438 p. 392 p. 387 OPERATION
136,2
84 5x5x20 tab
26,1 26,1
D4 D5
Ø17
D4
78
M6
14,5
153,5
75,5
44
D1
D2
D3
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Nominal Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø transmissible torque (Nm) kg piece
672247 40.2 66 80 56 39.5 20 shot peening 1.75 § 279,21
672287 50.3 66 80 56 39.5 20 shot peening 1.70 § 279,21
Customisations If you wish to have an angular idler fitted to the positioner, specify it at the time of order.

Accessories
4091 Angular idler

round , complete
Use: applicable to 2 or more column positioners with round cross-sec-
tion when you want to synchronise their movements with each other.
State of supply aluminium clamps, steel shafts and gears, anodised
aluminium spacer, galvanised steel nuts and bolts, 5x20 flexible pin in
burnished steel, complete with handle and revolution counter.
C Technical data p. <?> .
supplied.
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 299 p. 300 p. 302 p. 304 p. 438 p. 392
Tab 5x5x20
277,7
26,2 69,5 2 51 129
D4 D5
78
M6
Ø17
154
14,5
130
75,5
44
D1
D2
D3
Part. 1767
Part. 1303
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Stock
Finish
672367 40.2 66 80 56 39.5 20 shot peening 2.20 § 451,43
672407 50.3 66 80 56 39.5 20 shot peening 2.15 § 451,43

Accessories
4570 Angular idler

round with revolution counter and handwheel
Use: applicable to 2 or more column positioners when you want to syn-
chronise their movements with each other and you need to activate the
positioners remaining in lateral position with respect to the positioner
line.
aluminium spacer, galvanised steel nuts and bolts, 5x20 flexible pin
in burnished steel. Complete with handwheel and revolution counter.
Characteristics: possibility of connecting the positioners at different Left Version
heights, with an adjustment angle up to ±90°. Right Version
On request, positioners with the idlers already mounted can be sup-
plied.
CONTINUOUS NO
Combinations a
OPERATION
p. 299 p. 300 p. 438 p. 302 p. 304 p. 392 216

41,9 80,3
26,1
D4
Ø17
42
60
D5
78
153,5
M6
43 48 Ø
20
0
75,5
48
Adjustment
44
60
up to ± 90°
D1
D2 152
20
D3
Application example with Part.4071
235,5
194,5
The drawing
shows the
left version

Accessories
4570 Angular idler

round with revolution counter and handwheel
C Application diagram
Part. 1948 Part. 1948

Part. 4571 Part. 4571
Part. 4090 Part. 4090
Part. 4570
versione SX
Part. 1461
Part. 2657
Side drive with

respect to the
e
positioner lin
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Nominal
Order D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Weight €
Stock
Version transmissible Finish

code Ø Ø Ø Ø Ø kg piece
torque (Nn)
610759 40.2 66 80 56 40 RH 10 shot peening 3.33 § 706,06
610769 40.2 66 80 56 40 LH 10 shot peening 3.33 § 678,91
610779 50.3 66 80 56 40 RH 10 shot peening 3.28 § 678,91
610789 50.3 66 80 56 40 LH 10 shot peening 3.28 § 678,91

Accessories
4166 Angular idler

round , 90°
Use: applicable to 2 or more column positioners, connected with a 90°
angle, when you want to synchronise their movements with each other.
aluminium spacer, galvanised steel nuts and bolts, 5x20 flexible pin in
burnished steel.
Characteristics: possibility of connecting the positioners at different
heights, with an adjustment angle up to ±90°.
supplied.
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 299 p. 300 p. 302 p. 304 p. 438 p. 392
adjustable 216
Tab up to ± 90° 26,1 164
5x5x20 20
Ø17
Ø17
42
60
D4
78
M6
M6
153,5
23 D5
75,5
42
44
60
D1
the drawing is
D2 the LH version
D3
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Stock
Version Finish
692117 40.2 66 80 56 40 RH 10 shot peening - § 509,18
692127 40.2 66 80 56 40 LH 10 shot peening - § 509,18
692137 50.3 66 80 56 40 RH 10 shot peening - § 509,18
692147 50.3 66 80 56 40 LH 10 shot peening - § 509,18

Accessories
4166 Angular idler

round , 90°
C
For application on positioners with the same height
Part 4166
LH
Part 4090
p. 374 a Part 4166
p. 378 a
RH
Part.1461
p. 299 a Positioners
with RH screw
Part 3824
p. 387 a Part 4090
p. 374 a
Part.1419
p. 212 a
For application on positioners with different heights

adjustable
up to ± 90°
Part.4091
p. 375 a

C For application on positioners with the same height
Part.4166 RH
p. 382 a
Part.4090
Part.4166LH
p. 382 a
p. 378 a
Part.1461
p. 299 a
RH
Part.4570 Part.4090
p. 380 a p. 378 a
Part.4166 LH
p. 382 a
Part.1419
p. <?> a Part.4166
RH
p. 382 a

Cambio formato a tubo accessori
C
Legend
I= Interasse posizionatori
L L= Lunghezza albero di trasmissione
Mod.1
Mod.4
L = I3-88
I3
I3
Mod.2 Mod.5
L = I3-88 L = I3-168
I3
I3
Mod.3 Mod.6 L = I3-248

L = I3-168
I3
I3

Accessories
4675 Angular idler for column Ø30
round 3-way
Use: applicable to 2 or more column positioners
with round cross-section when you want to synchro-
nise their movements with each other. 3
Material complete with adapter for positioner pin;
aluminium idler body; AISI 304 stainless steel shafts
and phosphated steel gears.
Reduction ratio i=1.
Output angular clearance: ≈1° 1
Patent
ack
Max. 120 rpm with max torque of 5 Nm.
2
3-tr
Max. 70 rpm with torque between 5.1 and 10 Nm.
Max time: 1 (min; on/off ratio=1/10 (max 10%).
positioners with the idlers already mounted can be CONTINUOUS NO
supplied. OPERATION
Combinations a
p. 384 p. 386
170
39 57,5 73,5 46
16,5 10
Ø5
1
62,5
53,5
30
Ø5
111
Ø15
48,5
28
Ø30,2
Ø40
positioner Ø30
60
Qty 1+ 8+ 16+ 20+
Order Nominal Weight €
Stock
Finish
code transmissible torque (Nm) kg piece
640249 10 shot peening 1.50 § 105,02
550680 10 Cataphoresis painting RAL 9005 1.50 § 105,02

Accessories
4675
Ø30 positioner synchronisation
Complete synchronisation kits are available on request with a fixed distance between
positioner centres With positioner columns in stainless steel: minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days.
Positioners
items
VERTICAL
Upper
containment
guide
adjustment
d
nt-size
Differe ns
ca
50
0
ma
x.
rec 100
om 0
me
nde
d
ma
x.
rec 100
om 0
me
nde
d
50
0
a
Part 1767 Part 4584 p. 382 p. 384
p. 198 p. 313 p. 98

Accessories
4632 Transmission shaft

telescopic and constant-velocity type
Use:fitted on the angular idler pins, it transmits synchronised and not
aligned movement to 2 positioners. Patent
State of supply 1 fixed sleeve polyamide body, 1 removable sleeve
polyamide body, 1 stop ring for removable sleeve in shot-peened Za-
mak, 1 stiffening ring in AISI 304 stainless steel, 1 aluminium tube.
Combinations a
c opic
p. 430 p. 466 Teles
L=D+15
Ø35 20 L-56 36
Ø30
R Ø15
2,
5
Ø28
20
D
Fixed Removable
25,7 Max 18
±3°
To order other sizes to design, use the order code below:
Order code
4632 L lunghezza L in mm
Example Transmission shaft L = 1000 mm

4632 L 1 0 0 0 Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 12+
Order Weight €
Stock
Nominal transmissible torque (Nm) Tube finish

code g piece
4632L1000 20 15µm anodised 580 § 40,94
Customisations Lengths (L) under 1000 cut to size, lengths (L) over 1000 can be supplied subject to verification of the required
torque, other finishes on request p. 250 

Accessories
4632 Transmission shaft

telescopic and constant-velocity typeC
Stop ring Removable sleeve
Fixed sleeve
5
D+1
L=
Step 1 – Fit the transmission shaft on the angular idler.

20 ~2
Ø30
Ø28
If the tube is too long, you can easily cut it while fitting
using a standard saw
Step 2 – Turn the shaft and check the length.

Misalignment
25,7 Max 18
max 3°
Step 3 – Connect the transmission shaft to the angular idler pulling the telescopic bush out of the shaft.
Step 4 – Position the stop ring flush on the tube and screw it into place.

Accessories
4710 Fixed transmission joint

Use: fitted on the angular idler pins, it transmits synchronised and not
Characteristics: it allows connecting angular idlers with a smaller
distance between centres than the telescopic and constant-velocity
transmission shaft (part 4632.
Combinations a L (min.34 - max. 75)
±3°
e s
anc
Ø30
p. 382 dist
all s
o r sm centre
R Ø15
f
Also n
2,
wee
5
bet
20
L (da 76)
State of supply
20 20 2 polyamide sleeves, 2 AISI 304 stainless
steel stiffening rings, 1 anodised
aluminium tube..
Ø30
R Ø15
2,
5
Ø28
20
±3°
Both versions allow recovering
a misalignment of ±3°
Application example
Part. 4710
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 12+
Order L Nominal Finish Weight €
Stock
code mm transmissible torque (Nm) tube g piece

M4710L0161 161 20 anodizzato 15µm 120 § 30,16
M4710L1000 1000 20 anodizzato 15µm 500 § 33,28
Customisations Length L: min. 76 mm; lengths over 1000 can be supplied subject to verification of the required torque.

Accessories
3824 Gearmotor coupling kit

Bonfiglioli MVF30/P
Use: mount for MVF30 gearmotors at the end of the column positioners,
with round angular idler.
State of supply shot-peened aluminium connector, drive shaft in
burnished steel (stainless steel for up to 8 pieces), 1 UNI 5931 M10x35
screw with DIN 985 self-locking hex nut and 3 UNI 5931 M6x16 screws in
galvanised steel, 1 elastic lock ring in burnished steel.
y
odit
Combinations a
m
Com
p. 374 95
58 37
5 ø81
26 ø65
Tab M6x16
5x5x45
ø25
D1
ø50
ø14
ø1
7
5,3 M10x35
37,5
CONTINUOUS NO
50 OPERATION
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order D1 D Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm g piece
631068 30.2 39.6 shot peening 0 § 106,10

Accessories

aligned movement to 2 positioners.
State of supply shaft in stainless steel, 2 flexible joints with aluminium
hubs in polyurethane toothed ring.
Combinations a
p. 464 p. 422 p. 374
α
MAX 1°30’
78 H 78
Ø40
Ø17
66 66
L= I1-78
I1
I2 = distance between centres of the two column positioners to be connected
85 H 85
L= I2-85
I2


Accessories
1948 Transmission shaft

depending on the idler used (octagonal part no. 2283 or round part no. 4091), select the shaft that
allows you to obtain the desired distance between centres (I1 or I2); if the exact length is not avail-
able, order a longer shaft and cut it.
Example: desired distance between centres I1 / I2=820 mm
Weight
Stock
Code I1=I2 I3 Finish
kg
• with octagonal idler part no. 2283: shaft part no. 689393, 20cm to be cut off.
689393 840 854 sabbiato 1,6 §
• with round idler part no. 4090 / 4091: shaft part no. 684033, 3cm to be cut off.
684033 823 830 sabbiato 1,5 §
• with round idler part no. 4166: shaft part no. 684033, 1cm to be cut off.
684033 823 830 sabbiato 1,5 §
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts -%
- -5%%
-5% -10%%
-10% contact us
Nominal Max
I1 (Comb. Part I2 (Comb. Part
Order H torque torque Weight €
Stock
2283) 4090) Finish
code mm transmissible transmissible kg piece
mm mm
Nm Nm
609854 260 267 90 10 20 shot peening 0.5 § 94,18
689743 650 657 480 10 20 shot peening 1.2 § 98,55
683063 700 707 530 10 20 shot peening 1.3 § 99,10
608684 730 737 560 10 20 shot peening 1.4 § 99,44
676303 800 807 630 10 20 shot peening 1.5 § 100,23
684033 816 823 646 10 20 shot peening 1.5 § 100,41
689383 835 842 665 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,61
689393 840 847 670 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,67
689403 849 856 679 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,78
609694 855 862 685 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,84
676813 900 907 730 10 20 shot peening 1.7 § 101,34
684023 904 911 734 10 20 shot peening 1.7 § 101,38
676773 1000 1007 830 10 20 shot peening 1.9 § 102,46
609894 1100 1107 930 10 20 shot peening 2.0 § 103,58
609724 1119 1126 949 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 103,80
609864 1130 1137 960 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 103,92
683753 1150 1157 980 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 104,14
609704 1195 1202 1025 10 20 shot peening 2.2 § 104,65
614274 1250 1257 1080 10 20 shot peening 2.3 § 105,26
609714 1295 1302 1125 10 20 shot peening 2.4 § 105,76
677463 1500 1507 1330 10 20 shot peening 2.8 § 108,06
684013 1661 1668 1491 10 20 shot peening 3.1 § 109,86
609844 1722 1729 1552 10 20 shot peening 3.2 § 110,56
614254 1940 1947 1770 10 20 shot peening 3.6 § 113,00

Accessories
Additional accessories
2244 Bonfiglioli MVF 44/F

gearmotor coupling kit 4213 Motor driven activation kit
with MVF 44/F gearmotor

Con rinvio angolare ottagonale
Part. 2283
C
Part. 2125 Part. 1948

Part. 2247
Part. 2156
Part. 2029
Coppia max
applicabile: 20Nm
Part. 2036
Con rinvio angolare tondo

Part. 4091
Coppia max Part. 4090
applicabile: 20Nm Part. 1948
Part. 1461
Part. 2657
Accessories

with cardan joints
Use: fitted on the angular idler pins, it transmits synchronised move-
ment to 2 positioners; suitable for connecting positioners not aligned
with each other (max misalignment 45°).
State of supply shaft and grub screws made of AISI 304 stainless steel;
2 DIN 808-7551 cardan joints in C45 steel and pin in hardened steel with
hard-wearing sliding bush in casehardened steel.
Combinations a
p. 464 p. 422 p. 374 p. 376 p. 395 Part.4578

2 M5x5
grub
UNI6604 screws
5x5 tab seat
14 H
Ø
2 M5x5
28
17
grub
Ø
α H screws
MAX. 45°
Ø28
60
*distance between centres (I1 and I2) and

shaft length H calculated with transmission
shaft with max. misalignment (α=45°)
Ca
Application example on Part 4090
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 15+

I1* (combined I2* (combined
Nom. transmissible Max transmissible
Order with Part. with Part H* Weight €
Stock
torque torque
code 2283-4223) 4090-4091) mm kg piece
Nm Nm
mm mm
686668 493 500 470 11.5 23 1.06 § 147,74
686678 993 1000 1177 11.5 23 2.14 § 151,12
686688 1493 1500 1884 11.5 23 3.22 § 157,05

Accessories

with cardan joints
C Depending on the idler used (octagonal Part 2283-4223 or
round Part 4090-4091), select the shaft that allows you to
obtain the desired distance between centres (I1 or I2);
if the exact length is not available, order a longer shaft
and cut it.
78
α 45°
p. 464
L= I1-78
p. 422
I1

I1 = distance between centres of the two 45x90
octagonal positioners to be connected
I2 = distance between centres of the two column
positioners to be connected
Note: the values indicated are for positioners
with maximum misalignment (α=45°).
85 α 45°
p. 374
L= I2-85
p. 375
I2
C Maximum torque applicable to the cardan joints * values with misalignment α =10°.
Rpm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 in the table by the correction factor indicated below.
Torque* Nm 85 82 80 78 73 70 67
Working angle 5° 10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 35° 40° 45° Example: at 30 rpm with an
angle of 30°, the maximum
Correction factor 1.25 1.00 0.80 0.65 0.55 0.45 0.38 0.30 0.25 torque will be
80 x 0.45 = 36 Nm.

Accessories
4578 Cardan joint

State of supply C45 steel body and pin in hardened steel, with hard-
wearing sliding bush in casehardened steel, grub screws in stainless
steel.
Characteristics: according to DIN808-7551 standard.
C Fitted on the angular idler pins, it transmits the motion to the
transmission shaft; suitable for connecting positioners not aligned with
each other (max misalignment 45°).
Combinations a
p. 464 p. 422 p. 374 p. 376 p. 395
Application example on Part 4090
7 1 M5x5
Ø5 grub screws for side
UNI6604
7
5x5 tab seat
Ø15
M5
5°
x4
Ø5
M5
ma
Ø28
B14 14 14 round shaft Ø15 insertion

th
Ø gh
ro
17
through square shaft 14 insertion

u
60
round shaft Ø17 insertion
C Maximum torque applicable to the cardan joints
Rpm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 * values with misalignment α =10°.
Torque* Nm 85 82 80 78 73 70 67 in the table by the correction factor indicated below.
Working angle 5° 10° 15° 20° 25° 30° 35° 40° 45° C Maximum torque
applicable to the cardan
Correction factor 1,25 1,00 0,80 0,65 0,55 0,45 0,38 0,30 0,25 joints Example: at 30 rpm
with an angle of 30°, the
maximum torque will be 80
x 0.45 = 36 Nm.
Qty 1+ 8+ 16+ 32+

Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
686728 170 ü 66,30

Accessories
4575 Safety joint-cover

for cardan joint
Use: to protect the areas of possible entanglement of the cardan joints.
Material: special neoprene rubber.
Characteristics: resistant to acids, oils, greases, dust and damp; fil-
led with grease, it ensures constant joint lubrication ensuring greater
durability.
Combinations a
p. 392
Part. 4578
A
B
Application example
Qty 2+ 8+ 16+ 32+

Order A B C Weight €
Stock
686718 1 pcs 56 27.5 40 § 7,16

Accessories
4206 Drive synchronisation Kit

Idler
Use: to synchronise carriage movements on two parallel positioners, on
the side opposite to the drive.
State of supply aluminium and polyamide heads, ISO 05B-1 pitch 8x3
chain in burnished steel, stainless steel containment tubes, C 45 UNI
7845 steel pinions, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 364 p. 360 p. 361 p. 359 p. 365 p. 366
L
40
Ø12
Ø12
ØD
I = L-56
30
72 72
90 90
side opposite to
drive
Can only be ordered as complete column positioner kits A p. 400

D L I Finish Finish
Ø mm mm heads tubes
20 372 316 shot peening brushed
Customisations D Ø18; distance between centres I on customer's request (min. 124 - max. 2000, step 8).

Accessories
4212 Drive synchronisation Kit

with brake and revolution counter
Use: to synchronise the carriage movements on two parallel positioners,
with optional drive.
State of supply aluminium and polyamide heads, ISO 05B-1 pitch 8x3
chain in burnished steel, stainless steel containment tubes, C 45 UNI
7845 steel pinions, revolution counter in RAL 7035 grey technopolymer,
adapter pin in burnished steel, tumbled aluminium brake flange, gal-
Combinations a
p. 364 p. 360 p. 361 p. 359 p. 365 p. 366
p. 322 p. 325 p. 326

L
40
33
71
34,5
brake
Ø12
Ø12
engagement 50,5
lever ØD
I = L-56
30
drive
20
72
90 side
23
31
Seat for
UNI 5927
6 M3
4,5
16
45 grub screw

D L I Finish Finish
Ø mm mm heads tubes

Accessories
4207 Spacer bar

Use: in combination with synchronisation kit Part 4206 or Part 4212, it
is used to maintain the distance between column positioners.
State of supply aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
Combinations a
p. 364 p. 360 p. 361 p. 359 p. 365 p. 366

D
D
Ø
Ø
40
20 I = L-40 20
L
40 M6x30 40
12

D L I Finish
Ø mm mm
20 356 316 shot peening

TUTTA L’OFFERTA
B - FLEX
IN UN
UNICO VOLUME!
PDF
Adobe

www.bettsistemi.com
Accessories

Complete synchronisation kits are available on request
With positioner columns in stainless steel: minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days.
es
carriag
with 2 each other
e
opposit
p. 396
p. 325
p. 328 p. 176 p. 398 p. 92 p. 119 p. 364 p. 360 p. 361 p. 192 p. 193
drive on
ion side
synch nisat
ro
p. 397
drive carriag
es
with 4
side opposite toion ee a c h o t her
synchronisat opposit
p. 359 p. 365 p. 366

Accessories

Complete synchronisation kits can be made up on request:
- distance between fixed track centres
- Maximum product width greater than 140mm
With positioner columns in stainless steel: minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days.
rs
h 3 p o sitione iages drive
side opposite to synchronisation
wit sed car
r
2 oppo
with
p. 355
p. 323
Part 4694
p. 328
p. 494
p. 107
p. 130 p. 176
p. 223
Part 8418
a
p. 102
p. 126 p. 480 p. 198 p. 104

Accessories
C Application diagram of the 3-track synchronisation kit

DX-RH
s
Drive positioner Idler positioner
(with 2 pins) (with 1 pin)
SX-LH SX-LH
drive
(can be fitted indifferently
to one of the 3 positioners
on the left-hand thread screw)
clockwise rotation
(carriage closing)
anticlockwise rotation
(carriage opening)

Accessories
Application example C
Part 4565
p. 374 Part 4581
p. 350
p. 215
p. 376
p. 392
p. 394 p. 395 p. 215

Part.8090
Part.8045
Part.0805
p.326 p.<?> p.304
Part.951L p.<?>
p.<?> p.<?>

Part.4564 Part.4565

406
Linear tables
rectangular profile
45x90
45X90 profile with 1 carriage
................................................................. 1 p. 408
In 45X90 profile, with 2 carriages

................................................................. 1 p. 410
In 45X90 profile, with 4 carriages

................................................................. 1 p. 414
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
WARNINGS
407
1271 With 1 carriage

45x90 with grooves
Use: positioning adjustable on one axis with worm screw. Compatible
with the Robomec structural system (see Handbook 4), the grooves offer
Part 1897
the possibility of bracketing.
State of supply profile in anodised aluminium, trapeze screw and
lead nut in steel, 1 anodised aluminium carriage, 1 black reinforced
polyamide ratchet lever, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
mm).
WARNINGS Part 1467
m
wor w
Combinations a
s e
cr
p. 322 p. 419 p. 324 p. 327 a CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
carrello standard
45.5 100
10
p. 430 p. 392 p. 422 p. 428 Kg carrello rinforzato

Carriage ready for lever
57.5
67.5
fitting
22.5
Sede per
grano M6 on both sides
UNI 5927 Ø12
Piano carrello standard
e profilo
8
20
n.4 M6 prof.10
(fori di staffaggio) orario
12
carrello 40 50 carrello
Kg rinforzato
rinforzato Kg
carrello 20 30 carrello
standard Kg Kg standard
118
133
C1
A=C1 + 160
118 100
500
a
2° perno 45
(vedi tabella) 90

Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order code Carriage A C1 Handwheel Revolution counter Counter Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins version mm mm Part 1303 revolution counter kg piece
669733 6697332P Standard 300 140 no no Commodity - 3.5 § 357,11
686282 6862822P Standard 300 140 Part 1467 no Commodity - 3.7 § 357,11
624692 6246922P Standard 300 140 Part 1467 Yes Commodity RIGHT SIDE pitch 4 4.0 § 397,10
624702 6247022P Standard 350 190 Part 1467 no Commodity - 3.6 § 357,11
618122 6181222P Standard 400 240 Part 1467 Yes Commodity RIGHT SIDE pitch 4 4.1 § 397,10
Reinfor-
678188 6781882P
ced
460 300 Part 1897 Yes - - 4.7 §
669753 6697532P Standard 500 340 no no - - 4.3 § 284,85
665511 6655112P Standard 500 340 Part 1467 no - - 4.5 ü 284,85
WRONG SIDE
673641 6736412P Standard 500 340 Part 1467 Yes -
pitch 4
4.7 ü 317,93
665652 6656522P Standard 545 385 Part 1467 no - - 4.8 § 292,81
665612 6656122P Standard 550 390 Part 1467 Yes - RIGHT SIDE pitch 4 5.1 § 327,11
669743 6697432P Standard 575 415 no no - - 4.7 § 329,99
654553 6545532P Standard 600 440 no no - - 4.9 § 333,00
624712 6247122P Standard 650 490 no no - - 5.2 § 312,42
WRONG SIDE
680864 6808642P Standard 660 500 Part 1467 Yes -
pitch 4
6.0 § 354,68
665642 6656422P Standard 800 640 no no - - 6.2 § 339,98
Reinfor-
678208 6782082P
ced
800 640 no no - - 6.7 § 389,98
624682 6246822P Standard 900 740 no no - - 6.8 § 358,36
686322 6863222P Standard 1000 840 no no - - 7.4 § 376,77
679704 6797042P Standard 1020 860 no no - - 7.6 § 380,61
686272 6862722P Standard 1100 940 Part 1467 no - - 8.3 ü 395,12
679694 6796942P Standard 1200 1040 no no - - 8.7 § 413,75
669763 6697632P Standard 1700 1540 no no - - 11.9 § 505,47
679724 6797242P Standard 1950 1790 no no - - 13.4 § 551,84
680724 6807242P Standard 2200 2040 no no - - 15.0 § 597,88
Customised profile travel and length (A=max 2940 mm). Versions with reinforced carriage. §
The Commodity positioners are obtained from the mechanical processing of longer versions (standard).

45X90 profile with 2 carriages
1298 In 45X90 profile, with 2 carriages

opposed one-track carriages
screw. To reduce the setup time for format change (e.g. along packa-
ging lines or bundling machine outfeed lines). The grooves offer the
possibility of bracketing.
State of supply profile in anodised aluminium, trapeze screws and
lead nuts in steel, 2 anodised aluminium carriages, 2 black reinforced
polyamide ratchet levers, galvanised steel nuts and bolts
with
ves
groo
WARNINGS

p. 322 p. 419 p. 324 p. 327 p. 464 p. 430 p. 392 p. 422 p. 384

C1 C1 6
M 0
.4 .1
no epth
d
90
118
118
133 12
A = 2 x C1 + 300
2nd pin Seat for
(optional) UNI 5927 M6
133 45.5 grub screw
10
57.5
Ø12
8
20
45x90

1298 In 45X90 profile, with 2 carriages

C2z
C
M2z
C1z
C 2x M1z M2x
C2y[+]
C2y[-] M 2y
C1y[+]
C1 x C1y[-] M 1x M 1y
A C1x + C2x C1x C1x C1y[+]+C2y[+] C1y[+] C2y[+] C1y[-]+C2y[-] C1y[-] C2y[-] C1z + C2z C1z C1z
mm N N N N N N N N N N N N
500 760 380 380 305 152 152 5000 2500 2500 1320 660 660
1000 760 380 380 305 152 152 2200 1100 1100 1320 660 660
1500 760 380 380 305 152 152 1560 780 780 1320 660 660
2000 760 380 380 305 152 152 1160 580 580 1320 660 660
2500 760 380 380 305 152 152 1100 550 550 1320 660 660
3000 760 380 380 305 152 152 760 380 380 1320 660 660
A M1x + M2x M1x M2x M1y + M2y M1y M2y M1z+ M2z M1z M2z
mm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm
from 500
65 32 32 50 25 25 50 25 25
to 3000
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A C1 Handwheel Weight €
Stock
Shaft 2nd pin
code mm mm Part.1467 kg piece
672092 X 400 50 si no 5,0 § 673,23
680684 X 400 50 no no 4,8 § 673,23
669823 X 500 100 si no 5,6 § 673,23
664154 X 560 130 si no 6,0 § 673,23
672102 X 600 150 si no 6,2 § 673,23
672082 X 700 200 si no 6,9 § 673,23
637804 X 700 200 no no 6,7 § 673,23
637824 X 800 250 si no 7,5 § 673,23
683591 X 900 300 si no 8,2 § 593,59
601923 X 940 320 si no 8,4 § 600,94
672912 X 975 337,5 si no 8,6 § 607,06
669793 X 1050 375 no no 8,9 § 621,16
601933 X 1300 500 si no 10,7 § 667,13
669813 X 1300 500 no no 10,5 § 667,13
672062 X 1500 600 si no 11,9 § 703,85
601893 X 1600 650 si no 12,6 § 722,24
680754 X 1900 800 si no 14,5 § 777,72
669803 X 2000 850 no no 14,9 § 795,83
680644 X 2900 1300 no no 20,6 § 961,86
x
503741 K 800 250 no no 7,6 §
Customised column travel and length (A=max 4000 mm), 2nd pin for motion transmission. §

2008 45X90 profile

with 1 driven carriage and 1 free carriage
Use: to position the two carriages independently: 1 carriage is driven by the
worm screw, while the other is free and is positioned manually and then
locked by means of a ratchet lever. Compatible with the Robomec structural
system (see Handbook 4), the grooves offer the possibility of bracketing.
State of supply anodised aluminium profile, steel trapeze screw and lead
nut, 2 anodised aluminium carriages (1 driven and connected to the lead
nut, 1 free), 8 polyethylene sliding shoes, 2 black reinforced polyamide ratchet free
levers, galvanised steel nuts and bolts. carriage
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 4 linear mm
on the carriage). driven
wietsh
Positioning accuracy: Each carriage has a travel of ±0.3 mm/300mm* carriage
ov
gro
WARNINGS
* the ACCURACY indicated is theoretical. Accuracy levels depend on the
actual conditions of use and are affected by the accuracies of the kinematic CONTINUOUS NO
chain - consisting of the handwheel/crank handle/revolution counter kit or OPERATION
any connection joints - and by the performance of the position control system
(encoder, etc.).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 419 p. 324 p. 327 p. 464 p. 422 p. 384 p. 384

Carriage ready for lever
100
10
fitting Kg
on both sides
57.5
Seat for
UNI 5927
M6 grub Ø12 45.5 133
22.5
screw
8
20
n.4 M6 prof.10
12
20 30
Kg Kg
118
133
C1
118 100
500
A=C1 + 293
a
Free carriage: it is positio-
ned manually and locks with
the ratchet lever
90 45

2008 45X90 profile

with 1 driven carriage and 1 free carriage
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Revolution
Order A C1 Handwheel Weight €
Stock
counter 2nd pin
code mm mm Part 1467 kg piece
Part 1303
659803 500 207 yes no no 5.3 § 405,00
631375 700 407 yes no no 6.5 § 442,00
543780 1500 1207 yes no no 11.6 § 589,00

1977 45x90 profile, with 4 opposed carriages

Use: positioning with opposed movement adjustable
with worm screw. To reduce the setup time for for-
mat change (e.g: along packaging lines or bundling
machine outfeed lines). The grooves offer the possibi-
lity of bracketing.
State of supply profile in anodised aluminium,
trapeze screws and lead nuts in steel, 4 anodised
aluminium carriages, 4 black reinforced polyamide
ratchet levers, galvanised steel nuts and bolts
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 han-
dwheel turn = 4 linear mm on each carriage).
Positioning accuracy: Each carriage has a travel of wivthes
g oo
±0.3 mm/300mm*
r
CONTINUOUS NO
(max 10%).
WARNINGS OPERATION
* the ACCURACY indicated is theoretical. Accuracy
levels depend on the actual conditions of use and
are affected by the accuracies of the kinematic
chain - consisting of the handwheel/crank handle/
revolution counter kit or any connection joints - and
by the performance of the position control system
(encoder, etc.).
p. 322 p. 419 p. 324 p. 327 p. 418 p. 430
p. 392 p. 384 p. 422
regolabile regolabile
fisso regolabile fisso

1977 45x90 profile, with 4 opposed carriages

A= 4 x C1 + 586
Dmax=143+(2xC1) Y Dmax=143+(2xC1)
Dmin=143 Dmin=143
C1 C1 C1 C1
118
45
90
118
12 133 133 133
of 6
pr .4 M
133 12
0
.1
Z
n
2 nd pin
(optional) I
(Travel lines with fixed
distance between centres)
Seat for
133 45.5 UNI 5927
M6 grub
20
10
Ø12 screw
8
20
67
45x90
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A C1 I Y Z Weight €
Stock
2nd pin
code mm mm mm mm mm kg piece
614574 1086 125 536 143 10 no 10.0 § 930,00

Accessories

on
screws pitch 4 (one on the right and one on the left). o tati
se r
Standard pack: 1 piece. kwi
Clocection
53
d i r
Seat for
Possibility of Orientation UNI 5927 M6
(only for pitch 4-8 versions) grub screw
0°
ø20
90°
180°
d3
d4
270°
M
N L
Pitch 4 Pitch 8
counter counter
1 tour 1 tour
Pitch 3
3 mm
1 tour
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Stock
Counter Pitch
630307 rack RIGHT SIDE 3 10 10 31 19 33 218 § 52,79
676678 with 2.5 pitch metric screw WRONG SIDE 2.5 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 § 32,61
with 4 pitch screw, 2 opposed
640707
carriages
RIGHT SIDE 8 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 § 32,61
685322 with 4 pitch screw, 1 carriage WRONG SIDE 4 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 ü 32,61

Accessories
1897 Handwheel
with foldaway grip
burnished steel.
tities.
r
safe
h
customisable RAL d1
d2
drive and fastening

grub screw
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Stock

Ø60, Ø50,
627733 Ø40, Ø35, 12 H7 28 36 125 47 65 68 8 22 M6x10 399 ü 16,50
in profile
697983 Ø30 8 H7 20 28 100 37 48 57 10 22 M3x6 164 § 13,30
697973 Ø30 8 H7 20 24 80 28 45 49 10 22 M3x6 138 ü 13,30
697963 Ø18, Ø20 6 H7 16 24 80 28 45 49 10 32 M3x6 128 ü 13,30
§ Products not in stock minimum order: 20 pieces, delivery in 15 days (unless stock runs out).

Accessories
4223 Angular idler

45X90 profile 4-way
Use: applicable to 2 or more standard positioners in 45x90 profile, when
their movements needs to be synchronised.
State of supply aluminium body, steel shafts and gears, anodised
aluminium spacer, 2 4x24 flexible pins, 2 M8x80 socket head screws in
galvanised steel.
Durability: guaranteed for 20,000 activations.
C p. <?> .
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
p. 333 p. 408 p. 410 p. 430 p. 323 p. 392 OPERATION
p. 475 p. 390 5x5x2 tab

31
n°4 M6 holes
45
Part.1271
Part.1298
Part.1977
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Nominal Weight €
Stock
Finish
code transmissible torque (Nm) kg piece
630227 1 pcs black anodised 2.3 § 409,63

Accessories
1467 Handwheel
with fixed grip
pin.
State of supply black reinforced polyamide, RAL2004 orange rein-
forced polyamide cover, galvanised steel insert, UNI 5927 grub screw
in burnished steel.
D R
H
L
d1 h
G
d2
S
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Stock
S
Ø60, Ø50,
628642 Ø40, Ø35, 12 H7 20 25 120 50 40 65 8 20 M5x10 211 ü 11,00
in profile

www.bettsistemi.com
Accessories
4806 Handwheel
with foldaway grip
Use: for manual drive of the angular idlers
part.4662-4627-4675-4653-4656. The foldaway grip
reduces the dimensions and the risk of movements
caused by accidental impact.
State of supply black reinforced polyamide,
RAL1006 yellow reinforced polyamide cover, galvani-
sed steel insert, UNI 5927 grub screw in burnished
steel.
Combinations based on the diameter d, on 60ø,
or
50ø, 40ø, 35ø column and profile positioners (see ch f
not ting
table). witnhap fit
Customisations Cover in RAL colour on request for s
adequate quantities.
notch L=5 for snap-fitting
on the positionerby means of a 5Ø pin (*)
Application example
5 (*)
Ø15
Mini angular idler square-section Mini angular idler round-section 26
47
125
68
65
16
8
grub
28
Customizable drive and fastening grub screw screw
36 M6x10
Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
691569 164 ü

Accessories
4725 Square-section mini-angular idler

Use: allows synchronisation between 2 or more positioners.
State of supply 1 aluminium idler body, 1 aluminium fastening plate,
1 stainless steel shaft, 2 burnished steel gears, 2 UNI6364 steel cylin-
Patent
2
drical pins, 3 bearings with sliding gaskets, 2 polyurethane O-rings,
2 UNI5931 M8x30 fastening screws, nuts and bolts in galvanised steel,
labels with millimetre marking in destructible vinyl.
1
Reduction ratio i=1
Output angular clearance: ≈1°
Maintenance: not required, lubricated for life. 3
ack
Max. 120 rpm with max torque of 5 Nm. 3-tr
90 NO
CONTINUOUS
60
Combinations a 45 OPERATION
p. 384 p. 386
60
45
45
170
60 s
45 ole 37,5 60 72,5
7 -) h
4 Ø gh
Part 1271 N. rou 16,5
(th
Ø15
Part 1298
Part 1977
10
60
24
45
68
60
30
Ø5
8
27,5
Part 4632
n.2 M8x30
Transmission examples socket head screws Part 4720
painted for black

Part 4632 Part 4632
cataphoresis
Part 4710 Part 4710
Part 4584 Part 1303

shot peened
Part 2434 Part 1897 Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order Weight €
Stock
Nominal transmissible torque (Nm) Finish

code g piece
550710 10 Cataphoresis painting RAL 9005 820 § 148,00
663109 10 shot peened 820 § 148,00
§Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days

Accessories
4725 Square-section mini-angular idler

Assembly examples on 45x90 profile positioner
1 2
3 4
Part 2434 Part 4720
Part 4695
Part 4584

Accessories

square-section mini-angular idler
Impiego: MVF30 gearmotor mount all’estremità del kit posizionatore
ottagonale a 2 carrelli o di mini rinvii a sezione quadrata.
Per rinvii a sezione quadrata a 3 vie part.4653 o kit posizionatore
ottagonale a 2 carrelli part.4706.
Stato di fornitura n.1 attacco motoriduttore in alluminio, n.1 giunto
di trasmissione fisso in inox AISI 304, n.1 albero lento in inox AISI 304,
n.1 spina cilindrica in acciaio UNI6364 , n.1 o-ring in poliuretano, n.1
linguetta 5x5x30 UNI6604-69A, n. 4 viti STEI M6x25 zincate UNI5923, n.4
dadi esagonali M6 zincati UNI7474, n.4 viti TCEI M6x50 zincate UNI5931.
Patent i
gliol
r B onfi F
f o 30 /
MVF
Ø84 137,5
8 48 6,9 71,9 1,7
48
Part.4706 55,3
2
32 25
60
Ø15
Ø14
48
32
Patent
linguetta 5x5x30
n.4 viti TCEI M6x50 di
fissaggio al rinvio angolare n.4 dadi M6
13 autobloccanti
Ø50
n.4 viti STEI M6x25
Application example
Codice Peso €
Stock
Finitura
ordinazione Kg pezzo
661709 micropal.  5,5 160,00
 Prodotti non a stock ordine minimo 1 pezzo, consegna 20 giorni (salvo rottura di stock).

www.bettsistemi.com
Accessories
1767 Handle
with fixed grip
R
H
h
ening L
d1 drive and fast
G
d2 grub screw
S
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Stock
S
Ø60, Ø50, Ø40, Ø35,
691832
in profile
12 H7 28 130 162 129 7 30 M5x10 345 ü 26,76

Accessories
C With positioners and angular idler, 45x90 profile
p. 475
p. 388 p. 418
p. 408
p. 475
p. 323
p. 418

Accessories

Combinations a
copic
p. 422 p. 466 teles velocity
t a n t-
L=D+15
cons
Ø35 20 L-56 36
Ø30
R Ø15
2,
5
Ø28
20
D
Fixed Removable
25,7 Max 18
±3°
To order other sizes to customer's design, use the order code below:
Order code
4632 L Length L in mm
Example of transmission shafts L = 1000 mm

4632 L 1 0 0 0 Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 12+
QUANTITY DISCOUNT Discounts -% -5%% -10%% contact us
Order Nominal transmissible Weight €
Stock
Tube finish
code torque (Nm) g piece
4632L1000 20 15µm anodised 580 § 38,60
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 3 days.

Accessories

Fixed sleeve
5
D+1
L=

20 ~2
Ø30
Ø28
Misalignment
25,7 Max 18
max 3°
Step 3 – Connect the transmission shaft to the angular idler pulling the telescopic bush out of the
shaft.

Accessories

Combinations a
p. 464 p. 418 p. 374
α
MAX 1°30’
78 H 78
Ø40
Ø17
66 66
L= I1-78
I1
85 H 85
L= I2-85
I2


Accessories

Weight
Stock
kg
689393 840 854 sabbiato 1,6 §
684033 823 830 sabbiato 1,5 §
684033 823 830 sabbiato 1,5 §
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Nominal Max
Order H torque torque Weight €
Stock
2283) 4090) Finish
code mm transmissible transmissible kg piece
mm mm
Nm Nm
609854 260 267 90 10 20 shot peening 0.5 § 94,18
689743 650 657 480 10 20 shot peening 1.2 § 98,55
683063 700 707 530 10 20 shot peening 1.3 § 99,10
608684 730 737 560 10 20 shot peening 1.4 § 99,44
676303 800 807 630 10 20 shot peening 1.5 § 100,23
684033 816 823 646 10 20 shot peening 1.5 § 100,41
689383 835 842 665 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,61
689393 840 847 670 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,67
689403 849 856 679 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,78
609694 855 862 685 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,84
676813 900 907 730 10 20 shot peening 1.7 § 101,34
684023 904 911 734 10 20 shot peening 1.7 § 101,38
676773 1000 1007 830 10 20 shot peening 1.9 § 102,46
609894 1100 1107 930 10 20 shot peening 2.0 § 103,58
609724 1119 1126 949 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 103,80
609864 1130 1137 960 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 103,92
683753 1150 1157 980 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 104,14
609704 1195 1202 1025 10 20 shot peening 2.2 § 104,65
614274 1250 1257 1080 10 20 shot peening 2.3 § 105,26
609714 1295 1302 1125 10 20 shot peening 2.4 § 105,76
677463 1500 1507 1330 10 20 shot peening 2.8 § 108,06
684013 1661 1668 1491 10 20 shot peening 3.1 § 109,86
609844 1722 1729 1552 10 20 shot peening 3.2 § 110,56
614254 1940 1947 1770 10 20 shot peening 3.6 § 113,00
§ Products not in stock minimum order 1 piece, delivery in 3 days (unless stock runs out).

432
Linear tables
cross-type
Cross-type with 45X90 profile
................................................................. 1 p. 434
Cross-type with octagonal profile

................................................................. 1 p. 436
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
WARNINGS
433
1270 Cross-type
45x90 with grooves
ent
Use: positioning adjustable on two axes with worm screw. Compatible
with the Robomec structural system (see Handbook 4), the grooves offer
the possibility of bracketing.
djustmcr ew
State of supply profiles in anodised aluminium, trapeze screws and A ith s
lead nuts in steel, 1 anodised aluminium carriage, 2 black reinforced w
polyamide ratchet levers, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.
near mm).
WARNINGS
orm
2 w ews
Combinations a
scr
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 326 p. 423 p. 328 p. 331 p. 474 p. 430 p. 430 p. 388
a
133
12
115
20
Kg
45
133
A = C1 + 160
C2
B = C2 + 160
500
C1
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
8
ø12
90 20
LH RH

1270 Cross-type
45x90 with grooves
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Revolution
Code A B C1 C2 Handwheel Weight €
Stock
Version counter
order mm mm mm mm Part 1467 kg piece
Part 1303
624752 300 300 140 140 RH yes no 6.5 § 751,16
610913 300 300 140 140 RH Yes Yes 7.0 § 820,35
624722 350 350 190 190 RH Yes Yes 7.6 § 820,35
669833 500 300 340 140 RH no no 7.9 § 674,51
664364 500 300 340 140 RH Yes Yes 8.9 § 743,69
610903 500 350 340 190 RH Yes Yes 9.2 § 743,69
624772 500 500 340 340 RH no no 8.6 § 597,85
665501 500 500 340 340 RH yes no 9.0 § 597,85
673631 500 500 340 340 RH Yes Yes 9.5 § 667,02
624742 500 1000 340 840 RH yes no 12.1 § 695,31
669843 600 210 440 50 RH no no 7.4 § 692,22
621764 600 210 440 50 LH no no 7.4 § 692,22
669853 700 350 540 190 RH no no 8.9 § 709,94
624662 700 500 540 340 RH yes no 10.2 § 636,83
624762 700 500 540 340 RH Yes Yes 10.7 § 706,35
610893 700 700 540 540 RH yes no 11.5 § 675,85
680744 800 700 640 540 LH Yes no 12.1 § 695,52
680854 900 800 740 640 RH Yes Yes 13.9 § 803,76
624732 1050 500 890 340 RH Yes Yes 13.0 § 774,60
610923 1200 600 1040 440 LH Yes no 14.1 § 753,87
Profile travel and length customisations (A=max 2000 mm). §

2155 Cross-type
45x90 closed octagon
Use: positioning adjustable on two axes with worm screw.
t
Compared to Part 1270 (with grooves) it is more robust and cleanable.
menw
State of supply profiles in titanium-coloured anodised aluminium, t re
trapeze screws and lead nuts in steel, 1 black anodised aluminium car-
jus sc
riage, 2 black reinforced polyamide ratchet levers, AISI 304 stainless steel
nuts and bolts. Adwith
mm).
Maintenance-free: self-lubricating sliding components.
C Machining Pg.436 .
WARNINGS
ves
groo
sed
position control system (encoder, etc.). Clo
CONTINUOUS NO
Combinations a OPERATION
p. 423 p. 421 p. 331 p. 337 p. 467 p. 469 p. 460
p. 484 p. 474 p. 396 p. 476 p. 388 p. 438 p. 394

130
30
40
150
A = C1 +130 + (30 x 2)
Kg
130
45
C2
B = C2 + 130 + (30 x 2)
C1
500
Seat for M6
grub screw
8
Ø12
90 20
LH RH

2155 Cross-type
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Code A B C1 C2 Handwheel Revolution counter Weight €
Stock
Version
order mm mm mm mm Part 1467 Part 1303 kg piece
698633 500 500 310 310 RH - - 11.0 § 597,85
636474 520 520 330 330 RH - - 11.2 § 605,67
679974 674 674 484 484 RH - - 12.8 § 661,37
Profile travel and length customisations (A=max 2000 mm). §

438
Linear tables
with octagonal profile
diagrams
................................................................. 1 p.393
C
With octagonal profile, with 1 carriage
................................................................. 1 p. 440
With octagonal profile, with 2 carriages

................................................................. 1 p. 431

................................................................. 1 p. 447
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
WARNINGS
439
2125 With 1 carriage

Use: position adjustable on one axis with worm screw.
Compared to the version with grooves it is more rigid and cleanable.
State of supply profile in titanium-coloured anodised aluminium, tra-
peze screw and steel lead nut, 1 black anodised aluminium carriage,
1 black reinforced polyamide ratchet lever, AISI 304 stainless steel nuts
and bolts.
mm).
Maintenance-free: self-lubricating sliding components.
C Machining p. 476 .
WARNINGS
kinematic chain - consisting of the handwheel/crank/revolution counter
st
kit or any connection joints - and by the performance of the position
control system (encoder, etc.).
robu
CONTINUOUS NO
Combinations a OPERATION
p. 423 p. 322 p. 327 p. 333 p. 457 p. 459 p. 450 p. 474
p. 464 p. 438 p. 390 p. 390

Applicable to all pins (X - Y - Z)
Seat for Lever Lever
UNI 5927 LH side 200 RH side
grub screw Ø12 Kg
Standard
X
75
8
20
45.5
130
clockwise no.6 M6 depth.12
30
15
UNI 6604
Ø12
4x4x14
seat for tab
4 40 50
Kg Kg
A = C1 + B + (30 x 2)
==
1,5
20
Y
14
On request
15
105
C1
UNI EN 28752 500 100

seat for Ø12
flexible pin
20
Z
8
4
90 45

2125 With 1 carriage

Fig.1 Fig.2 C Millimetre label position
The label is attached to the

160
opposite side of the bracketing

holes to the carriage
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Seat for A B C1 Ratchet Handwheel Revolution counter Weight €
Stock
code pin mm mm mm lever side Part 1467 Part 1303 kg piece
690173 X 500 130 310 LH no no 5.2 § 302,16
676423 X 600 130 410 LH no no 5.9 § 321,70
680624 X 674 130 484 LH no no 6.4 § 336,16
634784 X 700 130 510 LH no no 6.6 § 341,15
630985 X 800 130 610 LH no no 7.3 § 360,77
680574 X 900 130 710 LH no no 8.0 § 380,30
680084 X 1070 130 880 LH no no 9.3 § 414,09
681114 X 1174 130 984 LH no no 10.0 § 433,83
679984 X 1200 130 1010 LH no no 10.2 § 325,07
688805 X 1250 130 1060 LH no no 10.6 § 448,67
680734 X 1474 130 1284 LH no no 12.2 § 492,43
653539 X 500 130 310 RH no no 5.2 § 302,16
653579 X 600 130 410 RH no no 5.9 § 321,70
653619 X 674 130 484 RH no no 6.4 § 336,16
653659 X 700 130 510 RH no no 6.6 § 341,15
653699 X 800 130 610 RH no no 7.3 § 360,77
653739 X 900 130 710 RH no no 8.0 § 380,30
653779 X 1070 130 880 RH no no 9.3 § 414,09
653819 X 1174 130 984 RH no no 10.0 § 433,83
653859 X 1200 130 1010 RH no no 10.2 § 325,07
653899 X 1250 130 1060 RH no no 10.6 § 448,67
653939 X 1474 130 1284 RH no no 12.2 § 492,43
652799 Y 900 130 710 LH no no 8.0 § 393,03
673717 Y 1474 130 1284 LH no no 12.2 § 516,24
Customised profile travel and length (A=max 2940 mm); B=min. 70 - max 500 mm. §

2247 Octagonal with 2 carriages B=70

mat change (e.g. along packaging lines or bundling
machine outfeed lines). Compared to the version
with grooves it is in tubing and cleanable.
State of supply profile in titanium-coloured ano-
dised aluminium, trapeze screws and lead nuts in
steel, 2 black anodised aluminium carriages, AISI 304
stainless steel nuts and bolts, labels with millimetre
70
marking in destructible vinyl.
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 han-
dwheel turn = 4 linear mm on each carriage). ed
Positioning accuracy: Each carriage has a travel of
±0.3 mm/300mm*
clos
Max. 120 rpm; max time: 1 (min; on/off ratio=1/10 CONTINUOUS NO
(max 10%).
OPERATION
Maintenance-free: self-lubricating sliding compo-
nents.
WARNINGS
(encoder, etc.).
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 464 p. 392 p. 457
p. 458 p. 473 p. 438 p. 466 p. 384

2247 Octagonal with 2 carriages B=70

Dmax = B + 2 x C1
Dmin = B
2nd pin
(optional)
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
4 M6 holes, depth 12mm
for fastening product
support guides
Max 12mm
La massima
lunghezza della vite
M6 che può essere
avvitata è di
12 mm altrimenti si
danneggia il M6 B=70
funzionamento del
carrello.
Coppia max di serraggio= 10Nm
WARNING!!
The maximum M6 screw length permitted is
12 mm otherwise the functioning of the
carriage will be damage.
Maximum tightening force= 10Nm
Cod.02727
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order code A B C1 Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins mm mm mm kg piece

577781 5777812P 356 70 78 4,2 §
615138 6151382P 384 70 92 4,7 § 706,33
577791 5777912P 416 70 108 5,3 §
654747 6547472P 494 70 147 6,3 § 706,33
577801 5778012P 548 70 174 6,5 §
654737 6547372P 560 70 180 6,8 § 629,68
629697 6296972P 1050 70 425 9,1 § 719,12


mat change (e.g. along packaging lines or bundling
machine outfeed lines). Compared to the version
with grooves it is in tubing and cleanable.
steel, 2 black anodised aluminium carriages, 2 black
reinforced polyamide ratchet levers, AISI 304 stainless
13
0
steel nuts and bolts, labels with millimetre marking
in destructible vinyl.
Characteristics: Tr20 worm screw, pitch 4 (1 han- ed
clos
±0.3 mm/300mm*
(max 10%).
Maintenance-free: self-lubricating sliding compo-
nents.
WARNINGS
(encoder, etc.).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 464 p. 457 p. 384 p. 466
p. 458 p. 473 p. 438 p. 392
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order code A B C1 Weight €
Stock
1 pin 2 pins mm mm mm kg piece

634644 6346442P 624 130 152 7.5 § 706,33
634634 6346342P 924 130 302 9.8 § 629,68
Customised column travel and length (A=max 4000 mm, B=max 500 mm), 2nd pin for motion transmission.

2247 Octagonal with 2 carriages B=130

Dmax = B + 2 x C1
Dmin = B
2nd pin
(optional)
Seat for
UNI 5927 M6
grub screw
6 M6 holes, depth 12 mm for

fastening product support guides
C C2z
M2z
C1z M1z M2x

C 2x
C2 y
M 2y
C 1y M 1y
C1 x
C1x + C2x C1x C2x C1y + C2y C1y C2y C1z + C2z C1z C2z
N N N N N N N N N
Code 2175 1087 1087 2500 1250 1250 3200 1600 1600
634644 M1x + M2x M1x M2x M1y + M2y M1y M2y M1z + M2z M1z M2z
Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm
90 70 70 440 220 220 140 70 70
C1x + C2x C1x C2x C1y + C2y C1y C2y C1z + C2z C1z C2z
N N N N N N N N N
Code 2175 1087 1087 1680 840 840 2120 1060 1060
634634 M1x + M2x M1x M2x M1y + M2y M1y M2y M1z + M2z M1z M2z
Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm
90 70 70 440 220 220 140 70 70


2-way opposed carriages, fixed distance between centres
Use: positioning with opposed movement adjusta-
ble with worm screw. To reduce the setup time for
format change (e.g. along 2 packaging lines with
fixed distance between centres or bundling ma-
chine outfeed lines). Compared to the version with
grooves it is in tubing and cleanable.
steel, 4 black anodised aluminium carriages, AISI 304
stainless steel nuts and bolts.
70
Characteristics: worm screw Tr20 pitch 4 (1 han-
ed
clos
±0.3 mm/300mm*
Max. 120 rpm; max time: 1 (min; on/off ratio=1/10 CONTINUOUS NO
(max 10%). OPERATION
WARNINGS
(encoder, etc.).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 464 p. 457 p. 466
p. 458 p. 473 p. 438 p. 384

2156 Octagonal with 4 carriages B=70

A = (4 x C1) + (4 x B) + (K x 2) + Z
Dmax = B + (2 x C1) Y Dmax = B + (2 x C1)
Dmin = B Dmin = B
5 (guard
K Z K
thickness)
B
Seat for
I UNI 5927 M6
Kmin=30 mm (Travel lines with fixed grub screw
distance between centres)
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A I K B=Dmin Dmax C1 Z Y Weight €
Stock
2nd pin
code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg piece
629667 980 450 40 70 380 155 0 70 no 10.1 § 867,82
629647 980 468 30 70 382 156 16 86 no 10.1 § 867,82
629677 1050 450 75 70 380 155 0 70 no 10.6 § 880,62
629687 1050 464 61 70 394 162 0 70 no 10.6 § 880,62


Use: positioning with opposed movement adjusta-
ble with worm screw. To reduce the setup time for
format change (e.g. along 2 packaging lines with
fixed distance between centres or bundling ma-
chine outfeed lines). Compared to the version with
grooves it is in tubing and cleanable.
steel, 4 black anodised aluminium carriages, 4 black
13
reinforced polyamide ratchet levers, AISI 304 stainless
0
Characteristics: worm screw Tr20 pitch 4 (1 han-
ed
clos
±0.3 mm/300mm*
CONTINUOUS NO
(max 10%). OPERATION
WARNINGS
(encoder, etc.).
Combinations a
p. 322 p. 423 p. 324 p. 327 p. 464 p. 438 p. 392 p. 457
p. 458 p. 473 p. 466 p. 384
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order A I K B=Dmin Dmax C1 Z Y Weight €
Stock
2nd pin
code mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg piece
698643 980 468 30 130 322 96 16 146 no 12.6 § 867,82
624159 1950 914 69 130 768 319 16 146 no 21.5 § 1035,97

2156 Octagonal with 4 carriages B=130

A = (4 x C1) + (4 x B) + (K x 2) + Z
Dmax = B + (2 x C1) Y Dmax = B + (2 x C1)
Dmin = B Dmin = B
K 5 (guard Z K
thickness)
B
I
Travel lines with fixed Seat for UNI 5927
tab M6
Kmin=30 mm distance between centres
Example of multi-track construction: connecting the carriage pairs with Robomec section
C bars (see Handbook 4), you obtain rods on which you can fasten the containment guides, as
schematized in the example below.
5 MIN adjustment
Example with a
12 tracks
Tracks 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Iv Distance between track centres
MAX adjustment = (Iv - 2G)
G
e
Guid
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Accessories for linear tables with octagonal profile
2289 Bracket flange

Use: fitted at the end (side opposite the handwheel) of the positioners
Part 2125 and 2155, it is used for bracketing to the machine base or, for
Part 2155, for fastening heads of labelling machines (or other devices)
to the end of the horizontal axis of the positioner.
State of supply black anodised aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and
bolts, complete with 2 M8x40 hexagon socket countersunk head screws.
Combinations a
p. 440 p. 436
90
22,5 45 22,5 C The use of this bracket flange
7 does not reduce the useful stroke
(C1 and/or C2) of the positioner
12
8 32
38
100
45
M8
38
12
Ø8,3
Application examples:
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Colour
code g piece
643044 1 piece RAL 9005 black 200 ü 17,97


on
screws pitch 4 (one on the right and one on the left). o tati
se r
Standard pack: 1 piece. kwi
Clocection
53
d i r
Possibility of Orientation Seat for
(only for pitch 4-8 versions) UNI 5927 M6
0° grub screw
ø20
90°
180°
d3
d4
270°
M
N L
counter counter Application example RH version
Pitch 4 Pitch 8
1 tour
Pitch 3
3 mm
1 tour
Qty 1+ 50+
Stock
Counter Pitch
EsempiRIGHT
con modello
SIDE DX 3 applicato
10 10ai posizionatori
630307 rack 31 19
con vite dx (valori crescenti con rotazione oraria)
33 218 § 56,00
WRONG
676678 with 2.5 pitch metric screw
SIDE
2.5 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 § 34,59
with 4 pitch screw, 2 opposed
640707
carriages
RIGHT SIDE 8 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 § 34,59
WRONG
685322 with 4 pitch screw, 1 carriage 4 12 12 18 8.5 18.5 250 ü 34,59
SIDE

1767 Handle
with fixed grip
R
H
h
ening L
d1 drive and fast
G
d2 grub screw
S
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Stock
S
Ø60, Ø50, Ø40, Ø35,
691832
in profile
12 H7 28 130 162 129 7 30 M5x10 345 ü 28,39

1897 Handwheel
with foldaway grip
burnished steel.
tities.
r
safe
customisable RAL d1 h
d2
drive and fastening

grub screw
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Stock

Ø60, Ø50,
627733 Ø40, Ø35, 12 H7 28 36 125 47 65 68 8 22 M6x10 399 ü 17,50
in profile
697983 Ø30 8 H7 20 28 100 37 48 57 10 22 M3x6 164 § 14,11
697973 Ø30 8 H7 20 24 80 28 45 49 10 22 M3x6 138 ü 14,11
697963 Ø18, Ø20 6 H7 16 24 80 28 45 49 10 32 M3x6 128 ü 14,11

1467 Handwheel
with fixed grip
pin.
State of supply black reinforced polyamide, RAL2004 orange rein-
forced polyamide cover, galvanised steel insert, UNI 5927 grub screw
in burnished steel.
D R
H
L
d1 h
G
d2
S
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Stock
S
Ø60, Ø50,
628642 Ø40, Ø35, 12 H7 20 25 120 50 40 65 8 20 M5x10 211 ü 11,67
in profile

4806 Handwheel
with foldaway grip
Use: for manual drive of the angular idlers
part.4662-4627-4675-4653-4656. The foldaway grip
reduces the dimensions and the risk of movements
caused by accidental impact.
State of supply black reinforced polyamide,
RAL1006 yellow reinforced polyamide cover, galvani-
sed steel insert, UNI 5927 grub screw in burnished
steel.
Combinations based on the diameter d, on 60ø,
or
50ø, 40ø, 35ø column and profile positioners (see ch f
not ting
table). witnhap fit
Customisations Cover in RAL colour on request for s
adequate quantities.
on the positionerby means of a 5Ø pin (*)
Application example
5 (*)
Ø15
26
Mini angular idler square-section Mini angular idler round-section
47
125
68
65
16
8
grub
28
Customizable drive and fastening grub screw screw
36 M6x10
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 30+

Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
691569 164 ü 28,64

www.bettsistemi.com
2235 Fastening bracket

for octagonal profile
Use: for bracketing of aluminium positioners with octagonal cross-
section, Part 2155, 2125, 2247.
Material black anodised aluminium bracket, 1 M8x60 screw and 1
M8x25 DIN 7984 screw, 2 DIN 7984 M8x20 screws, 2 M8 square nuts, 2
UNI 5923 M8x16 grub screws in galvanised steel.
C WARNING: always use a pair of brackets for positioner fastening.

For base fastening, it is advisable to use the fastening flange Part 2289
or the angle Part 2284.
M8
n.4
=
C
=
For M8 DIN 7984

socket head screws
Qty 1+ 7+ 24+ 50+

Order Weight €
Stock
S T Finish
code g piece
621104 M8x70 M8x25 RAL9005 black anodised 443 ü 58,71

2033 Clamp
with locking jaws
Use: suitable for fitting product containment blades.
State of supply aluminium clamp, AISI 316 stainless steel nuts and
bolts.
Characteristics: easy to fit, it allows blades fitting with a max.
thickness of 15 mm.
The clamp can translate on the carriage, allowing recovery of any im-
perfections in blade rectilinearity, thus preventing overloads on the car-
riage and hence increased torque on the positioner shaft.
70
L
70
46,5
30
P 90
15
5÷15
M
N
Side adjustment range
L=40
m -15mm +15mm
Qty 8+ 32+ 96+

Order L M N P Weight €
Stock
Finish
code mm mm mm mm g piece
620104 40 22 30 20 RAL9005 black anodised 400 § 74,02

Additional accessories for
octagonal positioners
2289 Bracket flange
2284 Fastening angle with
reference notches
Plate for fastening

4119 positioner carriage in
45x90 profile 2173 Fitting bracket
133 10
45
45
133
4 M6
2 M6x32
2285 Plate for fastening on

carriage
120 6
45
45
120
2 M8x14


Combinations a
copic
p. 430 p. 466 teles velocity
t a n t-
cons
L=D+15
Ø35 20 L-56 36
Ø30
R Ø15
2,
5
Ø28
20
D
Fixed Removable
25,7 Max 18
To order other sizes to customer's design, use the order code below:
±3°
Order code
4632 L Length L in mm
Example of transmission shafts L = 1000 mm

4632 L 1 0 0 0 Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 12+
Order Nominal transmissible Weight €
Stock
Tube finish
code torque (Nm) g piece
4632L1000 20 15µm anodised 580 § 40,94


Fixed sleeve
5
D+1
L=

20 ~2
Ø30
Ø28
Misalignment
25,7 Max 18
max 3°
Step 3 – Connect the transmission shaft to the angular idler pulling the telescopic bush out of the
shaft.


Combinations a
p. 464 p. 422 p. 374 p. 375
α
MAX 1°30’
78 H 78
Ø40
Ø17
66 66
L= I1-78
I1
85 H 85
L= I2-85
I2



Weight
Stock
kg
689393 840 854 sabbiato 1,6 §
684033 823 830 sabbiato 1,5 §
684033 823 830 sabbiato 1,5 §
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Nom. Max
Order H transmissible transmissible Weight €
Stock
2283) 4090) Finish
code mm torque torque kg piece
mm mm
Nm Nm
609854 260 267 90 10 20 shot peening 0.5 § 94,18
689743 650 657 480 10 20 shot peening 1.2 § 98,55
683063 700 707 530 10 20 shot peening 1.3 § 99,10
608684 730 737 560 10 20 shot peening 1.4 § 99,44
676303 800 807 630 10 20 shot peening 1.5 § 100,23
684033 816 823 646 10 20 shot peening 1.5 § 100,41
689383 835 842 665 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,61
689393 840 847 670 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,67
689403 849 856 679 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,78
609694 855 862 685 10 20 shot peening 1.6 § 100,84
676813 900 907 730 10 20 shot peening 1.7 § 101,34
684023 904 911 734 10 20 shot peening 1.7 § 101,38
676773 1000 1007 830 10 20 shot peening 1.9 § 102,46
609894 1100 1107 930 10 20 shot peening 2.0 § 103,58
609724 1119 1126 949 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 103,80
609864 1130 1137 960 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 103,92
683753 1150 1157 980 10 20 shot peening 2.1 § 104,14
609704 1195 1202 1025 10 20 shot peening 2.2 § 104,65
614274 1250 1257 1080 10 20 shot peening 2.3 § 105,26
609714 1295 1302 1125 10 20 shot peening 2.4 § 105,76
677463 1500 1507 1330 10 20 shot peening 2.8 § 108,06
684013 1661 1668 1491 10 20 shot peening 3.1 § 109,86
609844 1722 1729 1552 10 20 shot peening 3.2 § 110,56
614254 1940 1947 1770 10 20 shot peening 3.6 § 113,00

2283 Angular idler

octagonal 3-way
Use: applicable to 2 or more standard positioners with octagonal cross-
section when you want to synchronise their movements with each other.
State of supply aluminium body, steel shafts and gears, anodised
aluminium spacer, 2 4x24 flexible pins, 2 M8x80 socket head screws in
galvanised steel.
Durability: tested on 20,000 activations.
Combinations a
CONTINUOUS NO
OPERATION
p. 333 p. 440 p. 444 p. 448 p. 438 p. 392
p. 323 p. 475 p. 390 p. 436
Linguetta 5x5x20
31
4 fori M6
45
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Nominal torque Weight €
Stock
Finish
code transmissible (Nm) kg piece
642654 20 black anodised 2.3 § 434,54

TUTTA L’OFFERTA
B - FLEX
IN UN
UNICO VOLUME!
PDF
Adobe

www.bettsistemi.com
4718 Square-section mini-angular idler

Use: allows synchronisation between 2 or more positioners.
State of supply 1 aluminium idler body, 1 aluminium fastening plate, Patent
1 stainless steel shaft, 2 burnished steel gears, 2 UNI6364 steel cylindrical 2
pins, 3 bearings with sliding gaskets, 2 polyurethane O-rings, 2 UNI5931
M8x30 fastening screws, nuts and bolts in galvanised steel, labels with
millimetre marking in destructible vinyl.
1
Reduction ratio i=1
Output angular clearance: ≈1°
Maintenance: not required, lubricated for life. 3
Operation: STEP-BY-STEP (NO continuous operation). vie
Max. 120 rpm with max torque of 5 Nm. a3
CONTINUOUS NO
60
Combinations a 45 OPERATION
60
45
p. 384 p. 386
45
170
60
45 7 37,5 60 72,5
4 Ø -)
N. ough 16,5
r s
Part 2125 (th hole
Ø15
Part 2247 10
Part 2156
60
24
45
68
60
30
Ø5
8
27,5
n.2 M8x30
Part 4632
Transmission examples socket head screws
Part 4720
Part 4632 Part 4632 painted for

Part 4710 Part 4710 black catapho-
resis
Part 4584 Part 1303

shot peened
Part 2434 Part 1897 Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+
Order Weight €
Stock
Nominal transmissible torque (Nm) Finish

code g piece
550670 10 Cataphoresis painting RAL 9005 820 § 157,00
660409 10 shot peened 820 § 157,00
§Products not in stock minimum order: 1 piece, delivery in 15 days

4718 Square-section mini-angular idler

Assembly examples on octagonal positioner
1 2
3 4
Part 2434 Part 4720
Part 4695
Part 4584

square-section mini-angular idler
Impiego: MVF30 gearmotor mount all’estremità del kit posizionatore
ottagonale a 2 carrelli o di mini rinvii a sezione quadrata.
Per rinvii a sezione quadrata a 3 vie part.4653 o kit posizionatore
ottagonale a 2 carrelli part.4706.
Stato di fornitura n.1 attacco motoriduttore in alluminio, n.1 giunto
di trasmissione fisso in inox AISI 304, n.1 albero lento in inox AISI 304,
n.1 spina cilindrica in acciaio UNI6364 , n.1 o-ring in poliuretano, n.1
linguetta 5x5x30 UNI6604-69A, n. 4 viti STEI M6x25 zincate UNI5923, n.4
dadi esagonali M6 zincati UNI7474, n.4 viti TCEI M6x50 zincate UNI5931.
Patent i
gliol
r B onfi F
f o 30 /
MVF
Ø84 137,5
8 48 6,9 71,9 1,7
48
Part.4706 55,3
2
32 25
60
Ø15
Ø14
48
32
Patent
linguetta 5x5x30
n.4 viti TCEI M6x50 di
fissaggio al rinvio angolare n.4 dadi M6
13 autobloccanti
Ø50
n.4 viti STEI M6x25
Application example
Qty 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+
Codice Peso €
Stock
Finitura
ordinazione Kg pezzo
661709 micropal. 5,5 § 180,34
 Prodotti non a stock ordine minimo 1 pezzo, consegna 20 giorni (salvo rottura di stock).

www.bettsistemi.com
for 15Ø shafts
Use: indicator for numerical reading of the move-
ments on column and profile positioners with 15Ø
pin and worm screw pitch 2.5.
Material Technopolymer revolution counter, bron-
ze adjustment bushing, 1 M4 burnished steel grub
screw.
Characteristics: increasing values with clockwise
rotation; pitch 2.5 (1 handwheel turn = 0002.5 on
the counter); pitch 4 (1 handwheel turn = 0004.0 on
the counter).
48 50
Ø15
Ø20
65
Application example
Pitch 2,5 Pitch 2,5 Counter position
25 25
Ø15
Ø15
45
1 turn 1 turn 123
5
Ø5* Ø5* 1 234
FRONTAL ANGLED
Square-section mini idler 1 Round-section mini idler 2 Qty 1+ 10+
Code Position Finishing Weight €
Stock
Counter Pitch
order counter g piece
608359 RIGHT SIDE frontal 2.5 RAL2004 orange 352 ü 27,97
661629 RIGHT SIDE angled 2.5 RAL2004 orange 352 ü 27,97
501900 RIGHT SIDE frontal 4 RAL2004 orange 352 ü 27,97
501940 RIGHT SIDE angled 4 RAL2004 orange 352 ü 27,97

2434 Safety handwheel
Removable
Use: for manual handling of angular idlers. The
notch on the handwheel allows snap-fitting on the
5Ø pin fitted on the positioner; this feature allows
fast disassembly during machine operation, preven-
ting accidental adjustment operations.
Material reinforced polyamide with glass fibre;
galvanised steel insert with 26mm-deep blind hole.
State of supply the handwheel has a notch to
snap-fit the positioner on the shaft by means of a 5ø
cylindrical pin fitted on the positioner.
or
Standard pack: 1 piece. ch f
not -
with snap g
fittin

on the positioner
by means of a 5Ø pin (*)
d1
5 (*)
d1
T
15
26
15
26 Application example
Ø15
Esempi di applicazione
Square-section mini idler 1 Round-section mini idler 2

Ø15
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+
Code d1 T Weight €
Stock
Colour
order mm mm g piece
608349 15 T RAL 9005 black 493 ü 33,89
594760 15 1 T RAL 9005
2 black 493 ü 33,89
Mini-rinvio a sezione quadrata Mini-rinvio a sezione tonda

2179 Fixed fitting bracket

Use: suitable for fitting product containment blades.
State of supply bracket, 4 UNI 5931 M6x16 screws and 4 washers in
AISI 304 stainless steel.
Characteristics: easy to fit, it allows blades fitting with a max.
thickness of 12 mm. Not adjustable.
Max 12 mm
WARNING!
22
34
30
5
6,
12,5 35
Ø
0÷12
22
13
6,5
35
Qty 8+ 16+ 32+ 64+

Order Weight €
Stock
Finish
code g piece
614894 shot peened 350 § 12,06

2195 Bracket fastening kit

with blade holder pin
Use: suitable for fitting product containment blades, where the blades
are not parallel to the clamps (see fitting example).
State of supply bracket, 4 UNI 5933 M6x16 screws, 4 UNI 5721 M6 blind
hexagonal nuts, 4 M6 self-anchoring pins, 20Ø blade holder pin and
DIN 7984 M8x16 screw in AISI 304 stainless steel.
Warnings: to fit the bracket on carriages, you must drill 4 M6 threaded
holes (not provided on standard carriages).
Fitting example
200
120
105
90
70
20
4
WARNING!
28 Max 12 mm
M8
42
Ø13
5
48
50
65
Ø20
14
Qty 8+ 16+ 32+ 64+

Order Finish Finish Weight €
Stock
code pin bracket kg piece

629877 drawn shot peened 1.05 § 58,14

2284 Fastening angle

with reference notches
Use: can be fitted on the positioners Part 2125 and 2155 for fastening
to the machine base.
State of supply painted aluminium, galvanised steel nuts and bolts,
complete with 8 M8x20 socket head screws and 8 washers.
Characteristics: one side of the angle is specially moulded to perfectly
match the shape of the positioner beam, thus giving this fastening
accessory great rigidity.
Combinations a
p. 440 p. 436
C Each bracket fitted at the end
of the positioner reduces the
useful stroke (C1 and/or C2)
by 56mm
45
86
Application example:
22,5
45 86
85 C This accessory CANNOT be fitted on

61 the locking plate side as it protrudes
45 from the beam and is positioned
precisely in correspondence to the
angle fastening holes.
19,5
22,5
45
Locking
NO
Ø8,5 plate
Qty 1+ 5+ 8+ 16+
Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Colour
code g piece
642634 4 pcs RAL 9005 black 550 ü 25,21


Use: applied to any one of the 3 angular idler shafts, part no. 2283, you
can read the millimetres of travel.
State of supply technopolymer revolution counter, black anodised
aluminium plate, burnished steel pin, 2 M6 socket head screws in
stainless steel, 2 M5 grub screws in burnished steel.
Characteristics: increasing values with clockwise rotation; pitch 4 (1
handwheel turn = 004 on the counter = 4 linear mm).
55
10 50
48
4
677083
643234
65
Ø20
Ø17
71
90
21
Part 1948
Part 2125
Part 2247
Part 2156 Part 2029
counter counter
Part 2283
Qty 1+ 5+ 20+
Order Weight €
Stock
Counter Pitch Finish

code g piece
677083 RIGHT SIDE 4 RAL2004 orange 352 ü 73,50
643234 WRONG SIDE 4 grey RAL7035 352 § 73,50

C
Machining for beam fastening with screws
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
M8 : M8 drilling and threading of beam outside. This can be done in all the
grooves in the beam in order to fasten the positioner with M8 screws.
13.5Ø-8.5: Ø8.5 drilling and Ø13.5 spot-facing for M8 cylinder

head screws. In order not to compromise good functioning of
the positioner, it can be done only in the grooves on the long
sides of the beam (see Fig.2) and at a distance of at least 40
mm from the end of the beam (see Fig.3).
Fig. 3
MILLING : milling to open the groove in the beam to insert
the M8 square nut. This can be done in all the grooves in
the beam; it is advisable to use the nut with positioning
spring (Part 1786) as it stays in place even if the beam is
arranged vertically.
Fig. 4

C
Possible hole depths on carriages
Profondità max. consentite
per fori e filetti
ATTENZIONE
i fori o le lavorazioni
NON devono essere
passanti (fori ciechi)
Carrello B=130 Carrello B=70
Y
X
Y
X
B
B
55
X 55
Y
X
Y
55
38

478
Combinations
Connection tubes and rods
..................................................
1 p. 480
Caps for tubes

.................................................................. 1 p. 486
Panels
................................................................. 1 p. 503
Millimetre rules
................................................................. 1 p. 499
.................................................................
1 p. 506
Containment and conveying accessories

................................................................. 1 p. 182
WARNINGS
The information provided is only intended and provided for component description purposes. It shall not be
understood as a statement made by us regarding a specific characteristic of the same component or its suitability
for a specific use. The data provided by us shall not relieve the customers from their responsibility to evaluate, check
and consequently use any and all components. All information is based on the knowledge available at the time
of publishing and is not binding. We are not responsible for any incomplete or incorrect information or possible
damage resulting therefrom. The products may be subject to modification at any time. It is therefore advisable to
check for updates on our website www.bettsistemi.com.
479
2012 Connection tube

in stainless steel
Use: for connectors. l
Material: TIG welded tube in AISI 304 stainless steel - EN 10217/7 - DIN stee
11850. inless
Standard pack: 6 metres. Sta
Combinations a
p. 486 p. 487 p. 488 p. 491
Food
&
Beverage
D1
0
Th -2 mm
Fig. 1
CWARNING:
if tubes become oval, even if within tolerance, it may be
difficult to insert them in the connectors.
It is advisable to widen the hole by inserting a wedge in the
connector slot to make it easier to insert the tube (Fig. 1).
* Tolerance selected

2012 Bars 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+
Order D1 Thickness L Finish Weight €
Stock
code Ø mm m kg/m bar
641317 10 ± 0,3 1 2 brushed 0,225 ü 12,20
642317 10 ± 0,3 1 3 brushed 0,225 ü 18,03
641327 * 12 +0,1/-0,05 1 2 brushed 0,275 ü 13,10
642337 * 12 +0,1/-0,05 1 3 brushed 0,275 ü 19,32
641487 14 +0,1/-0,05 1 2 brushed 0,326 § 13,96
642357 14 +0,1/-0,05 1 3 brushed 0,326 § 20,67
642377 16 ± 0,3 1,5 2 brushed 0,545 ü 18,12
642387 16 ± 0,3 1,5 3 brushed 0,545 ü 26,88
642197 18 ± 0,3 1,5 2 brushed 0,620 ü 19,28
642207 18 ± 0,3 1,5 3 brushed 0,620 ü 28,62
641337 20 ± 0,3 1,5 2 brushed 0,695 § 20,20
642397 20 ± 0,3 1,5 3 brushed 0,695 § 29,94
690637 25 ± 0,3 1 2 brushed 0,601 § 19,08
690647 25 ± 0,3 1 3 brushed 0,601 § 28,02
642227 25 ± 0,3 1,5 2 brushed 0,883 § 23,80
642237 25 ± 0,3 1,5 3 brushed 0,883 § 35,10
690657 25 ± 0,3 2 2 brushed 1,152 § 33,54
690667 25 ± 0,3 2 3 brushed 1,152 § 49,77
642257 26,9 ± 0,3 1,5 2 brushed 0,954 § 25,00
642267 26,9 ± 0,3 1,5 3 brushed 0,954 § 36,87
673307 30 ± 0,3 1 2 brushed 0,726 § 21,44
690627 30 ± 0,3 1 3 brushed 0,726 § 31,62
641347 30 ± 0,3 1,2 2 brushed 0,865 ü 23,50
642417 30 ± 0,3 1,2 3 brushed 0,865 ü 34,71
673157 40 ± 0,3 1,5 2 brushed 1,479 § 35,26
673167 40 ± 0,3 1,5 3 brushed 1,479 § 51,99
673187 40 ± 0,3 2 2 brushed 1,947 § 40,62
673197 40 ± 0,3 2 3 brushed 1,947 § 59,94
673217 40 ± 0,3 3 2 brushed 2,845 § 58,30
673227 40 ± 0,3 3 3 brushed 2,845 § 86,58
642287 48,3 ± 0,36 1,5 2 brushed 1,758 ü 38,80
642297 48,3 ± 0,36 1,5 3 brushed 1,758 ü 57,27
641357 50 ± 0,37 1,5 2 brushed 1,822 ü 39,96
642427 50 ± 0,37 1,5 3 brushed 1,822 § 59,07
641367 50 ± 0,37 2 2 brushed 2,404 § 48,24
642447 50 ± 0,37 2 3 brushed 2,404 § 71,49
641377 50 ± 0,37 3 2 brushed 3,531 ü 65,98
642457 50 ± 0,37 3 3 brushed 3,531 ü 98,01
Diameter D1 customisations The tubes can be supplied cut to size and bevelled (€ 3 per cut) and delivered in kits.
Products not in stock minimum order: 6 metres, delivery in 10 days.


in aluminium
Material: aluminium tube.
Standard pack: 6 metres.
Combinations a
p. 487
d
dise
ano
D1
0
Th -2 mm
Bars 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+
Stock
Thickness Finish
code Ø m kg/m bar
641387 30 ±0.5 2 2 anodised 0.475 ü 16,74
641947 30 ±0.5 2 3 anodised 0.475 ü 24,75
641397 50 ±0.5 2 2 anodised 0.830 ü 33,44
666515 50 ±0.5 2 3 anodised 0.830 ü 49,86
641407 60 ±0.7 2 2 anodised 0.990 ü 37,16
642547 60 ±0.7 2 3 anodised 0.990 ü 55,47
Customisations they can be supplied cut to size and bevelled (€ 3 per cut) and supplied in kits.


in iron
6 0
Fe 3
Material: welded tube in Fe 360 - En 10219.
Combinations a
p. 487
D1
0
Th -2 mm
WARNING: if tubes become oval, even if within

C
Fig. 1
tolerance, it may be difficult to insert them in the
connectors.
It is advisable to widen the hole by inserting a wedge in the
connector slot to make it easier to insert the tube (Fig. 1).
Bars 1+ 2+ 4+ 8+
Stock
Thickness Finish
code Ø m kg/m bar
673257 40 ±0.3 2 2 untreated 1.87 § 16,44
673267 40 ±0.3 2 2 galvanised 1.87 § 25,50
673297 40 ±0.3 2 2 chemical nickel-plating 1.87 § 89,12
673277 40 ±0.3 2 3 untreated 1.87 § 23,76

4064 Connection rod

in steel
Material C40 steel. C40
Combinations a
p. 491
un d
gro
0
-2 mm
2 m bars 1+ 6+ 12+ 24+

3 m bars 1+ 6+ 12+ 24+
Stock
Finish
code Ø m kg/m bar
641417 15 h7 2 ground 1.4 § 15,70
642537 15 h7 3 ground 1.4 § 22,95
641427 25 h7 2 ground 3.9 § 27,54
642477 25 h7 3 ground 3.9 § 40,41

988 Connection rod

in stainless steel
Use: for connectors. l
Material AISI 304 stainless steel. stee
Standard pack: 3 metres. in less
Combinations a Sta
p. 491
Food
&
Beverage
0
-2 mm
Bars 1+ 6+ 12+ 24+

Stock
Finish
code Ø m kg/m bar
641447 10 h9 3 ground 0.628 § 22,23
650151 12 h9 3 drawn 0.950 § 29,58
642497 16 h9 3 drawn 1.600 § 62,79
676028 18 h9 3 drawn 2.00 § 66,51
641477 20 h9 3 drawn 2.513 § 74,58
641497 25 h9 3 ground 3.927 § 96,57

2013 Cap
for 12 Ø mm tube
Use: for closing the ends, part no. 2012 Ø12.
Material polyamide.
Combinations a
p. 480
Ø12
Ø10
10 4.5
14.5
Qty 1+ 96+ 240+

Order Weight €
Stock
Finish
code g piece
631372 RAL1006 yellow 3 ü 0,45

ILT End cap

for tubes in millimetres
Use: closing the ends.
Material RAL 9005 black polyethylene.
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 492 p. 482 p. 483
mm
A
B
C
Th.
Qty 1+ 10+ 50+ 200+ 400+

Order A Th. B C Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm mm mm g piece
01ILT10A 10 0,8-2 3,5 14,5 RAL9005 black 0,47 ü 0,19
01ILT12A 12 0,8-2 3,5 14,5 RAL9005 black 0,68 ü 0,20
01ILT14A 14 0,8-2 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 1,06 ü 0,21
01ILT16A 16 0,8-2 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 0,7 ü 0,22
01ILT18A 18 0,8-2 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 1,64 ü 0,23
01ILT20A 20 0,8-2 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 1,95 ü 0,28
01ILT25A 25 1,0-3 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 2,7 ü 0,33
01ILT27A 27 0,8-3 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 2,88 ü 0,37
01ILT30A 30 1,0-3 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 3,44 ü 0,39
01ILT40A 40 1,0-3 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 5,9 ü 0,49
01ILT40B 40 3,0-5 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 5,45 ü 0,50
01ILT50A 50 1,0-3 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 9,7 ü 0,74
01ILT50B 50 2,5-4,5 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 7,45 ü 0,74
01ILT50D 50 3,3-6 5 16,5 RAL9005 black 10 ü 0,74
01ILT60A 60 1,0-3 5 23,5 RAL9005 black 16,4 ü 0,79
01ILT60B 60 3,0-5 5 26 RAL9005 black 16,4 ü 0,74

1167 Safety convex end cap

for tube in inches
Use: closing the ends.
Material polyamide.
Standard pack: 240 pieces. (code 630971 pack including 12 pieces).
A
“
B
C
Th.
Qty 1+ 12+ 48+ 240+

Order A Thickness B C Weight €
Stock
Finish
code Ø mm mm mm g piece
606242 3/4 gas (26.9 mm) 1-2 4 15.5 RAL9005 black 2 ü 1,20
606232 1” gas (33.7 mm) 1-2 4 15.5 RAL9005 black 3 ü 1,30
628023 1” gas (33.7 mm) 1-2 4 15.5 RAL1021 yellow 3 ü 1,30
696168 1” gas (33.7 mm) 1-2 5 15.5 blue RAL5015 3 § 1,30
606222 1/4 gas (42.4 mm) 1-2 5 16.5 RAL9005 black 4 ü 1,51
1/2 gas type (48.3
630971
mm)
1-2 5 16.5 RAL9005 black 8 ü 2,68

882 13.5Ø hole caps

Use: to cap 13.5ø holes (spot-faced holes for plugged fastenings).
2,2
Ø1
6,8
ø1
3,5
Qty 1+ 25+ 50+ 100+

Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Finish
code g piece
68065 50 pieces RAL9005 black 0.5 ü 0,39
615121 50 pieces grey RAL7016 0.5 ü 0,39
657451 50 pieces grey RAL7035 0.5 ü 0,39
68055 50 pieces neutral 0.5 § 0,39

949 Screw caps

Use: screw cap with wrench 4 (M6 DIN 7984 and UNI 5933) and wrench
5 (M8 DIN 7984, UNI 5933 and M6 UNI 5931).
UNI 5933
1,3 DIN 7984
Ch
M6
Ø1
4
M6
1,7 UNI 5931 DIN 7984 UNI 5933
Ø1
Ch
M6
5
M8
M8
Qty 1+ 100+ 200+ 400+

Order Weight €
Stock
Pack Ch Finish
code g piece
63129 200 pcs 4 RAL9005 black 0.2 ü 0,16
661401 200 pcs 4 grey RAL7016 0.2 ü 0,16
661421 200 pcs 4 grey RAL7035 0.2 ü 0,16
691821 200 pcs 4 neutral 0.2 § 0,16
63119 500 pcs 5 RAL9005 black 0.3 ü 0,17
661391 500 pcs 5 grey RAL7016 0.3 ü 0,17
661411 500 pcs 5 grey RAL7035 0.3 ü 0,17
691831 500 pcs 5 neutral 0.3 § 0,17

3783 Protection cap

Use: 1 protects shaft ends or threads against accidental denting (with
or without key).
2 holds the tab in place.
3 safety device for the operator.
Material: polyvinylchloride (PVC) (hardness Shore A =75; resistance to
temperatures between -30° and +100°).
Combinations a
p. 480 p. 484 p. 485
ta b retainer
protection and
key
C
Th.
1
2
D
Qty 10+ 50+ 200+

Order A D1 D2 Thickness C Weight €
Stock
Colour
code Ø Ø Ø mm mm g piece
675827 6 6 6 1 12.7 RAL9005 black 0.3 ü 0,48
675837 8 8 8 1 19.2 RAL9005 black 0.5 § 0,48
675847 9.9 - 10 1.4 12.7 RAL9005 black 0.5 § 0,48
675857 11.9 - 12 1.4 19.2 RAL9005 black 1.0 § 0,48
664898 11.9 - 12 1.4 11 RAL1021 yellow 1.0 ü 0,48
675867 14.3 14 14 1.4 25.4 RAL9005 black 2.0 ü 0,48
675897 17.5 17 17 1.5 25.4 RAL9005 black 3.0 ü 0,48
675877 19.0 18 19 1.5 25.4 RAL9005 black 3.0 § 0,48
675887 25.4 24 25 1.5 25.4 RAL9005 black 4.0 § 0,61

3292 Sliding tube

made of drawn steel
Use: for sliding bushes.
el
Ste
Material ST52 steel / EN 10305-1.
Combinations a
p. 487
d
ate
kel-pl
nic
D1
0
Th -2 mm
Bars 1+ 6+ 12+ 24+

Stock
Thickness Finish
code Ø m kg bar
621337 30 +0.05/-0.15 5 2 brushed, non nickel-plated 3.09 § 80,54
641507 30 +0.05/-0.15 5 2 brushing + electrolytic nickel-plating 3.09 § 118,40
621367 50 +0.05/-0.15 5 2 brushed, non nickel-plated 5.78 ü 110,14
621377 60 +0.05/-0.15 5 2 brushed, non nickel-plated 7.06 ü 123,96
Customisations: thicknesses and length (L= max 4 m). The tubes in stock can be supplied cut to size and bevelled (€ 3 per cut)
and delivered in kits.
Products not in stock Ø30 minimum order: 3 bars; other diameters, minimum order 1 bar, delivery in 15 days.

4257 Stop ring

Use: fitted on tubes or shafts, it allows creating an end-stop or positio-
ning components/accessories.
Material C45 steel or AISI 304 stainless steel (see table).
Characteristics: according to the DIN 705 standard.
Additional services: fitted on tubes or shafts, this component may be
used to obtain an end-stop or to position components/accessories.
D 6H
11
0
°
°
135
ØA H8
ØB h13
45
H11
°
ØF
1 E
C j14

4257 Stop ring

Qty 10+ 25+ 50+ 100+
Order A B C D E F Material and Weight €
Stock
Pack
code Ø Ø mm mm mm mm finish g piece
665388 100 pcs 10 20 10 M5 1 3 phosphated steel 16 § 1,44
665418 10 pcs 12 22 12 M6 1.2 4 phosphated steel 22 ü 1,60
665448 100 pcs 14 25 12 M6 1.2 4 phosphated steel 25 § 1,64
665568 50 pieces 25 40 16 M8 1.6 6 phosphated steel 86 § 3,27
665598 50 pieces 30 45 16 M8 1.6 6 phosphated steel 100 § 3,94
665628 10 pcs 50 80 18 M10 1.8 10 phosphated steel 397 ü 10,17
665368 100 pcs 8 16 8 M4 0,8 2 galvanised steel 10 § 1,38
665398 100 pcs 10 20 10 M5 1 3 galvanised steel 16 § 1,44
665428 10 pcs 12 22 12 M6 1.2 4 galvanised steel 22 ü 1,60
665458 100 pcs 14 25 12 M6 1.2 4 galvanised steel 25 § 1,64
665608 50 pieces 30 45 16 M8 1.6 6 galvanised steel 100 § 3,94
665638 50 pieces 50 80 18 M10 1.8 10 galvanised steel 397 § 10,17
665408 100 pcs 10 20 10 M5 1 3 AISI304 stainless steel 16 § 4,85
665438 100 pcs 12 22 12 M6 1.2 4 AISI304 stainless steel 22 § 5,31
665558 50 pieces 25 40 16 M8 1.6 6 AISI304 stainless steel 86 § 11,89
Products not in stock minimum order: 1 pack, delivery in 10 days.

4613 Stop ring

Use: fitted on tubes or shafts, it allows creating an end-stop or positio-
ning components/accessories, an alternative solution to the standard ak
stop rings (Seeger) with the advantage of avoiding any further proces-
sing on the shaft.
Zam
State of supply Zamak ring complete with fastening screw (see table)
Tightening torque 6 Nm (M5), 10 Nm (M6)
S
ØB
ØA
Ø50 Application example
Ø35
Ø30
Ø25
Ø20
Ø15
Ø18

i
4613 Stop ring
C
d
ADVANTAGES OF THE STOP RING COMPARED TO THE STANDARD
EMERGENCY RINGS (SEEGER) i
s
d
The emergency rings require: s
- a lathe to make their housings;
- centre distance tolerance (“i”);
- tolerance on the housing width and depth (“s” and “d”).
With stop rings:

- YOU DO NOT NEED A LATHE (a saw is enough) to cut the shaft;
- NO HOUSINGS REQUIRED (ideal for error recovery in case of assembly on frame structures).
Qty 100+ 200+
Order A B C Finish Weight €
Stock
Pack S
code Ø Ø mm ring g piece
618299 50 pieces 15 32 15.6 M5X25 shot peened 50 § 1,26
671389 50 pieces 18 32 15.6 M5x25 shot peened 45 § 2,32
618309 50 pieces 20 35 16 M5X20 shot peened 50 § 1,99
618339 50 pieces 35 60 19.9 M5X25 shot peened 155 ü 3,70
618349 50 pieces 50 77.5 17.6 M6X30 shot peened 210 § 5,79
512570 50 pieces 15 32 15.6 M5X25 black cataphoresis 50 § 1,80
512590 50 pieces 20 35 16 M5X20 black cataphoresis 50 § 2,23
512620
50 pieces
35
60
19.9
M5X25
black cataphoresis
155
§
3,99
512630 50 pieces 50 77.5 17.6 M6X30 black cataphoresis 210 §
6,32

4685 Universal support ring

Use: allows joining round bars or shafts in diameters commonly found
in machines to flat parts of undefined dimensions. ak
Fitted in pairs, they allow quickly fastening and positioning panels or
electric boards thanks to the two flat sides of the ring (Fig. 1). Indivi-
Zam
dually they can be used to position photocells and reflectors (Fig. 2).
State of supply Zamak ring complete with UNI 5931 M6X30 fastening
screw.
pl ates
ing
f a sten 90°
14
2
M6x30 20
UNI5931
17
ØA
Ø34
13
M
21
5
M 14
5 8
21 18 Application examples
Ø25
Ø20
Ø18
Qty 10+1 20+

Fig. 50+ 100+
Fig. 2
Order A M Finish Weight €
Stock
Pack
code Ø ring g piece
649469 10 pcs Ø18 H7 M5 shot peened 100 § 4,96
512640 10 pcs Ø18 H7 M5 black cataphoresis 100 § 5,49
Customisations: on request, they can be supplied with black cataphoresis or white galvanising treatmentp. 250 .

Millimetre rules
3266 Round millimetre rules

Ø 12 mm hole for M8 fastening screw
Use: in combination with 12Ø holed connectors for fastening and
l
adjustment of product containment guides. stee
Material : AISI 303 stainless steel rod, galvanised steel nuts and bolts.. in less
Characteristics: millimetre scale for precise adjustment in format chan- Sta
ge.
Max reading distance 500 mm.
C Note: the millimetres are divided manually through an electrochemi-
cal marking process, therefore there might be small imperfection which
do not jeopardise the reading.
Note: the millimetres are divided
manually through an electrochemical
marking process, therefore there might
Combinations a be small imperfection which do not
jeopardise the reading.
p. 82 p. 92 p. 110 p. 126 p. 133
4
15
16
ax
17
18 Ø4 m mm
18
0
19
50
2
==
5÷0 6
4,5
+0,1
M8
0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 22 0 55
5 LS 6,6 D
11,5
1,1 1,1
L 18±1 A
kes it possible to
35
R0
The lock-nut ma
,2
enting the pin

M
3,2 15
AX
ori M8
block the guide
.
on in the area
millimetre divisi
8 h8 -0,022
the operator.
easiest to read for
0
B
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 16+ 48+
Stock
Finish
code mm mm mm scale g piece
688346 Ø12 75 84,5 drawn yes 90 ü 19,45
688356 Ø12 95 104,5 drawn yes 107 ü 19,69
688366 Ø12 145 154,5 drawn yes 152 ü 20,34
688376 Ø12 195 204,5 drawn yes 198 ü 20,94
688386 Ø12 295 304,5 drawn yes 288 ü 22,19
Products not in stock minimum order: 16 pieces, delivery in 15 days.

Millimetre rules
1789 Square rules

10x10 - 12x12 mm
Use: in combination with o10/12Ø holed connectors for construction of
sensor holders or product containment guides.
Material aluminium.
treatment. Resistant to cleaning with solvents, fuels and alcohol.
Standard pack: 14 pcs for o10x10, 8 pcs for o12x12 (see table).
Combinations a
p. 82 p. 92 p. 107 p. 97 p. 110
Your logo
2x30° customizable
Direzione scala Dx
0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 30
D 5 LS
2x30° L
Direzione scala Sx
30 29 28 27 26 4 3 2 1 0
5 LS
L

Millimetre rules
1789 Square rules

10x10 - 12x12 mm
Qty 1+ 4+ 7+ 14+ 42+
Stock
Finish
code or mm mm scale g piece
620857 * 10+0.25/-0 - 160 non-anodised no 43 ü 2,91
620867 * 10+0.25/-0 - 310 non-anodised no 83 ü 3,46
620877 * 10+0.25/-0 - 610 non-anodised no 164 ü 4,40
620887 * 10+0.25/-0 - 1210 non-anodised no 325 ü 6,19
690547 * 10+0.25/-0 - 2000 non-anodised no 537 ü 9,09
690557 * 10+0.25/-0 - 3000 non-anodised no 850 ü 12,58
691097 - 10+0.25/-0 - 3000 anodised no 850 ü 19,25
690417 * 12+0.25/-0 - 160 non-anodised no 62 ü 3,07
690427 * 12+0.25/-0 - 310 non-anodised no 121 ü 3,77
690437 * 12+0.25/-0 - 610 non-anodised no 237 ü 5,23
690447 * 12+0.25/-0 - 1210 non-anodised no 470 ü 8,08
690577 * 12+0.25/-0 - 2000 non-anodised no 777 ü 11,88
690587 * 12+0.25/-0 - 3000 non-anodised no 1165 ü 16,54
Customisations Logo (only for versions with *), millimetre scale (only for versions L≤1200mm) §
§ Products not in stock minimum order 42 pieces, delivery in 15 days.

Millimetre rules
3246 Square millimetre rules

10x10 mm with M8 ends
Use: in combination with 10Ø holed connectors for fastening and
ium
adjustment of product containment guides.
min
Material: aluminium rod, galvanised steel nuts and bolts. Alu
treatment.
-
Do not use as a measurement instrument in business reports. pro
ra tchf
s c o
Combinations a
p. 82 p. 92 p. 107 p. 97 p. 110
5÷0 6
2x30°
0 1 2 3 4 26 27 28 29 30
M8
5 LS 6,6 D
L 18±1
the guide
ut m ak es it possible to block ea
The lock -n vision in the ar
n millimetre di
orienting the pi
r the operator.
easiest to read fo
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 16+ 48+

Order D LS L millimetre Weight €
Stock
Finish
code  mm mm scale g piece
687666 10+0.20/-0.05 100 110 anodised/scratchproof Yes 61 § 21,64
687676 10+0.20/-0.05 150 160 anodised/scratchproof Yes 87 ü 21,81

Square rod
2336 Extruded square rod

16x16 mm
Use: in combination with o 16Ø holed connectors for construction of
ium
sensor holders or product containment guides. min
Material aluminium Alu
Combinations a
p. 98 p. 119 p. 507 p. 508
see label/rodscale
millimetre - 4777
Part 2049
(P
rim
.p
er
M
6)
(Prim. per M8)

11
□ -0,05
-0,25
Version with millimetre label

in anodised aluminium
Bars 1+ 6+ 12+ 24+ 48+

Order L Weight €
Stock
Finish
code m kg/m m
655414 3 anodised 0.6 ü 10,39

Millimetre rules
2340 Square rod 16x16

adjustment systems
Use: construction of cross positioners by combination with cross con-
ium
min
nectors (see Part 1450) or single positioners by combination with flange
connectors (see Part 2355). Alu
State of supply bar in anodised aluminium (the ends and threaded
holes are not anodised), reinforced polyamide knob, label with milli-
metre marking in destructible vinyl or anodised aluminium (see Table).
Combinations a
p. 98 p. 119
□ -0,05
-0,25
L=
Version with Version with millimetre label

destructible vinyl millimetre label in anodised aluminium
Part no. 2339
Part no. 2340 Part no. 2985
Part no. 3172
Part 2355
Part no. 1450

Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+ 20+
Millimeter scale
Order L Finish Millimeter scale Weight €
Stock
background
code mm rod material g piece
colour
655454 280* 15µm anodised vinyl yellow 177 ü 28,50
552220 280** 15µm anodised aluminium silver 177 § 28,50
Customisations Length L on customer's request: *max L 580 mm (500 mm millimetre scale);
**L max 680 mm (600 mm millimetre scale)

Millimetre rules
2339 Square rod 16x16

fastening
Use: construction of cross positioners by combination with cross con-
ium
nectors (see Part 1450) or single positioners by combination with flange
min
connectors (see Part 2355). Alu
State of supply bar in anodised aluminium (the ends and threaded
holes are not anodised), label in destructible vinyl or anodised alumi-
nium (see Table).
Combinations a
p. 98 p. 119
□ -0,05
-0,25
L=
Version with millimetre label
Version with destructible vinyl millimetre label in anodised aluminium
Part no. 2339
Part no. 2340
Part no. 2985
Part no. 3172
Part 2355
Part no. 1450 Qty 1+ 4+ 8+ 16+ 20+

Millimeter
Order L Finish Millimeter scale Weight €
Stock
code mm rod scale material background g piece

colour
655444 260* 15µm anodised vinyl yellow 142 ü 27,39
552210 260** 15µm anodised aluminium silver 142 § 27,39
Customisations Length L on customer's request: *max L 560 mm (500 mm millimetre scale);
**L max 660 mm (600 mm millimetre scale)

Label
2167 Arrow label

for positioning indication
Use: used separately as indicator on the label with millimetre marking
part no. 2049; used together as indicators for the matching parts to
be assembled; you can write on them with an indelible felt-tip pen, for
example, to indicate the correct joining area of dismountable frames.
Material destructible vinyl.
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 20+

Order Weight €
Stock
code g piece
699433 - ü 2,01

Label
2049 Label with millimetre marking

Use: adhesive label to be applied on tubes and rods whenever you need
to make precise adjustments.
Material destructible vinyl.
Combinations a
p. 506
H
In applications on a square rule,

part no. 2336 use the part numbers
690607 / 690617 (H=10 mm)
Qty 1+ 5+ 10+ 20+

Order L L1 H Weight €
Stock
676763 310 300 15 2 ü 2,90
614464 510 500 15 3 ü 4,83
690607 310 300 10 2 § 4,22
690617 510 500 10 3 § 7,30

Millimetre rules
4777 Millimetre rules

Use: applied on profiles, rods and wherever precise adjustments are
required. ium
min
Alu
Material aluminium.
Characteristics: resistant to cleaning with solvents, fuels and alcohol.
Create a seat for C

rod embedded housing.
H Version H=10 complete
with fastening holes,
suitable
Part for hammer rivets
Part 2336
988 - 4064 UNI 7346
it can be
Ø2
fastened with
double-sided
59 60 60 adhesive
59 58 tape 57 56 4 3 2 1 0
==
or
glue
5
1.6
Ø1.9
H=10
0 1 2 3 4 56 57 58 59 60 60 59 58 57 56 4 3 2 1 0
Code 680909 Code 680959 610

1 610
340 350 RH mm350

scale
340direction
330 320 310 40 LH
30 mm
20 scale
10 direction
0
H=6
0 10 20 30 40 310 320 330 340 350 350 340 330 320 310 40 30 20 10 0
0,5 Code 681019 370 Code 681049 370

Qty 4+ 8+ 16+ 48+ 100+
Order Direction Progression Weight €
Stock
H Finish
code scale mm scale g piece
680909 10 RH 0 - 600 anodizing 18 § 6,27
680959 10 LH 600 - 0 anodizing 3 § 6,27
681019 6 RH 0 - 350 anodizing 18 5,67 §
681049 6 LH 0 - 350 anodizing 3 5,67 §

Millimetre rules
4235 Millimetre rules

adhesive
Use: applied on profiles, rods and wherever precise adjustments are
required. ium
min
Material: aluminium with double-sided adhesive tape.
Alu
Create a seat for C

rod embedded housing.
H ided
double-s
d h es iv e tape
a
12
0 1 2 3 4 96 97 98 99 100
1010 0,7
(0,5 aluminium foil
0,2 double-sided adhesive tape)
Code 630737 RH mm scale direction Code 630747
0 1 2 3 4 96 97 98 99 100 100 101 102 103 104 196 197 198 199 200
1010 1010
Code 630767
LH mm scale direction Code 630757
200 199 198 197 196 104 103 102 101 100 100 99 98 97 96 4 3 2 1 0
1010 1010
On request, we can supply rods graduated in inches with scale progression from
0’’- 40’’ and 41’’ - 80’’ with right or left direction.
Min. order 4 pieces, delivery in 10 days. Qty 4+ 8+ 12+ 16+ 100+
Order Direction Progression Weight €
Stock
Finish
code scale mm scale g piece
630737 4 pcs 0 - 1000 painted in grey RAL9006 20 ü 7,23
Products not in stock minimum order: 4 pieces, delivery in 5 days.

C Resistance to chemical agents
Bett Sistemi’s components may be used in contact with chemical substances in normal
operating conditions.
Never use acids with pH < 4, bases with pH > 9, and never expose to chlorinated
hydrocarbons such as trichloroethylene for long periods of time.
The following table specifies the resistance of the individual materials to the various
chemical agents.
The concentration and form of some of these substances may cause different reactions.
Material
AISI 303 stainless steel
AISI 430F stainless steel

Anodised aluminium
Shockproof acrylic
Galvanised steel
Elox aluminium
Nickel-plated
steel / brass
Chemical
Adiprene
agent
● ◐ 23°C
◐ 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
23°C
% % % % % % % % % % 23°C
Vinegar ●
Acetone 50 50 50 100 100 100
◐
●
Acetic sol.
20 20 20 20 20 5 10
●
●
◐
◐
●
●
acid 20
Boric
100 100 100 100 100 5
●
●
●
◐
◐
●
acid
Butryc
5 5 5 5 5 10 5
●
●
●
acid
Citric
5 5 5 5 5 10
●
◐
●
acid
Hydrochloric
2,5 20 40 ●
◐
◐
●
acid
Hydrofluoric
40
●
◐
acid
Formic acid 5 5 5 5 5 90
●
●
◐
◐
●
Phosphoric
10 10 10 10 10 5 20 10
●
●
●
acid
Lactic acid 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 ●
◐
●
Nitric acid 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20
●
●
◐
●
= good resistance; = medium resistance; = poor resistance; – = data not available
510
2011
1 www.bettsistemi.com Tel.+39.0522.635111
Resistance to chemical agents C
Material
Polyethylene HDPE
Polyethylene PE
Polycarbonate
Polypropylene
Polyurethane
Chemical
Polyamide
Polyacetal
Laminate
Rubber
PETG
agent
PVC
ABS
23°C
23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● 23°C
◐ 23°C
◐ ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
● ● 23°C
% % % % % % % 23°C % % % % %
Vinegar
100 5 Sol. Acetone
●
Sol. Sol. Acetic

20 5 10 5 10 Sol.
●
●
◐
◐
●
●
10 10 acid
Sol. Boric
40 Sat Sat Sol.
●
●
◐
◐
10 acid
Butryc
Sat 1 Sol.
●
◐
●
acid
Sol. Citric
10
●
●
◐
10 acid
Sol. Sol. Sol. Sol. Hydrochloric
10 37 37 36 Sol.
●
●
◐
◐
●
10 10 30 10 acid
Sol. Hydrofluoric
30 70 65 3
●
◐
●
40 acid
30 10 10 40 10 10 10 2,5 Formic acid
●
◐
●
Sol. Sol. Sol. Phosphoric

10 95 10 Sol.
●
●
◐
●
10 20 20 acid
Sol. Sol.
10 Sol. 85 Lactic acid
●
●
◐
10 85
Sol. Sol.
10 5 5 25 Sol. Nitric acid
●
●
◐
●
20 10

Material

Anodised aluminium
Shockproof acrylic
Galvanised steel
Elox aluminium
Nickel-plated
steel / brass
Chemical
Adiprene
agent
● 23°C
● 23°C
◐ 23°C
◐ 23°C
◐ 23°C
◐ 23°C
● 23°C
23°C
◐ 23°C
% % % % % % % % % % 23°C
Oleic acid 100 100 100 100 100
Sulphuric acid 10 10 10 10 10 30 40
●
◐
◐
●
●
Tartaric acid 10 10 10 10 10 50
●
●
◐
◐
●
●
Chlorinated
5
◐
◐
●
●
water
Distilled water 10
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
Fresh water
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
●
Sea water
Oxygenated ●
40
30 30 30 30 30
●
●
◐
●
water Vol.
Turpentine
●
●
◐
Water and
●
●
soap
Alchfenol
etoxilate
Ethyl alcohol 10 10 10 10 10
● ● ◐ ● ◐ ● ●
● ● ◐ ● ● ◐ ●
● ● ◐ ● ● ◐ ●
● ● ◐ ● ● ◐ ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ◐ ● ● ◐
● ● ◐ ● ● ◐ ◐
Methyl alcohol 100 100 100 100 100

● ●
Ammoniac 50 50 50 50 50 100
◐
Aniline 3 3 3 3 3
Benzene 70 70 70 70 70 100
● ● ●
Gasoline 100
● ●
● ◐
Benzol 100
●
Non-alcoholic
●
●
◐
drinks
Beer
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
●
◐ ●
Butter
Sodium
5 5 5 5 5 2 Sat.
●
●
◐
carbonate
Chloroform 100 100 100 100 100 100

●
●
◐
512
2011
Material
Polyethylene HDPE
Polyethylene PE
Polycarbonate
Polypropylene
Polyurethane
Chemical
Polyamide
Polyacetal
Laminate
Rubber
PETG
agent
PVC
ABS
23°C
● 23°C
◐ 23°C
● 23°C
● 23°C
◐ 23°C
● 23°C
◐ 23°C
23°C
23°C
◐ 23°C
% % % % % % % 23°C % % % % %
100 Sol. Oleic acid
Sol.
10 Sol 40 Sol 40 Sol. Sulphuric acid
●
●
◐
◐
●
●
10
30 98 10 Sol 30 Tartaric acid
●
●
◐
◐
Chlorinated
10 0.3
●
●
●
●
water
Distilled water
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
◐ ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
Fresh water
Sea water
●
10 Sol. Sol. Oxygenated

30 30
●
◐
●
●
Vol. 3 80 water
Turpentine
●
◐
●
Water and
Sol.
●
●
soap
Alchfenol
●
etoxilate
96 96 15 Ethyl alcohol
●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ◐ ● ●
◐ ● ◐ ◐ ● ◐ ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ●
95 100 Methyl alcohol

● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
◐ ◐
Sol. 10 10 30 Sol. Sol. Ammoniac

◐ ◐ ◐ ● ●
◐
● ● ● ● ●
3 3 Aniline
Benzene
◐ ◐ ●
Gasoline
● ●
● ●
● ◐
100 Benzol
●
Non-alcoholic
●
drinks
Beer
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
◐ ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
Sol. Butter
Sol. Sol. Sodium
Sat 10 Sol.
●
●
◐
Sat. 10 carbonate
Sol.
Chloroform
●
◐
●
100.

Material

Anodised aluminium
Shockproof acrylic
Galvanised steel
Elox aluminium
Nickel-plated
steel / brass
Chemical
Adiprene
agent
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
% % % % % % % % % % 23°C
Calcium
10 10 10 10 10 5
●
●
◐
●
chloride
Ethyl chloride
●
◐
●
Methylene
100
◐
◐
●
chloride
Sodium
5 5 5 5 5 10
●
●
◐ ●
●
chloride
Thinners* 100
● ●
●
◐ ◐
◐
●
Ethyl ether ●
Petroleum ether
●
●
◐
Formaldehyde 100 100 100 100 100 3

● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ◐
◐ ◐
● ◐
Glycerine 7 ●
Food fats 5
●
Potassium
hydroxide
Sodium
●
●
◐
hypochlorite
Milk
● ● ● ◐ ●
● ● ● ◐ ●
● ● ● ◐ ●
● ● ● ◐ ●
● ● ● ◐ ●
◐ ●
●
● ● ● ● ◐
Mercury
●
Food oils
● ● ●
Mineral oils
●
●
Vegetable oils
Oxonia
Paraffin
● ●
◐ ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
Petroleum
●
* standard composition: xylol + toluene

** raw aluminium
514
2011
Material
Polyethylene HDPE
Polyethylene PE
Polycarbonate
Polypropylene
Polyurethane
Chemical
Polyamide
Polyacetal
Laminate
Rubber
PETG
agent
PVC
ABS
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
% % % % % % % 23°C % % % % %
Sol. Calcium
10 Sat. Sol.
●
●
◐
50 chloride
100 Ethyl chloride
●
●
Sol. Methylene
●
◐
◐
●
●
100 chloride
Sol. Sol. Sodium
20 10 Sol.
●
●
●
Sat. 10 chloride
Thinners*
● ●
● ●
●
● ◐
●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
100 Ethyl ether
●
Sol. Sol.
Petroleum ether
●
◐
●
30 40
4 Sol. Formaldehyde
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ◐
● ◐
● ◐
● ● Glycerine
0 Sol.
●
●
Sol.
Sol Sol. Sol. Food fats
●
◐
20
Potassium
0.01 ●
●
● ● ●
hydroxide
5% Sodium
●
●
◐
Cl hypochlorite
Milk
●
● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●
◐ ◐ ◐ ◐ ●
Mercury
●
Food oils
● ●
● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
Mineral oils
● ●
Vegetable oils
1 Oxonia
● ●
●
Paraffin
● ●
● ●
● ●
Petroleum
●

Material

Anodised aluminium
Shockproof acrylic
Galvanised steel
Elox aluminium
Nickel-plated
steel / brass
Chemical
Adiprene
agent
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
% % % % % % % % % % 23°C
Tomato (sauce) ●**

pH4
Brine
10
●
●
Caustic soda 2
●
●
●
◐
●
Fruit juices
●
●
●
◐
Vegetable
90
●
●
◐
juices
Copper
5 5 5 5 5
●
●
●
sulphate
Sodium sulphate 5 5 5 5 10
●
●
●
●
Carbon
10 0
●
●
◐
●
●
sulphide
Carbon
10 10 10 10
●
●
●
●
●
tetrachloride
Iodine dye
◐ ◐ ◐ ● ◐ ◐
● ● ● ● ◐
● ● ● ● ◐ ●
● ●
Trichloroethylene
●
Vaseline ●
Wine 10
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ●
● ◐ ●
◐ ● ●
●
Whisky 100 0 ●
Xylol

Material
Polyethylene HDPE
Polyethylene PE
Polycarbonate
Polypropylene
Polyurethane
Chemical
Polyamide
Polyacetal
Laminate
Rubber
PETG
agent
PVC
ABS
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
23°C
% % % % % % % 23°C % % % % %
Tomato (sauce)
◐
pH4
Sol.
52 Brine
●
●
◐
10
Sol. Sol.
5 25 25 Caustic soda
●
●
◐
◐
●
●
40 40
Fruit juices
●
◐
Sol. Vegetable
Sol.
●
●
10 juices
Sol. Copper
Sol.
●
●
◐
10 sulphate
100 10 Sodium sulphate
●
●
◐
Carbon
●
●
◐
●
sulphide
Carbon
●
●
◐
◐
●
tetrachloride
Iodine dye
◐ ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ◐
Trichloroethylene
● ● ● ● ◐
● ● ● ● ●
Vaseline
● ◐
Wine
● ●
● ● ●
Whisky
Xylol
●
◐

C GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE
M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17
1 – APPLICATION AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE

1.1 - These Terms of Business, sent or delivered to the customer and published on the company’s website
and e-commerce website, govern the relationship between Bett Sistemi and the customer.
All purchases made from our Sales Department, the Bett Sistemi website www.bettsistemi.com or any other
channel (including our agents and affiliates) are governed in full by these General Conditions.
1.2 - Sending the purchase order to Bett Sistemi, via any channel, shall involve full acceptance of these
General conditions of sale, without reserves of any kind. The aforementioned conditions prevail over any
and all other documentation and prospectuses published by the seller, that are provided for information
purposes only and have a purely indicative nature.
1.3 - Any other provisions indicated on the customer’s orders that may be in conflict with these General
Conditions of Sale shall be considered null. Therefore, any indications provided by the purchaser (with
the exception of the specifications of the products to be tailor made) shall be unenforceable towards the
seller, regardless of the time they are communicated, unless expressly accepted. Only the specifications of
the products to be tailor made may be added to these General Conditions, subject to prior acceptance of
the seller.
1.4 - Any failure on the part of the seller to enforce any of the following provisions at any time shall not be
construed as a waiver of any right at a later date.
1.5 - The conditions contained herein may be modified by Bett Sistemi without prior notice of any kind,
and shall take effect on the date they are published on the website www.bettsistemi.com.
1.6 - All rights related to the pictures of the products and technical diagrams are the property of Bett
Sistemi Srl. The technical drawings may in no way be reproduced, unless the source is explicitly mentioned
and subject to the written authorisation of Bett Sistemi Srl.
2 – PURCHASE ORDER
2.1 - The customer must submit the order in writing, via the e-commerce website. Any telephone
orders shall therefore need to be confirmed in writing by the customer within 24 hours of the call. If no
confirmation is provided, the order shall not to be taken into consideration. The sales agreement shall
be considered stipulated only when Bett Sistemi accepts the order by sending the customer the related
confirmation.
2.2 - Any changes made by Bett Sistemi to the customer’s orders, shown in the confirmation letter sent to
the customer, shall be considered accepted by the customer if the latter does not send any written remarks
within 24 hours.
2.3 - Orders within Italy for an amount of less than 40 EUR (net of VAT and shipping), and orders
within the EU and elsewhere for an amount of less than 100 EUR (net of VAT and shipping), will not be
processed.
2.4 - If the Customer is an end consumer (namely a private individual who purchases the goods for
purposes that do not involve his business), he will print or save a digital copy and in any case retain these
General Conditions of sale after having completed the on-line purchase procedure, in observance of the
provisions of articles 3 and 4 of Italian Leg. Decree no. 185/1999 on distance selling.
3 – CHANGES TO THE ORDER
3.1 - Any order changes or cancellations by the purchaser may be accepted only if notified in writing
before shipment of the products (in the event of standard products) or before product manufacture is
commenced (in the event of tailor made products) and only if expressly accepted by Bett Sistemi via fax, to
be sent to the customer within 24 hours as of the change or cancellation request.

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE
M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17 C
3.2 - Should any of the conditions not be complied with, the products ordered shall be delivered as
originally agreed and shall be paid for.
4 – PRICE
4.1 - All prices shown in the catalogue are non-inclusive of VAT. Value added tax at the applicable rate,
transport expenses (for orders amounting to less than 80 EUR, not inclusive of VAT) and customs duties
shall therefore be added.
4.2 - Unless otherwise agreed, the products are sold at the price applicable at the time of the order. The
prices of the products mentioned in the catalogue are those applicable at the date of publication, as shown
on the cover. All prices may be changed, at any time.
5 - DELIVERY TERMS
5.1 - Products in stock when the order is booked may be made available or dispatched within at most 72
hours from the time of booking if payment is made by credit card or PayPal, or within the time indicated
on the e-commerce website.
5.2 - If payment is made by bank wire transfer, the products on stock at the time of order acceptance may
be made available or sent within a minimum term of 72 hours as of acceptance.
5.3 - As regards the products in the catalogue range that are not available on stock at the time of order
acceptance or as regards special products, the approximate times required for manufacturing shall be
communicated contextually with order acceptance.
5.4 - In any event, and for any type of product, the delivery terms shall always be considered indicative
and may not justify claims for delay indemnity, damage compensation, sums withheld and/or cancellations
of orders in progress, regardless of the causes, extent and consequences of the delay.
5.5 - Bett Sistemi shall be relieved from all delivery obligations in the case of force majeure events such
as, by way of example and not limited thereto, wars, riots, fire, strikes, natural disasters, impossibility to
receive supplies.
5.6 - Unless otherwise agreed, delivery shall be made directly to the customer, at Bett Sistemi’S facilities in
Correggio 42015 (Italy) and namely by means of the forwarding agent chosen by Bett Sistemi or by the
customer.
5.7 - The products are sold ex works Correggio 42015 Italy (works of Bett Sistemi) and they are
transported at the risk of the addressee in derogation to the retention of title clause of Bett Sistemi, shown
hereinafter.
5.8 - Unless otherwise expressly agreed, transport shall be ex-works, at the customer’s expense, by the
carrier chosen by Bett Sistemi, or failing that, by the carrier chosen by the same customer.
5.9 - Should any damage or failure occur during transport, it will be the customer’s responsibility to make
all the necessary claims and objections within 8 days of receipt of the goods (as shown at the bottom of
the sale invoice).
5.10 Bett Sistemi shall be entitled to make partial deliveries.
5.11 – The Customer is required to check the following when the forwarding agent makes the delivery:
- that the number of parcels delivered corresponds to the number shown on the invoice;
- that the packing is in good condition and is not damaged, wet or in any case altered.
Once the shipping agent’s document has been signed, the Customer may no longer make any claim in
relation to the content and condition of the delivery. The customer is responsible for his declaration.
5.12 - Subject to the provisions applicable to the forwarding agent, any visible product defects or
non-conformities with respect to the products ordered and/or delivered and/or mentioned on the bill of
shipment shall be notified in writing within eight days as of delivery, on penalty of nullity.

M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17
5.13 - The purchaser shall document any non-conformities found with actual evidence aimed at showing
the fault or anomaly found and shall allow the seller to verify any such fault and remedy the same. To this
end, the customer shall refrain from taking any direct action or allowing third parties to take action, for
any reason whatsoever.
5.14 - For warranty purposes, the sole obligation for the seller shall be the free replacement or repair,
using their own services, of the product or component found to be defective. The products covered by
a warranty shall first be submitted to the seller’s after-sales service for examination, this department’s
approval being required for any replacement. Transport expenses shall be charged to the purchaser if the
warranty is not applicable.
6 – PAYMENT METHODS
The invoices, sent along with the ordered items, can be settled by:
6.1 - Credit card
6.1.1 - All credit card information is managed by a Banking Institute specialised in on-line payments
handling. The credit card information is encrypted to prevent unauthorised use by third parties, and it is
sent directly to the credit card issuer bank. At no time during the purchasing procedure may Bett Sistemi
Srl view the purchaser’s credit card information, as it is entered directly into the website of the bank that
handles the transaction (using high security systems); since no data are transmitted, there is no possibility
that they can be intercepted.
6.1.2 - No Bett Sistemi electronic archive contains or stores these data. Therefore, in no case may Bett
Sistemi be held responsible for any fraudulent or illegal use of credit cards by third parties at the time the
products purchased on www.bettsistemi.com are paid.
6.1.3 - Bett Sistemi reserves the right to request the Customer supplementary information (e.g. landline
telephone number) or to request that a copy of identity documents proving legal title of the card used be
sent. Should the requested documents not be sent, Bett Sistemi reserves the right to not accept the order.
6.1.4 - Please remember that when the credit card transaction is completed, the Customer has authorised
Bett Sistemi to withdraw the amount. The amount for the dispatched goods is debited to the Customer’s
credit card at the same time the on-line transaction is completed.
6.1.5 - All Visa and Mastercard circuit credit cards are accepted.
6.1.6 - If the order is cancelled either by the Customer or because of non-acceptance by Bett Sistemi, Bett
Sistemi shall contextually request a refund for the transaction. The order can be cancelled only as long as it
is not yet under preparation for production. After cancellation of the transaction has been requested, in no
case whatsoever may Bett Sistemi Srl be held responsible for any direct or indirect damages caused by the
banking system’s delay in not refunding the amount.
6.2 - PayPal
6.2.1 - For those purchases completed using the PayPal method of payment, the Customer will be directed
to the PayPal login page after the order is placed. The amount of the order shall be debited to the PayPal
account at the time the order is acquired.
6.2.2 - If the order is cancelled either by the Customer or because of non-acceptance of Bett Sistemi, the
amount shall be paid back to the customer’s PayPal account. The order can be cancelled only as long as it
is not yet under preparation for production.
6.2.3 - Once cancellation of the transaction is requested, in no case whatsoever may Bett Sistemi be held
responsible for any direct or indirect damages caused by PayPal’s failure to release the tied-up amount.
6.2.4 - Bett Sistemi shall not be able to become knowledgeable with the Customer’s financial information
at any time of the purchasing procedure. Since no data are transmitted, there is no possibility that they can
be intercepted. No Bett Sistemi electronic archive contains or stores said data. The Customer will receive a
confirmation e-mail from PayPal for the transaction carried out on the PayPal account.

M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17 C
6.3 - Bank wire transfer
6.3.1 - If payment is made by bank wire transfer, the goods ordered will be shipped only when the amount
is actually credited to Bett Sistemi Srl’s current account.
6.3.2 - Payment must be received within 72 hours from the order, after which time the order is
automatically considered cancelled.
6.3.3 - The reason for the Bank wire transfer must contain the order ID (number and date), which is issued
in the order confirmation e-mail the Customer receives.
6.4.4 The bank account details for wire transfers are:
Banca Popolare dell’ Emilia Romagna, Agenzia Correggio
- For bank wire transfers in Italy: IBAN: IT42R0538766320000000661859
- For bank wire transfers abroad: SWIFT: BPM0IT22
6.4 - Other payment methods specifically and previously agreed with Bett Sistemi at the time of Order
Confirmation.
6.5 - Choosing either of the aforementioned methods of payment does not affect the date on which
payment is due. No discounts will be granted for advance payments.
7 – LATE PAYMENT OR NON-PAYMENT

7.1 - Failure to make punctual payment will incur, as applicable, a surcharge for interest pursuant to Leg.
Decree 231/2002, and the customer will be liable for the collection expenses. In the event of a payment
extension, the monthly interest rate referred to in the aforementioned Legislative Decree shall apply.
8 – WARRANTY
8.1 - The warranty that covers faults and proper functioning is fully governed by the provisions of the
Italian Civil Code, that the parties shall thoroughly apply and refer to. It is however expressly understood
that under no circumstance may the goods be considered faulty and/or defective and/or may result
in the seller’s non-performance, for any reason, if they are conform, as regards standard products, to
the technical specifications given in the catalogue and/or to the technical specifications published on
the e-commerce website and, as regards products manufactured according to the customer’s technical
specifications, to the specifications involved.
8.2 - Proper operation of the goods shall be guaranteed for a period of 12 (twelve) months as of the
delivery date of each supply. The warranty is void if the goods are used by the customer in any way,
in any conditions or for any purpose other than those indicated in the specification of supply, the
specifications given in the catalogue or the technical specifications published on the e-commerce website.
Furthermore, the warranty shall be excluded if the customer, also in the event that the goods are used as
components of another product, does not test the goods and/or the above mentioned products sufficiently
in terms of quantities and quality, or does not provide any written documentation for such tests.
8.3 - In the case of products manufactured based on the technical specifications provided by the customer,
Bett Sistemi’s warranty covers only their conformity with the said specifications.
8.4 - Also in the event that the Purchaser incorporates the product in a broader and more complex
structure and/or the product is intended to become a component of another product, any claims for
damage compensation and/or indemnification claims that any third party may raise against the Purchaser
for faults relating to and/or resulting from the use and/or failed operation of such end product shall be the
exclusive liability of the Purchaser.
8.5 - In any event, even if the Purchaser sold, supplied and/or delivered the end Product to a consumer
and/or to another subject, the Purchaser renounces any action of recourse towards the Seller and shall
hold the Seller harmless from any actions and/or claims made by the same Purchaser or by third parties,
for any reason whatsoever, for damages resulting from the use and/or non-use and/or poor operation of

M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17
the end Product due to product defects.

8.6 - Subject to the aforementioned provision, should the Purchaser be the losing party within the scope
of a claim and/or indemnification request filed from anyone and for any reason, the Purchaser may claim
the reimbursement of the amount paid to the Seller and, only in the event that the direct and exclusive
liability of the Seller is judicially ascertained by means of a final judgement, the purchaser may claim the
direct and exclusive liability of the Seller for the defects and/or operating anomalies of the Product.
8.7 - In any event, the Seller’s liability shall be limited to the Amount paid, with express exclusion of any
other cost and/or expense incurred by the Purchaser for manufacturing and trading the end Product,
as well as of any loss of income and any pecuniary damage, and damages to anybody that may be
indemnified, for any reason.
8.8. - Bett Sistemi may not be held liable and/or the warranty shall not be applicable upon expiry of the
terms established above. Accordingly, and following expiry of the said terms, no claim for indemnification
may be made.
8.9 - As regards the use of standard products, the Purchaser shall be solely liable and declares that they
have examined the technical features of the products purchased and found them suitable for their intended
use.
8.10 - Where a product manufactured based on the technical specifications provided by the customer
breaches the rights of third parties for any reason, the customer shall be required to reimburse any costs
(procedural, indemnification, compensation for damages, legal and other consultancy fees, etc.) that may
be incurred by Bett Sistemi and to hold Bett Sistemi harmless from any damage that may derive from the
same.
8.11 - The warranty is void and Bett Sistemi is not liable in any way if the products sold are subject to
change or intervention by third parties and/or the purchaser, or in the event that the products are used
in a different and/or improper way with regard to their features and technical specifications and the
regulations that govern their use and marketing (in particular in cases of use or installation in aircraft and/
or spacecraft for which the products are completely unsuitable).
8.12 - From the moment the goods are delivered to their destination, the purchaser shall be responsible for
the risks of improper use of the product, loss, direct or indirect damage.
9 – CLAIMS AND RETURNS
9.1 - Any returns of products shall be formally agreed in writing between the seller and the purchaser, and
all agreements shall be sent via fax (0522/635222), e-mail (bsistemi@bettsistemi.com) or by registered
mail with advice of receipt.
9.2 - Any returns of products shall be priorly agreed in writing between the seller and the purchaser, and
all agreements shall be sent via fax (0522/635222), e-mail (bsistemi@bettsistemi.com) or by registered
mail with advice of receipt.
9.3 - Should any products be returned without the aforementioned express agreement, these shall remain
at the purchaser’s disposal and shall not entitle to any compensation or refund.
9.4 - At any rate, returns shall not be accepted after thirty days following receipt of the goods. Expenses
and risks related to the products returned shall always be charged to the purchaser. All items returned shall
be sent to Bett Sistemi’s corporate facilities, using the forwarding agent chosen by Bett Sistemi.
9.5 - The collection of a product by the seller shall entitle the purchaser to a refund for a period of six
months as of the date the right was established. The products to be returned shall be intact and in proper
working order, this being an essential condition if the customer wishes to exercise the right of withdrawal.
9.6 - Should there be visible defects or in the event of non-conformity of the products delivered, duly
assessed by the seller, the purchaser shall be entitled either to the replacement of the products free of
charge or to a refund for those products, at the seller’s discretion. The purchaser shall not however be

M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17 C
entitled to any indemnification or compensation of any kind.
10 – RETENTION OF TITLE
10.1 - The ownership of standard products or customised products, manufactured based on the technical
specifications provided by the customer, shall be transferred only subject to full payment of the price in
principal and any accessory costs, it being understood that the payment shall be considered effected on
the day the related sums are actually cashed by Bett Sistemi.
10.2 - Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in the foregoing paragraph, any and all risks shall be
transferred to the customer at the time of dispatch or delivery of the goods by Bett Sistemi (in particular the
risk of loss, deterioration and damage caused by the items sent).
10.3 - The customer shall remain, for all legal purposes, the owner of the goods sent to Bett Sistemi for
the purposes of manufacturing a product that must be incorporated or added to the same; it shall pay
shipping and re-shipping costs, assume risks related to shipping, any adjustments or modifications made
by Bett Sistemi and any damages this may generate.
11 – NON-FULFILMENT
11.1 - If the purchaser should fail to comply with even one of the established obligations, be subject to
bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings, request a suspension of payments, liquidate or wind up its
business, be subject to the full or partial seizure and/or attachment of moveable and/or immoveable
property and/or credit in its possession, fail to provide the warranties requested by Bett for the balance
of the purchase price, the seller will have the right to withdraw from the contractual relationship or to
withdraw for the part of the contract not yet performed, even without recourse to legal proceedings, and
the right to claim all goods already delivered for which the customer has not properly complied with its
consideration.
12 – SUSPENSION/TERMINATION CONDITIONS
12.1 - The Seller reserves the right to interrupt, at any time, the dealings for stipulating the contract
in the event that, when requested, the customer does not provide evidence of their full and certain
creditworthiness in relation to the same contract.
12.2 - The Seller may, at their own discretion, request the Purchaser to provide payment guarantees as
they may deem sufficient, and may suspend performance of the contract until the requests made have been
fully met.
13 – RIGHT OF CANCELLATION FOR INTERNET ORDERS
13.1 - The sales of products made on the Internet are regulated by Italian Leg. Decree no. 206/2005
(articles 50 to 68) which also governs distance contracts, i.e. those contracts entered into outside the
business premises. These laws ratify the right of withdrawal, that is the possibility for the consumer to
return the product purchased and to obtain a refund for the cost borne.
13.2 - In compliance with article 64 et seq. of Italian Leg. Decree 206/2005, this right is reserved only for
Customers who are natural persons (or consumers). Therefore, it cannot be exercised by legal entities and
individuals acting within the scope of their business or professional activities, and that therefore provide a
VAT registration number on the registration form sent to Bett Sistemi.
13.3 - The customer is entitled to withdraw from the purchase contract for any reason, without any penalty
and without prejudice to the conditions set out in paragraphs 13.8, 13.9, 13.10 and 13.11.
13.4 - To exercise the right of withdrawal or replace the product because it is defective, the Customer must
send Bett Sistemi Srl - Via Costituzione 55– 42015 Correggio (Re) Italy - a request for return by filling in
the relevant Return and/or Withdrawal Form, which can be downloaded from the link below:

M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17
Return and/or Withdrawal Form for products purchased on the Internet

The form must be sent to the e-mail address: bsistemi@bettsistemi.com or by fax to 0522/635222
After receiving the return request form, the Bett Sistemi Customer Service sends the authorised return form
containing the RMA (Return Merchandise Authorization) code.
13.5 – The form authorises the customer to:
- present himself at Bett Sistemi S.r.l. premises to return the product;
- alternatively, to ship the product by post to Bett Sistemi srl - Via Costituzione 55 – 42015 Correggio (Re),
Italy
- alternatively, to ship the product, in its original packaging, including all original accessories, the
instruction manual and all other original contents, using a courier of his choice.
The RMA code must be clearly shown on the package delivered. The shipping costs are borne by the
Customer.
13.6 - Bett Sistemi Srl will refund the returned product within 30 days from receipt of the product by bank
wire transfer.
13.7 - Bett Sistemi shall not be liable for any damages or losses that may occur during transport, and
reserves the right to charge the Customer for any damage sustained by deducting them from the amounts
to be refunded, until the entire invoiced amount is reached. It is recommended that shipment be insured
against theft and damages caused by transport through the forwarding agent, at the Customer’s expense.
13.8 - The right of withdrawal is subject to the following mandatory conditions:
- the right is applied to the product purchased in its entirety; exercising the right of withdrawal on just a
part of the product purchased (e.g.: accessories, etc.) is not allowed;
- the right does not apply to products after they have been opened;
- the product purchased must be in perfect condition and returned in its original packaging, complete with
all its parts (including packing plus documents and additional parts, if any: manuals, accessories, etc.);
to limit damages to the original packaging, we recommend that it is placed inside another box whenever
possible, on which the return authorisation code issued by Bett Sistemi Srl must be shown. In any event,
placing labels or adhesive tape directly on the original package of the product is always to be avoided.
- The product for which the right of withdrawal is exercised must be the same one that appears on Bett
Sistemi Srl’s sales invoice;
- the shipping costs for returning the product shall be borne by the customer;
- the shipment shall be under the complete responsibility of the customer until its receipt in our warehouse
has been certified;
- if the product is damaged during transport, Bett Sistemi Srl will notify the Customer of the incident (within
5 business days from the date the product is received in its warehouse) to allow them to promptly lodge a
complaint against the forwarding agent chosen and obtain the refund of the product’s value (if insured); in
this event, the product shall be made available to the Customer for its return and the request of withdrawal
shall be cancelled at the same time. Bett Sistemi Srl shall not be held liable, in any way whatsoever, for
damages or theft/loss of products returned with uninsured shipments.
13.9 The right of withdrawal is totally forfeited if the product (packaging and/or its content) is not fully in
perfect condition (intact) and in those cases in which Bett Sistemi Srl ascertains:
- that the authorisation form issued by Bett Sistemi Srl has not been placed on the outer packaging of the
package shipped;
- that there is no external packaging and/or original internal packing;
- additional accessory items pertaining to the product (accessories, parts, etc.) are missing or product
anomalies are identified;
- that the product has been damaged due to causes other than its transport.
13.10 - In the case the right of withdrawal is forfeited, Bett Sistemi Srl shall return the purchased product
to the sender and charge the latter with the shipping costs.
13.11 - The products to be returned shall be intact and in proper working order, this being an essential

M155 Rev.6 dd 04 07 17 C
condition if the Customer wishes to exercise the right of withdrawal. Should there be visible defects or in
the event of non-conformity of the products delivered, duly assessed by the seller, the purchaser shall be
entitled either to the replacement of the products free of charge or to a refund for those products, at the
seller’s discretion. The purchaser shall not however be entitled to any indemnification or compensation of
any kind.
14 – PRIVACY
14.1 - Bett Sistemi collects the personal data requested when the order is forwarded and processes them
via electronic media in order to meet the obligations arising in connection with the contract stipulated with
the Customer. Under no circumstance and for any reason whatsoever shall such data be transferred to
third parties.
14.2 - Bett Sistemi guarantees that the laws on the processing of personal data are observed, as provided
for by the privacy act governed by Italian Leg. Decree. N. 196 of 30.06.03.
14.3 - The data controller is Bett Sistemi Srl - Via della Costituzione, 55 - 42015 Correggio (RE) Italy,
in the person who legally represents the company from time to time, unless a data manager has been
appointed pursuant to article 29 of Italian Leg. Decree 196/2003.
14.4 - The customer is entitled to annul his consent to the processing of his personal data at all times, by
sending a written notice thereof to the registered office of Bett Sistemi S.r.l.
14.5 - The customer, who declares to have received the privacy notice required by article 13 and to know
his rights, pursuant to article 7 of Legislative Decree no. 196/2003, is entitled to gain access to his data
according to the methods set out herein.
14.6 - Marketing communications will be sent only if the Customer has expressly provided his consent
thereto. Consent is given together with the data processing authorisation and the on-line registration form
sent.
15 – APPLICABLE LAW AND PLACE OF JURISDICITON
In the event of controversies arising between the Seller and the Purchaser in relation to the performance of
the obligations connected with these Conditions, the Court of Reggio Emilia shall be the exclusive place of
jurisdiction, any other Court being hereby excluded. The laws applicable in the Italian Republic shall be
the sole laws governing all the relations resulting from and consequent to these Conditions. The Purchaser
accepts the exclusive Italian jurisdiction and the exclusive application of applicable Italian laws. The text of
these Conditions and consequent Order confirmations drawn up in Italian shall be the only original text to
refer to.
WARNINGS
It is therefore advisable to check for updates on our website www.bettsistemi.com.

C
How we supply
the components
Agreements and definitions

• Reserved warehouse area
• Warehouse shelf labelling (barcode)
• Customer and supplier part number matching
• Package, pieces per package, box label bearing the customer’s part number
in barcode
• Restocking times and procedures
Strumenti a disposizione del cliente

• Barcode readers
• Software di gestione stock, consumi, fatture, previsioni di consegna etc...
Responsabilità del cliente

• Sorveglianza dello stock
• Rilevazione dei prelievi con lettori di barcode
• Gestione del software messo a disposizione dal fornitore
Responsabilità del fornitore

• Gestione degli ordini previsionali di consumo
• Gestione della Qualità
• Recupero contenitori vuoti
• Reintegro scorte
• Recupero stock di articoli obsoleti (solo se articoli standard)

C

C Continual improvement
Dear Customer,
with the aim of continually improving our services,
your opinion is of major importance to us. We would
appreciate not only knowing your opinion, but also
receiving comments, proposals or suggestions.
This area is dedicated to this. If you wish, you may send us

an email to bsistemi@bettsistemi.com, or a fax using the
attached form, to be sent to +39.0522.635222.
We will be glad to answer your requests and consider your

suggestions.
Kind regards
The Management

Continual improvement C

HB1 en

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

HB1 en

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

HAND

Cross-type Cross-type Cross-type

Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Part 1450 p. 98 Part 1398 p. 100

Cross-type Cross-type reinforced cross

Part 2984 p. 102 Part 1456 p. 104 Part 1999 p. 106

Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com 1 5

Documentation available Go to handbook ...

3D drawings Adobe Pdf

Guida alla scelta

Indice per particolare

Guida alla scelta

Indice per particolare

Cross-type Cross-type Cross-type

Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Part 1450 p. 98 Part 1398 p. 100

Cross-type Cross-type reinforced cross

Part 2984 p. 102 Part 1456 p. 104 Part 1999 p. 106

Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com 1 5

Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Ø12 Ø12 Ø12 Ø12

Ø12 Ø12 Ø12

Part 3865 p. 115 Part 3864 p. 116 Part 4242 p. 121

With orthogonal flange with Ø18 pin With inserted flange

Part 3854 p. 120 Part 2355 p. 119

6 1 Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com

FROM Ø35 FROM Ø30

ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM

FROM Ø30 Ø30 Ø30

FROM FROM FROM FROM

For Y-shaped articulated For Z-shaped articulated For X-shaped articulated

FROM FROM FROM

Part 4086 p. 215 Part 4087 p. 216 Part 4088 p. 217

Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com 1 7

140 140 140 140

Bracket Flange connector Flange connector Flange connector

ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM

8 1 Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com

Ø12 Ø12 Ø10

Sensor or Sensor holder turnable Sensor or reflector mounting kit

Photocell mounting kit Photocell mounting kit

Part 4339 p. 139

Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com 1 9

Photocell mounting kit

10 1 Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com

Round millimetre rules

Part 3266 p. 499

Square millimetre rules Square millimetre rules

Part 1789 p. 148 Part 3246 p. 502

Square millimetre rules Square millimetre rules

Part 1789 p. 148 Part 2339 p. 505

Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com 1 11

Part 2336 p. 503 Part 2340 p. 504

Patent Part 4829 p. 150 Patent Part 4830 p. 154

Hybrid millimetre rules with M8 end

12 1 Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com

Part 4235 p. 509 MILLED COLUMN

Millimetre rules MILLIMETRE RIVET

Label with millimetre Arrow label

Part 2049 p. 507 Part 2167 p. 506

Download the PDF file at www.bettsistemi.com 1 13

Tube cap Caps for tubes Hole caps Protection

Part 949 p. 490